ShuriZma
/
project64
mirror of https://github.com/project64/project64.git
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge pull request #1 from project64/master 

Update fork
This commit is contained in:
Jeremy517 2016-01-07 23:25:51 -08:00
parent 3c2da3cf2e 78a6b0d7b7
commit a15c1d9005
3110 changed files with 641694 additions and 508921 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

18
.gitignore vendored
View File

@ -4,6 +4,15 @@
*.sdf
*.suo
*.user
*.opendb
# compiler-generated sources (MSVC, GCC)
*.asm
*.s
# assembled linker objects (GCC)
*.o
Thumbs.db
/Bin/Debug
/Bin/Debug64
@ -47,5 +56,10 @@ Thumbs.db
/Plugin64/RSP/pdb
/Plugin64/RSP/RSP 1.7.dll
/Plugin64/RSP/RSP_d 1.7.dll
/Source/3rd Party/wx/lib/vc_lib/mswu/wx/msw/rcdefs.h
/Source/3rd Party/wx/lib/vc_lib/mswud/wx/msw/rcdefs.h
/Source/3rdParty/wx/lib/vc_lib/msw/wx/setup.h
/Source/3rdParty/wx/lib/vc_lib/mswd/wx/setup.h
/Source/3rdParty/wx/lib/vc_lib/mswu/wx/msw/rcdefs.h
/Source/3rdParty/wx/lib/vc_lib/mswu/wx/setup.h
/Source/3rdParty/wx/lib/vc_lib/mswud/wx/msw/rcdefs.h
/Source/3rdParty/wx/lib/vc_lib/mswud/wx/setup.h
/Save

BIN
Artwork/publisherlogo.psd Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

74
Config/Glide64.rdb
View File

@ -182,6 +182,7 @@ Internal Name=1080 SNOWBOARDING
alt_tex_size=1
depthmode=0
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
optimize_texrect=1
swapmode=2
@ -190,6 +191,7 @@ Good Name=1080 Snowboarding (JU) (M2)
Internal Name=1080 SNOWBOARDING
depthmode=0
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
optimize_texrect=1
swapmode=2
@ -205,26 +207,31 @@ use_sts1_only=1
Good Name=A Bug's Life (E)
Internal Name=A Bug's Life
depthmode=0
zmode_compare_less=1
[2B38AEC0-6350B810-C:46]
Good Name=A Bug's Life (F)
Internal Name=A Bug's Life
depthmode=0
zmode_compare_less=1
[DFF227D9-0D4D8169-C:44]
Good Name=A Bug's Life (G)
Internal Name=A Bug's Life
depthmode=0
zmode_compare_less=1
[F63B89CE-4582D57D-C:49]
Good Name=A Bug's Life (I)
Internal Name=A Bug's Life
depthmode=0
zmode_compare_less=1
[82DC04FD-CF2D82F4-C:45]
Good Name=A Bug's Life (U)
Internal Name=A Bug's Life
depthmode=0
zmode_compare_less=1
[62F6BE95-F102D6D6-C:50]
Good Name=AeroFighters Assault (E) (M3)
@ -834,6 +841,7 @@ Internal Name=DONKEY KONG 64
depth_bias=64
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
lodmode=1
[053C89A7-A5064302-C:4A]
@ -842,6 +850,7 @@ Internal Name=DONKEY KONG 64
depth_bias=64
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
lodmode=1
[EC58EABF-AD7C7169-C:45]
@ -850,6 +859,7 @@ Internal Name=DONKEY KONG 64
depth_bias=64
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
lodmode=1
[0DD4ABAB-B5A2A91E-C:45]
@ -857,6 +867,7 @@ Good Name=Donkey Kong 64 (U) (Kiosk Demo)
Internal Name=D K DISPLAY
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
[2C739EAC-9EF77726-C:50]
Good Name=Doom 64 (E)
@ -979,26 +990,31 @@ filtering=2
Good Name=Excitebike 64 (E)
Internal Name=EXCITEBIKE64
depthmode=0
fb_render=1
[861C3519-F6091CE5-C:4A]
Good Name=Excitebike 64 (J)
Internal Name=EXCITEBIKE64
depthmode=0
fb_render=1
[07861842-A12EBC9F-C:45]
Good Name=Excitebike 64 (U) (V1.0)
Internal Name=EXCITEBIKE64
depthmode=0
fb_render=1
[F9D411E3-7CB29BC0-C:45]
Good Name=Excitebike 64 (U) (V1.1)
Internal Name=EXCITEBIKE64
depthmode=0
fb_render=1
[AF754F7B-1DD17381-C:45]
Good Name=Excitebike 64 (U) (Kiosk Demo)
Internal Name=EXCITEBIKE64
depthmode=0
fb_render=1
[8E9D834E-1E8B29A9-C:50]
Good Name=Extreme-G (E) (M5)
@ -1459,7 +1475,6 @@ swapmode=2
[E436467A-82DE8F9B-C:45]
Good Name=Indy Racing 2000 (U)
Internal Name=INDY RACING 2000
fb_render=0
fb_smart=0
[336364A0-06C8D5BF-C:58]
@ -2329,6 +2344,7 @@ Internal Name=Perfect Dark
decrease_fillrect_edge=1
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
optimize_texrect=0
useless_is_useless=1
@ -2339,6 +2355,7 @@ Internal Name=PERFECT DARK
decrease_fillrect_edge=1
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
optimize_texrect=0
useless_is_useless=1
@ -2349,6 +2366,7 @@ Internal Name=Perfect Dark
decrease_fillrect_edge=1
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
optimize_texrect=0
useless_is_useless=1
@ -2359,6 +2377,7 @@ Internal Name=Perfect Dark
decrease_fillrect_edge=1
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
optimize_texrect=0
useless_is_useless=1
@ -3263,6 +3282,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3272,6 +3292,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3281,6 +3302,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3290,6 +3312,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3299,6 +3322,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3308,6 +3332,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3317,6 +3342,7 @@ Internal Name=MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3326,6 +3352,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[B044B569-373C1985-C:50]
@ -3334,6 +3361,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[B2055FBD-0BAB4E0C-C:50]
@ -3342,6 +3370,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[F3DD35BA-4152E075-C:45]
@ -3350,6 +3379,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[EC7011B7-7616D72B-C:45]
@ -3358,6 +3388,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[D43DA81F-021E1E19-C:45]
@ -3366,6 +3397,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[693BA2AE-B7F14E9F-C:45]
@ -3374,6 +3406,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[1D4136F3-AF63EEA9-C:50]
@ -3382,6 +3415,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[27A3831D-B505A533-C:45]
@ -3390,6 +3424,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MASTER QUEST
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[1D4136F3-AF63EEA9-C:45]
@ -3398,6 +3433,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MASTER QUEST
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[917D18F6-69BC5453-C:45]
@ -3406,6 +3442,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[F034001A-AE47ED06-C:45]
@ -3414,6 +3451,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[E61CFF0A-CE1C0D71-C:50]
@ -3624,6 +3662,30 @@ depthmode=1
filtering=1
swapmode=2
[CCEB3858-26952D97-C:50]
Good Name=Toy Story 2 (E)
zmode_compare_less=1
[CB93DB97-7F5C63D5-C:46]
Good Name=Toy Story 2 (F)
zmode_compare_less=1
[782A9075-E552631D-C:44]
Good Name=Toy Story 2 (G)
zmode_compare_less=1
[BC4F2AB8-AA99E32E-C:44]
Good Name=Toy Story 2 (G) (V1.1)
zmode_compare_less=1
[A150743E-CF2522CD-C:45]
Good Name=Toy Story 2 (U)
zmode_compare_less=1
[C151AD61-280FFF22-C:45]
Good Name=Toy Story 2 (U) (V1.1)
zmode_compare_less=1
[FE4B6B43-081D29A7-C:45]
Good Name=Triple Play 2000 (U)
Internal Name=TRIPLE PLAY 2000
@ -3642,6 +3704,7 @@ Good Name=Twisted Edge Extreme Snowboarding (E)
Internal Name=TWISTED EDGE
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
[BBC99D32-117DAA80-C:45]
Good Name=Twisted Edge Extreme Snowboarding (U)
@ -3843,6 +3906,7 @@ Internal Name=THE MASK OF MUJURA
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3852,6 +3916,7 @@ Internal Name=THE MASK OF MUJURA
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3861,6 +3926,7 @@ Internal Name=ZELDA MAJORA'S MASK
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_crc_mode=0
fb_render=1
filtering=1
wrap_big_tex=1
@ -3870,6 +3936,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[D43DA81F-021E1E19-C:4A]
@ -3878,6 +3945,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[693BA2AE-B7F14E9F-C:4A]
@ -3886,6 +3954,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[F7F52DB8-2195E636-C:4A]
@ -3894,6 +3963,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[F611F4BA-C584135C-C:4A]
@ -3902,6 +3972,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
[F43B45BA-2F0E9B6F-C:4A]
@ -3910,6 +3981,7 @@ Internal Name=THE LEGEND OF ZELDA
depth_bias=60
depthmode=1
fb_clear=1
fb_render=1
filtering=1
//================ PD ================

178
Config/Project64.rdb
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// ============ RDB for PJ64 v2.2. GoodN64 v321 =====================================
// ============ RDB for PJ64 v2.2. GoodN64 v321 =====================================
// PJ64 v2.2 Official RDB
// Not for use with PJ64 v1.6 or previous
//---- START OF RDB FILE HEADER ---------------------------------------------------------
@ -532,6 +532,7 @@ Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[514B6900-B4B19881-C:4A]
Good Name=Banjo to Kazooie no Daibouken 2 (J)
@ -540,6 +541,7 @@ Status=Compatible
Core Note=(see GameFAQ)
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
RDRAM Size=8
[733FCCB1-444892F9-C:50]
Good Name=Banjo-Kazooie (E) (M3)
@ -548,6 +550,7 @@ Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[A4BF9306-BF0CDFD1-C:45]
Good Name=Banjo-Kazooie (U) (V1.0)
@ -557,6 +560,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Primary Frame Buffer=1
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[CD7559AC-B26CF5AE-C:45]
Good Name=Banjo-Kazooie (U) (V1.1)
@ -566,6 +570,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Primary Frame Buffer=1
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[155B7CDF-F0DA7325-C:55]
Good Name=Banjo-Tooie (A)
@ -574,6 +579,7 @@ Status=Compatible
Core Note=(see GameFAQ)
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
RDRAM Size=8
[C9176D39-EA4779D1-C:50]
Good Name=Banjo-Tooie (E) (M4)
@ -584,6 +590,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[C2E9AA9A-475D70AA-C:45]
Good Name=Banjo-Tooie (U)
@ -595,6 +602,7 @@ AiCountPerBytes=625
Culling=1
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[B088FBB4-441E4B1D-C:50]
Good Name=Bass Hunter 64 (E)
@ -616,6 +624,7 @@ Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] missing:player textures in menu; use Glide64
Counter Factor=1
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
[204489C1-1286CF2B-C:45]
Good Name=Batman Beyond - Return of the Joker (U)
@ -1386,14 +1395,16 @@ Status=Compatible
[A5F667E1-DA1FBD1F-C:4A]
Good Name=Derby Stallion 64 (J)
Internal Name=DERBYSTALLION 64
Save Type=FlashRam
Status=Compatible
AiCountPerBytes=200
Sync Audio=0
[96BA4EFB-C9988E4E-C:0]
Good Name=Derby Stallion 64 (J) (Beta)
Internal Name=
Status=Unsupported
Save Type=FlashRam
Status=Compatible
CRC-Recalc=Yes
[630AA37D-896BD7DB-C:50]
Good Name=Destruction Derby 64 (E) (M3)
@ -1419,6 +1430,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] unsupported
Good Name=Dezaemon 3D (J)
Internal Name=DEZAEMON3D
Status=Compatible
Save Type=Sram
[FD73F775-9724755A-C:50]
Good Name=Diddy Kong Racing (E) (M3) (V1.0)
@ -1706,6 +1718,12 @@ Internal Name=DUKE NUKEM
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] depth problem; use Glide64
[FF14C1DA-167FDE92-C:45]
Good Name=Duke Nukem 64 (Prototype)
Internal Name=duke
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] depth problem; use Glide64
[1E12883D-D3B92718-C:46]
Good Name=Duke Nukem 64 (F)
Internal Name=DUKE NUKEM
@ -2101,18 +2119,21 @@ Good Name=Forsaken 64 (E) (M4)
Internal Name=Forsaken
Status=Compatible
Core Note=timing (see GameFAQ)
RDRAM Size=8
[C3CD76FF-9B9DCBDE-C:44]
Good Name=Forsaken 64 (G)
Internal Name=Forsaken
Status=Compatible
Core Note=timing (see GameFAQ)
RDRAM Size=8
[9E330C01-8C0314BA-C:45]
Good Name=Forsaken 64 (U)
Internal Name=Forsaken
Status=Compatible
Core Note=timing (see GameFAQ)
RDRAM Size=8
[3261D479-ED0DBC25-C:45]
Good Name=Fox Sports College Hoops '99 (U)
@ -2122,21 +2143,22 @@ Culling=1
[F774EAEE-F0D8B13E-C:4A]
Good Name=Fushigi no Dungeon - Fuurai no Shiren 2 - Oni Shuurai! Shiren Jou! (J)
Internal Name=F3 ̳ײɼÚÝ2
Status=Uncertain
Core Note=?
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
32bit=No
Clear Frame=2
Internal Name=F3 ﾌｳﾗｲﾉｼﾚﾝ2
Status=Issues (plugin)
Plugin Note=[video] missing:graphics (see GameFAQ)
Counter Factor=1
Culling=1
Self Texture=1
32bit=No
//================ G ================
[68FCF726-49658CBC-C:50]
Good Name=G.A.S.P!! Fighters' NEXTream (E)
Internal Name=G.A.S.P!!Fighters'NE
Status=Compatible
SMM-Cache=0
SMM-FUNC=0
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-Protect=1
SMM-TLB=0
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
@ -2144,6 +2166,11 @@ RDRAM Size=8
Good Name=G.A.S.P!! Fighters' NEXTream (J)
Internal Name=G.A.S.P!!Fighters'NE
Status=Compatible
SMM-Cache=0
SMM-FUNC=0
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-Protect=1
SMM-TLB=0
RDRAM Size=8
[457B9CD9-09C55352-C:4A]
@ -2416,8 +2443,8 @@ Counter Factor=1
[3E70E866-4438BAE8-C:4A]
Good Name=Heiwa Pachinko World 64 (J)
Internal Name=HEIWA ÊßÁݺ Ü°ÙÄÞ64
Status=Uncertain
Plugin Note=[video] unsupported; use Glide64; errors:?
Status=Issues (plugin)
Plugin Note=[video] use Glide64; errors:various
RDRAM Size=8
[AE90DBEB-79B89123-C:50]
@ -2959,16 +2986,19 @@ Status=Compatible
Good Name=Jikkyou Powerful Pro Yakyuu 6 (J) (V1.0)
Internal Name=PAWAFURU PUROYAKYU6
Status=Compatible
32bit=No
[3C084040-081B060C-C:4A]
Good Name=Jikkyou Powerful Pro Yakyuu 6 (J) (V1.1)
Internal Name=PAWAFURU PUROYAKYU6
Status=Compatible
32bit=No
[438E6026-3BA24E07-C:4A]
Good Name=Jikkyou Powerful Pro Yakyuu 6 (J) (V1.2)
Internal Name=PAWAFURU PUROYAKYU6
Status=Compatible
32bit=No
[6EDD4766-A93E9BA8-C:4A]
Good Name=Jikkyou Powerful Pro Yakyuu Basic Ban 2001 (J) (V1.0)
@ -3094,7 +3124,7 @@ Good Name=King Hill 64 - Extreme Snowboarding (J)
Internal Name=KING HILL 64
Status=Issues (core)
Core Note=no sound
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menu snowflakes
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menu snowflakes; use Glide64
RDRAM Size=8
[75BC6AD6-78552BC9-C:4A]
@ -3456,6 +3486,7 @@ Self Texture=1
Good Name=Mario Kart 64 (E) (V1.0)
Internal Name=MARIOKART64
Status=Compatible
Cheat0=81001A38 2409,81001A3A 0002,81001A3C 2409,81001A3E 0002,81001C90 240A,81001C92 0002,81001C94 240A,81001C96 0002 //Multiplayer timing fix
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Primary Frame Buffer=1
@ -3464,6 +3495,7 @@ Primary Frame Buffer=1
Good Name=Mario Kart 64 (E) (V1.1)
Internal Name=MARIOKART64
Status=Compatible
Cheat0=81001A38 2409,81001A3A 0002,81001A3C 2409,81001A3E 0002,81001C90 240A,81001C92 0002,81001C94 240A,81001C96 0002 //Multiplayer timing fix
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Primary Frame Buffer=1
@ -3472,6 +3504,7 @@ Primary Frame Buffer=1
Good Name=Mario Kart 64 (J) (V1.0)
Internal Name=MARIOKART64
Status=Compatible
Cheat0=81001A38 2409,81001A3A 0002,81001A3C 2409,81001A3E 0002,81001C90 240A,81001C92 0002,81001C94 240A,81001C96 0002 //Multiplayer timing fix
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Primary Frame Buffer=1
@ -3480,6 +3513,7 @@ Primary Frame Buffer=1
Good Name=Mario Kart 64 (J) (V1.1)
Internal Name=MARIOKART64
Status=Compatible
Cheat0=81001A38 2409,81001A3A 0002,81001A3C 2409,81001A3E 0002,81001C90 240A,81001C92 0002,81001C94 240A,81001C96 0002 //Multiplayer timing fix
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Primary Frame Buffer=1
@ -3488,6 +3522,7 @@ Primary Frame Buffer=1
Good Name=Mario Kart 64 (U)
Internal Name=MARIOKART64
Status=Compatible
Cheat0=81001A38 2409,81001A3A 0002,81001A3C 2409,81001A3E 0002,81001C90 240A,81001C92 0002,81001C94 240A,81001C96 0002 //Multiplayer timing fix
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Primary Frame Buffer=1
@ -3495,9 +3530,8 @@ Primary Frame Buffer=1
[9A9890AC-F0C313DF-C:4A]
Good Name=Mario no Photopi (J)
Internal Name=ÏصÉÌ«ÄËß°
Status=Needs video plugin
Plugin Note=[video] HLE not supported; major errors
HLE GFX=No
Status=Needs RSP plugin
Plugin Note=[rsp] needs semaphore lock
[9C663069-80F24A80-C:50]
Good Name=Mario Party (E) (M3)
@ -3571,6 +3605,7 @@ Internal Name=MARIO STORY
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menus (see GameFAQ)
32bit=No
Save Type=FlashRam
Clear Frame=1
Counter Factor=1
Culling=1
@ -3896,6 +3931,7 @@ Good Name=Namco Museum 64 (U)
Internal Name=NAMCOMUSEUM64
Status=Compatible
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
[DF331A18-5FD4E044-C:45]
Good Name=NASCAR 2000 (U)
@ -3904,6 +3940,7 @@ Status=Issues (plugin)
Plugin Note=[video] splitscreen problem; use software rendering
Clear Frame=2
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
[AE4992C9-9253B253-C:50]
Good Name=NASCAR 99 (E) (M3)
@ -3911,6 +3948,7 @@ Internal Name=NASCAR 99
Status=Issues (plugin)
Plugin Note=[video] splitscreen problem; use software rendering
Clear Frame=2
RDRAM Size=8
[23749578-80DC58FD-C:45]
Good Name=NASCAR 99 (U)
@ -3918,6 +3956,7 @@ Internal Name=NASCAR 99
Status=Issues (plugin)
Plugin Note=[video] splitscreen problem; use software rendering
Clear Frame=2
RDRAM Size=8
[916852D8-73DBEAEF-C:45]
Good Name=NBA Courtside 2 - Featuring Kobe Bryant (U)
@ -4122,11 +4161,13 @@ RDRAM Size=8
Good Name=NHL 99 (E)
Internal Name=NHL 99
Status=Compatible
RDRAM Size=8
[591A806E-A5E6921D-C:45]
Good Name=NHL 99 (U)
Internal Name=NHL 99
Status=Compatible
RDRAM Size=8
[82EFDC30-806A2461-C:45]
Good Name=NHL Blades of Steel '99 (U)
@ -4311,6 +4352,7 @@ Internal Name=PAPER MARIO
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menus (see GameFAQ)
32bit=No
Save Type=FlashRam
Clear Frame=1
Counter Factor=1
Culling=1
@ -4321,6 +4363,7 @@ Internal Name=PAPER MARIO
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menus (see GameFAQ)
32bit=No
Save Type=FlashRam
Clear Frame=1
Counter Factor=1
Culling=1
@ -4425,6 +4468,23 @@ SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
[766309EA-3F64A369-C:45]
Good Name=Perfect Dark XBLA Mp3 (1.0)
Internal Name=Perfect Dark
Status=Compatible
Core Note=high system requirement; timing (see GameFAQ)
Plugin Note=[video] errors:various (see GameFAQ)
32bit=No
Clear Frame=2
Culling=1
FuncFind=2
RDRAM Size=8
SMM-Cache=0
SMM-FUNC=0
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
[EE08C602-6BC2D5A6-C:50]
Good Name=PGA European Tour (E) (M5)
Internal Name=PGA European Tour Go
@ -4680,6 +4740,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[AC5AA5C7-A9B0CDC3-C:46]
Good Name=Pokemon Stadium 2 (F)
@ -4689,6 +4750,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[439B7E7E-C1A1495D-C:44]
Good Name=Pokemon Stadium 2 (G)
@ -4698,6 +4760,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[EFCEAF00-22094848-C:49]
Good Name=Pokemon Stadium 2 (I)
@ -4707,6 +4770,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[63775886-5FB80E7B-C:4A]
Good Name=Pokemon Stadium 2 (J)
@ -4716,6 +4780,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[D0A1FC5B-2FB8074B-C:53]
Good Name=Pokemon Stadium 2 (S)
@ -4725,6 +4790,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[03571182-892FD06D-C:45]
Good Name=Pokemon Stadium 2 (U)
@ -4734,6 +4800,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[EE4FD7C2-9CF1D938-C:4A]
Good Name=Pokemon Stadium Kin Gin (J)
@ -4743,6 +4810,7 @@ Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
Emulate Clear=1
Linking=Off
RDRAM Size=8
[41380792-A167E045-C:45]
Good Name=Polaris SnoCross (U)
@ -4760,12 +4828,14 @@ Good Name=Power Rangers - Lightspeed Rescue (E)
Internal Name=POWER RANGERS
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:2D; use Glide64 (see GameFAQ)
RDRAM Size=8
[CF8957AD-96D57EA9-C:45]
Good Name=Power Rangers - Lightspeed Rescue (U)
Internal Name=POWER RANGERS
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:2D; use Glide64 (see GameFAQ)
RDRAM Size=8
[F3D27F54-C111ACF9-C:50]
Good Name=Premier Manager 64 (E)
@ -4945,6 +5015,7 @@ Internal Name=Rayman 2
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:lum colour (see GameFAQ)
RDRAM Size=8
Counter Factor=1
[F3C5BF9B-160F33E2-C:45]
Good Name=Rayman 2 - The Great Escape (U) (M5)
@ -4953,6 +5024,7 @@ Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:lum colour (see GameFAQ)
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
Counter Factor=1
[3918834A-15B50C29-C:45]
Good Name=Razor Freestyle Scooter (U)
@ -5068,6 +5140,7 @@ Status=Compatible
Core Note=high system requirement
Plugin Note=[video] missing:mirror; use Glide64
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
[0B6B4DDB-9671E682-C:45]
Good Name=Roadsters Trophy (U) (M3)
@ -5081,8 +5154,7 @@ RDRAM Size=8
[272B690F-AD0A7A77-C:4A]
Good Name=Robot Ponkottsu 64 - 7tsu no Umi no Caramel (J)
Internal Name=Robopon64
Status=Uncertain
Core Note=TLB used?
Status=Compatible
Clear Frame=1
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
@ -5262,6 +5334,7 @@ Good Name=SD Hiryuu no Ken Densetsu (J)
Internal Name=SD HIRYU STADIUM
Status=Needs video plugin
Plugin Note=[video] missing:menus,HUD
RDRAM Size=8
[93A625B9-2D6022E6-C:42]
Good Name=Shadow Man (B)
@ -5416,6 +5489,7 @@ Good Name=South Park (B)
Internal Name=South Park
Status=Compatible
AudioResetOnLoad=Yes
RDRAM Size=8
[20B53662-7B61899F-C:50]
Good Name=South Park (E) (M3)
@ -5429,6 +5503,7 @@ Good Name=South Park (G)
Internal Name=South Park
Status=Compatible
AudioResetOnLoad=Yes
RDRAM Size=8
[7ECBE939-3C331795-C:45]
Good Name=South Park (U)
@ -5936,12 +6011,14 @@ Status=Compatible
Cheat0=80000303 0000
CheatPlugin0=Jabo's Direct3D8,Glide64 For PJ64
Resolution Height=239
RDRAM Size=8
[80A78080-5F9F8833-C:0]
Good Name=Sydney 2000 (U) (Unreleased)
Internal Name=Syd2k USA
Status=Compatible
Resolution Height=239
RDRAM Size=8
//================ T ================
[37955E65-C6F2B7B3-C:0]
@ -6093,6 +6170,7 @@ Emulate Clear=1
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[B044B569-373C1985-C:50]
Good Name=The Legend of Zelda - Ocarina of Time (E) (M3) (V1.0)
@ -6108,6 +6186,7 @@ Emulate Clear=1
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[B2055FBD-0BAB4E0C-C:50]
Good Name=The Legend of Zelda - Ocarina of Time (E) (M3) (V1.1)
@ -6123,6 +6202,7 @@ Emulate Clear=1
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[F3DD35BA-4152E075-C:45]
Good Name=The Legend of Zelda - Ocarina of Time (U) (GC)
@ -6139,6 +6219,7 @@ Emulate Clear=1
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[EC7011B7-7616D72B-C:45]
Good Name=The Legend of Zelda - Ocarina of Time (U) (V1.0)
@ -6159,6 +6240,7 @@ SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-Protect=1
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[D43DA81F-021E1E19-C:45]
Good Name=The Legend of Zelda - Ocarina of Time (U) (V1.1)
@ -6178,6 +6260,7 @@ SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-Protect=1
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[693BA2AE-B7F14E9F-C:45]
Good Name=The Legend of Zelda - Ocarina of Time (U) (V1.2)
@ -6197,6 +6280,7 @@ SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-Protect=1
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[1D4136F3-AF63EEA9-C:50]
Good Name=The Legend of Zelda - Ocarina of Time - Master Quest (E) (GC)
@ -6316,23 +6400,27 @@ Good Name=Tom Clancy's Rainbow Six (E)
Internal Name=RAINBOW SIX
Status=Compatible
32bit=No
RDRAM Size=8
[486BF335-034DCC81-C:46]
Good Name=Tom Clancy's Rainbow Six (F)
Internal Name=RAINBOW SIX
Status=Compatible
RDRAM Size=8
[8D412933-588F64DB-C:44]
Good Name=Tom Clancy's Rainbow Six (G)
Internal Name=RAINBOW SIX
Status=Compatible
32bit=No
RDRAM Size=8
[392A0C42-B790E77D-C:45]
Good Name=Tom Clancy's Rainbow Six (U)
Internal Name=RAINBOW SIX
Status=Compatible
32bit=No
RDRAM Size=8
[21260D94-06AE1DFE-C:45]
Good Name=Tommy Thunder (U) (Unreleased Alpha)
@ -6779,7 +6867,7 @@ Good Name=Twisted Edge Extreme Snowboarding (E)
Internal Name=TWISTED EDGE
Status=Issues (core)
Core Note=no sound
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menu snowflakes;
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menu snowflakes; use Glide64
RDRAM Size=8
[BBC99D32-117DAA80-C:45]
@ -6787,7 +6875,7 @@ Good Name=Twisted Edge Extreme Snowboarding (U)
Internal Name=TWISTED EDGE
Status=Issues (core)
Core Note=no sound
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menu snowflakes;
Plugin Note=[video] errors:menu snowflakes; use Glide64
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
@ -7305,6 +7393,7 @@ Good Name=Xena Warrior Princess - Talisman of Fate (E)
Internal Name=XENAWARRIORPRINCESS
Status=Compatible
Culling=1
RDRAM Size=8
[0553AE9D-EAD8E0C1-C:45]
Good Name=Xena Warrior Princess - Talisman of Fate (U)
@ -7330,6 +7419,7 @@ Internal Name=YOSHI STORY
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
RDRAM Size=8
[D3F97D49-6924135B-C:50]
Good Name=Yoshi's Story (E) (M3)
@ -7337,6 +7427,7 @@ Internal Name=YOSHI STORY
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
RDRAM Size=8
[2337D8E8-6B8E7CEC-C:45]
Good Name=Yoshi's Story (U) (M2)
@ -7344,6 +7435,7 @@ Internal Name=YOSHI STORY
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] (see GameFAQ)
Save Type=16kbit Eeprom
RDRAM Size=8
[9FE6162D-E97E4037-C:4A]
Good Name=Yuke Yuke!! Trouble Makers (J)
@ -7397,6 +7489,7 @@ Emulate Clear=1
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[D43DA81F-021E1E19-C:4A]
Good Name=Zelda no Densetsu - Toki no Ocarina (J) (V1.1)
@ -7411,6 +7504,7 @@ Emulate Clear=1
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[693BA2AE-B7F14E9F-C:4A]
Good Name=Zelda no Densetsu - Toki no Ocarina (J) (V1.2)
@ -7425,6 +7519,7 @@ Emulate Clear=1
SMM-PI DMA=0
SMM-TLB=0
Self Texture=1
RDRAM Size=8
[F7F52DB8-2195E636-C:4A]
Good Name=Zelda no Densetsu - Toki no Ocarina - Zelda Collection Version (J) (GC)
@ -8608,3 +8703,44 @@ Core Note=slow
Good Name=Yoshi's Story BootEmu (PD)
Internal Name=YOSHI BOOT EMU
Status=Unsupported
[5A4C57FE-AA6807C4-C:41]
Good Name=NUS-64 Aging Cassette
Internal Name=AGING ROM
Status=Needs RSP plugin
[BB0598C7-AE917C5D-C:0]
Good Name=64GB Checker V1.05
Internal Name=64GB Checker V1.05
Status=Compatible
[816BE37F-9BCE6CAA-C:0]
Good Name=Dolphin Controller Test
Internal Name=Dolphin Controller Test
Status=Compatible
[6F46DA42-D971A312-C:45]
Good Name=Ronaldinho's Soccer 64
Internal Name=RONALDINHO SOCCER
Status=Compatible
Plugin Note=[video] errors:shadows; use Glide64
AiCountPerBytes=200
Counter Factor=1
Culling=1
[A01B8D3B-E0FAC46F-C:0]
Good Name=Photo Viewer
Internal Name=Photo Viewer
Status=Compatible
[2F33EFCA-6CA95A9C-C:0]
Good Name=funnelcube (PD)
Internal Name=funnelcube
Status=Compatible
[D55891EB-2BEFD9C8-C:0]
Good Name=MGC 2011 Demo (PD)
Internal Name=shut up and code
CPU Type=Interpreter
RDRAM Size=8
Status=Unsupported

71
Lang/Brazilian Portuguese.pj.Lang
View File

@ -5,17 +5,17 @@
#1 # "Português Brasileiro" // LANGUAGE ID
#2 # "Project64 team" // Author
#3 # "2.2" // Version
#4 # "Abril, 2015" // Date
#4 # "Dezembro, 2015" // Date
//About DLL Dialog
#5 # "Idioma Atual"
#6 # "Autor"
#7 # "Versão"
#8 # "Data"
#9 # "Visitar a Home Page"
#10 # "Base de Dados da ROM (.RDB)"
#11 # "Arquivo do Código de Trapaças (.CHT)"
#12 # "Informação Extendida da ROM (.RDX)"
#9 # "Visitar o Website"
#10 # "Banco de Dados das ROMs (.RDB)"
#11 # "Arquivo de Códigos de Trapaça (.CHT)"
#12 # "Informação Extendida das ROMs (.RDX)"
//About INI title
#20 # "Sobre os Arquivos de Configuração"
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#103# "Iniciar a Emulação"
#104# "&Finalizar a Emulação"
#105# "Escolher o Diretório das ROMs..."
#106# "Atualizar a Lista das ROMs"
#106# "Atualizar Lista"
#107# "ROMs Recentes"
#108# "Diretórios das ROMs Recentes"
#109# "S&air"
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@
#181# "Sobre os Arqui&vos de Configuração"
#182# "&Sobre o Project 64"
#183# "Fórum de &Suporte"
#184# "&Homepage"
#184# "&Website"
//Current Save Slot menu
#190# "Padrão"
@ -88,10 +88,11 @@
#198# "Slot 8"
#199# "Slot 9"
#200# "Slot 10"
#201# "Save Slot (%ws) selecionado"
//Pop up Menu
#210# "Jogar o Jogo"
#211# "Informação da ROM"
#210# "Jogar"
#211# "Informações da ROM"
#212# "Editar as Configurações do Jogo"
#213# "Editar as Trapaças"
#214# "Plugin Gráfico"
@ -117,18 +118,18 @@
#254# "Selecionar o Diretório das ROMs"
#255# "Atualizar a lista de ROMs atuais no Explorador de ROMs"
#256# "Sair deste aplicativo"
#257# "Reiniciar a imagem da ROM atual (recarregar quaisquer mudanças nas configurações)"
#258# "Pausar/Resumir a emulação da ROM atual em execução"
#257# "Reiniciar a imagem da ROM em execução (recarregar quaisquer mudanças nas configurações)"
#258# "Pausar/Resumir a emulação da ROM atualmente em execução"
#259# "Gerar uma imagem Bitmap da Tela atual"
#260# "Limitar o FPS para a velocidade correta do n64"
#261# "Criar um instante do sistema atual para o salvamento rápido"
#262# "Criar um instante do sistema atual com a seleção do local do arquivo"
#263# "Carregar um salvamento do instante rápido"
#264# "Escolher um arquivo de salvamento do instante para carregar"
#261# "Salvar o atual estado do sistema"
#262# "Salvar o atual estado do sistema em um local específico"
#263# "Carregar um estado de sistema salvo"
#264# "Escolher um estado de sistema salvo para carregar"
#265# "Ativar/Desativar as trapaças do Game shark"
#266# "O botão do Game shark é usado com trapaças especifícas"
#267# "Mudar a emulação do modo de janela para tela cheia"
#268# "Fazer a janela ficar acima de todas as outras janelas"
#267# "Mudar o modo de janela para tela cheia"
#268# "Manter a janela atual acima de todas as outras janelas"
#269# "Mudar as configurações dentro do plugin dos Gráficos"
#270# "Mudar as configurações dentro do plugin de Áudio"
#271# "Mudar as configurações dentro do plugin do Controle (ex: definir as teclas)"
@ -139,7 +140,7 @@
#276# "Visualizar o FAQ do aplicativo"
#278# "Sobre o aplicativo e os autores"
#277# "Sobre os autores dos arquivos de suporte"
#279# "Abrir esta imagem da ROM aberta anteriormente"
#279# "Abrir ROM anteriormente aberta"
#280# "Escolher este diretório como seu diretório das ROMs"
#281# "Mudar o Aplicativo para usar este idioma"
#282# "Escolher este local para salvamento rápido"
@ -177,7 +178,7 @@
#320# "Selecionar o diretório atual das ROMs"
//Messages
#340# "ROM ruim? Use o GoodN64 & procure por um RDB atualizado"
#340# "ROM ruim? Use o GoodN64 & verifique se o RDB esta atualizado."
/*********************************************************************************
* Options *
@ -230,7 +231,7 @@
#463# "Lembrar as trapaças selecionadas"
#464# "Desativar a proteção de tela quando executar uma ROM"
#465# "Exibir a velocidade"
#466# "Forma de exibição da velocidade:"
#466# "Display de velocidade:"
#467# "Verificar se o Project64 já está em execução"
//ROM Browser Tab
@ -241,7 +242,7 @@
#484# "Usar Explorador de ROMs"
#485# "Usar repetição de diretório"
#486# "Campos disponíveis:"
#487# "Mostrar os campos nesta ordem:"
#487# "Ordem dos campos:"
#488# "Adicionar ->"
#489# "<- Remover"
#490# "Pra Cima"
@ -254,7 +255,7 @@
#502# "Estilo do core da CPU:"
#503# "Método do código self-mod"
#504# "Tamanho padrão da memória:"
#505# "Ligamento de blocos avançado"
#505# "ABL"
#506# "Iniciar a emulação quando a ROM está aberta"
#507# "Sempre sobrescrever as configurações padrão com aquelas do RDB"
#508# "Automaticamente comprimir os save states"
@ -282,10 +283,10 @@
#533# "Timing do áudio fixo"
#534# "Método de procura de função:"
#535# "Método de self-mod personalizado"
#536# "Sincronizar usando o áudio"
#536# "Sincronizar com o áudio"
#537# "Contagem de IA por byte"
#538# "Engine de 32 bits"
#539# "Atrasar a interrupção do DP"
#539# "Atrasar o DP interrupt"
//Core Styles
#540# "Interpretador"
@ -315,10 +316,10 @@
#601# "Desligado"
//Save Type
#620# "Usar o Primeiro Tipo de Salvamento Usado"
#620# "Usar o primeiro tipo de salvamento utilizado"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab
@ -440,33 +441,33 @@
*********************************************************************************/
#2000# "*** CPU PAUSADA ***"
#2001# "CPU Resumida"
#2002# "Em um loop permanente do qual não se pode sair. \nA emulação vai parar agora. \n\nVerifique a ROM e as configurações da ROM."
#2002# "Em um loop permanente do qual não se pode sair.\nA emulação vai parar agora.\n\nVerifique a ROM e as configurações da ROM."
#2003# "Falha ao alocar a Memória"
#2004# "O plugin de vídeo padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido. \n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de vídeo (gráficos).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2005# "O plugin de áudio padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido. \n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de áudio (som).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2006# "O plugin de RSP padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido. \n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de RSP (Reality Signal Processor).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2007# "O plugin de entrada padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido. \n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de entrada (controle).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2004# "O plugin de vídeo padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido.\n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de vídeo (gráficos).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2005# "O plugin de áudio padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido.\n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de áudio (som).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2006# "O plugin de RSP padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido.\n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de RSP (Reality Signal Processor).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2007# "O plugin de entrada padrão ou selecionado está faltando ou é inválido.\n\nVocê precisa ir em Configurações e selecionar um plugin de entrada (controle).\nVerifique se você tem ao menos um arquivo de plugin compatível na sua pasta de plugins."
#2008# "Falha ao carregar o plugin:"
#2009# "Falha ao carregar a palavra\n\nVerifique a ROM e as configurações da ROM."
#2010# "Falha ao abrir o Arquivo do Salvamento"
#2011# "Falha ao abrir o EEPROM"
#2012# "Falha ao abrir a flash RAM"
#2013# "Falha ao abrir o mempak"
#2014# "A tentativa de abrir o arquivo zip falhou. \n\nProvavelmente um arquivo zip corrompido - tente descompactar a ROM manualmente."
#2014# "A tentativa de abrir o arquivo zip falhou.\n\nProvavelmente um arquivo zip corrompido - tente descompactar a ROM manualmente."
#2015# "A tentativa de abrir o arquivo falhou."
#2016# "Um erro ocorreu quando tentava abrir o arquivo zip."
#2017# "O arquivo carregado não aparenta ser uma ROM de N64 válida. \n\nVerifique suas ROMs com o GoodN64."
#2017# "O arquivo carregado não aparenta ser uma ROM de N64 válida.\n\nVerifique suas ROMs com o GoodN64."
#2018# "País desconhecido"
#2019# "Chip Cic desconhecido"
#2020# "Formato do arquivo desconhecido"
#2021# "Ação de memória desconhecida\n\nEmulação parada"
#2022# "OpCode R4300i não manejado em"
#2023# "Executando do espaço não-mapeado.\n\nVerifique a ROM e as configurações da ROM."
#2024# "Este save state não aparenta combinar com a ROM em execução. \n\nOs save states devem ser salvos & carregados entre ROMs 100% idênticas, \nEm particular a REGIÃO e VERSÃO precisam ser as mesmas. \nCarregar este state provavelmente causaria um crash no jogo e/ou no emulador. \n\nVocê tem certeza que você quer continuar carregando?"
#2024# "Este save state não aparenta combinar com a ROM em execução.\n\nOs save states devem ser salvos & carregados entre ROMs 100% idênticas,\nEm particular a REGIÃO e VERSÃO precisam ser as mesmas. \nCarregar este state provavelmente causaria um crash no jogo e/ou no emulador. \n\nVocê tem certeza que você quer continuar carregando?"
#2025# "Erro"
#2026# "Sequência de Copyright não encontrada no LUT. O jogo não mais funcionará."
#2027# "Falha da Proteção Contra Cópia"
#2028# "Mudar um plugin requer que o Project64 resete uma ROM em execução. \nSe você não quer perder seu lugar, responda Não e faça um save state primeiro. \n\nMudar os plugins e resetar a ROM agora?"
#2028# "Mudar um plugin requer que o Project64 resete uma ROM em execução.\nSe você não quer perder seu lugar, responda Não e faça um save state primeiro.\n\nMudar os plugins e resetar a ROM agora?"
#2029# "Mudar os Plugins"
#2030# "Emulação encerrada"
#2031# "Emulação iniciada"

2
Lang/Bulgarian.pj.Lang
View File

@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
#620# "* открий първият използван тип"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

498
Lang/Catalan.pj.Lang Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
/*********************************************************************************
* Meta Information *
*********************************************************************************/
//About DLL
#1 # "Català" // LANGUAGE ID
#2 # "Hiro5" // Author
#3 # "2.2" // Version
#4 # "11 d'octubre de 2015" // Date
//About DLL Dialog
#5 # "Idioma actual"
#6 # "Autor"
#7 # "Versió"
#8 # "Data"
#9 # "Visiteu el lloc web"
#10 # "Base de dades de ROMs (.RDB)"
#11 # "Fitxer de Trucs (.CHT)"
#12 # "Informació estesa de ROM (.RDX)"
//About INI title
#20 # "Quant als fitxers de configuració"
/*********************************************************************************
* Menu *
*********************************************************************************/
//File Menu
#100# "&Fitxer"
#101# "&Obre una ROM"
#102# "&Informació de ROM...."
#103# "Comença l'emulació"
#104# "&Finalitza l'emulació"
#105# "Tria directori de ROMs..."
#106# "Actualitza llista de ROMs"
#107# "ROMs recents"
#108# "Directoris de ROMs recents"
#109# "&Surt"
//System Menu
#120# "&Sistema"
#121# "&Reinicia"
#122# "&Pausa"
#123# "Captura pantalla"
#124# "Limitador de velocitat"
#125# "&Desa"
#126# "Anomena i desa..."
#127# "&Restaura"
#128# "Carrega..."
#129# "&Estat desat actual"
#130# "Trucs..."
#131# "Botó de GameShark"
#132# "Continua"
#133# "Reinicia el &Programari"
#134# "Reinicia el &Maquinari"
//Options Menu
#140# "&Opcions"
#141# "&Pantalla completa"
#142# "&Sempre a sobre"
#143# "Configura el connector de vídeo..."
#144# "Configura el connector d'àudio..."
#145# "Configura el connector del controlador..."
#146# "Configura el connector RSP..."
#147# "Mostra % d'ús de CPU"
#148# "&Paràmetres..."
//Debugger Menu
#160# "&Depurador"
//Language Menu
#175# "&Idioma"
//Help Menu
#180# "&Ajuda"
#181# "Quant als fitxers &INI"
#182# "&Quant al Project 64"
#183# "&Fòrum de suport"
#184# "&Lloc web"
//Current Save Slot menu
#190# "Per defecte"
#191# "Ranura 1"
#192# "Ranura 2"
#193# "Ranura 3"
#194# "Ranura 4"
#195# "Ranura 5"
#196# "Ranura 6"
#197# "Ranura 7"
#198# "Ranura 8"
#199# "Ranura 9"
#200# "Ranura 10"
//Pop up Menu
#210# "Juga el joc"
#211# "Informació de ROM"
#212# "Edita els paràmetres del joc"
#213# "Edita els trucs"
#214# "Connector de vídeo"
//Alternate Name to save Slot
#220# "Desa a la ranura per defecte"
#221# "Desa a la ranura 1"
#222# "Desa a la ranura 2"
#223# "Desa a la ranura 3"
#224# "Desa a la ranura 4"
#225# "Desa a la ranura 5"
#226# "Desa a la ranura 6"
#227# "Desa a la ranura 7"
#228# "Desa a la ranura 8"
#229# "Desa a la ranura 9"
#230# "Desa a la ranura 10"
// Menu Descriptions
#250# "Obre una imatge ROM de Nintendo 64"
#251# "Mostra informació de la imatge carregada"
#252# "Inicia l'emulació de la imatge ROM carregada"
#253# "Atura l'emulació de la imatge ROM carregada"
#254# "Selecciona el directori de ROMs"
#255# "Actualitza la llista de ROMs en l'explorador de ROMs"
#256# "Tanca aquesta aplicació"
#257# "Recarrega la imatge ROM actual (recarrega qualsevol canvi de paràmetres)"
#258# "Pausa/Continua l'emulació de la ROM en execució actual"
#259# "Genera una imatge Bitmap de la pantalla actual"
#260# "Limita els quadres per segon a la velocitat correcta de la n64"
#261# "Crea una instantània del sistema actual per un desat ràpid"
#262# "Crea una instantània del sistema actual seleccionant la ubicació del fitxer"
#263# "Carrega una instantània ràpida desada"
#264# "Tria un fitxer d'instantània per carregar"
#265# "Activa/Desactiva trucs del GameShark"
#266# "El botó de GameShark s'utilitza amb trucs específics"
#267# "Canvia l'emulació de mode en finestra a pantalla completa"
#268# "Fa que la finestra estigui per sobre de totes les altres"
#269# "Canvia els paràmetres dins del connector de vídeo"
#270# "Canvia els paràmetres dins del connector d'àudio"
#271# "Canvia els paràmetres dins del connector de controladors (i.e. assigna les tecles)"
#272# "Canvia els paràmetres dins del connector RSP"
#273# "Mostra l'ús de CPU de l'emulador dividit en diferents recursos"
#274# "Mostra/Canvia paràmetres per aquesta aplicació"
#275# "Mostra el Manual per l'aplicació"
#276# "Mostra les PMF per l'aplicació"
#278# "Quant a l'aplicació i als autors"
#277# "Quant als autors dels fitxers de suport"
#279# "Obre aquesta imatge de ROM oberta anteriorment"
#280# "Tria aquest directori com el directori de ROMs"
#281# "Canvia l'aplicació per utilitzar aquest idioma"
#282# "Tria aquesta ubicació de desat ràpid"
#283# "Comença el joc seleccionat"
#284# "Informació del joc seleccionat"
#285# "Edita els paràmetres pel joc seleccionat"
#286# "Edita els trucs per joc seleccionat"
/*********************************************************************************
* ROM Browser *
*********************************************************************************/
//ROM Browser Fields
#300# "Nom de fitxer"
#301# "Nom intern"
#302# "Nom bo"
#303# "Estat"
#304# "Mida de ROM"
#305# "Notes (Nucli)"
#306# "Notes (complements per defecte)"
#307# "Notes (Usuari)"
#308# "ID de cartutx"
#309# "Fabricant"
#310# "País"
#311# "Desenvolupador"
#312# "CRC1"
#313# "CRC2"
#314# "Xip CIC"
#315# "Data de sortida"
#316# "Gènere"
#317# "Jugadors"
#318# "Força resposta"
#319# "Format de fitxer"
//Select ROM
#320# "Selecciona directori de ROMs actual"
//Messages
#340# "ROM dolenta? Utilitza GoodN64 i cerca una RDB actualitzada"
/*********************************************************************************
* Options *
*********************************************************************************/
//Options Title
#400# "Paràmetres"
//Tabs
#401# "Connectors"
#402# "Directoris"
#403# "Opcions"
#404# "Selecció de ROM"
#405# "Avançat"
#406# "Paràmetres generals"
#407# "Integració del sistema"
#408# "Notes"
#409# "Dreceres de teclat"
#410# "Estat"
#411# "Recompilador"
//Plugin Dialog
#420# "Quant a"
#421# " Complement de processador de senyal de realitat: "
#422# " Complement de vídeo (gràfics): "
#423# " Complement d'àudio (so): "
#424# " Complement d'entrada (controlador): "
#425# "HLE de vídeo"
#426# "HLE d'àudio"
#427# "** Utilitza complement del sistema **"
//Directory Dialog
#440# " Directori de complements: "
#441# " Directori de ROMs: "
#442# " Autodesats de N64: "
#443# " Instantànies: "
#444# " Captures de pantalla: "
#445# "Carpeta des d'on es va obrir la darrera ROM."
#446# "Seleccioneu directori de complements"
#447# "Seleccioneu directori de ROMs"
#448# "Seleccioneu directori d'autodesats"
#449# "Seleccioneu directori de desats d'instantànies"
#450# "Seleccioneu directori d'imatges"
#451# " Directori de paquets de textures: "
#452# "Seleccioneu directori de paquets de textures"
//Options Dialog
#460# "Posa en pausa quan la finestra no està activa"
#461# "Canvia a pantalla completa en carregar una ROM"
#462# "Amaga els paràmetres avançats"
#463# "Recorda els trucs seleccionats"
#464# "Desactiva l'estalvi de pantalla mentre s'executa una ROM"
#465# "Mostra la velocitat"
#466# "Mostra la velocitat:"
#467# "Comprova si Project64 ja s'està executant"
//ROM Browser Tab
#480# "Límit de ROMs recordades (Màx 10):"
#481# "ROMs"
#482# "Límit de Dirs de ROMs recordades (Màx 10):"
#483# "dirs"
#484# "Empra explorador de ROMs"
#485# "Cerca subdirectoris"
#486# "Camps disponibles:"
#487# "Mostra els camps en aquest ordre:"
#488# "Afegeix ->"
#489# "<- Esborra"
#490# "Amunt"
#491# "Avall"
#492# "Refresca el navegador automàticament"
//Advanced Options
#500# "La majoria d'aquests canvis no faran efecte fins que s'obri una nova ROM o fins a reiniciar l'actual ROM."
#501# "Predeterminats de nucli"
#502# "Estil de nucli de CPU:"
#503# "Mètode de codi auto-mod:"
#504# "Mida de memòria per defecte:"
#505# "Enllaçat de bloc avançat:"
#506# "Iniciar l'emulació quan s'obri la ROM"
#507# "Sobreescriu sempre els paràmetres per defecte amb els de l'INI"
#508# "Comprimeix automàticament els estats desats"
#509# "Activa el depurador"
#510# "Mem. cau"
#511# "PI DMA"
#512# "Inici canviat"
#513# "Memòria protegida"
#514# "Desmapat TLB"
//ROM Options
#520# "Estil de nucli de CPU:"
#521# "Refresc d'entrada de vídeo:"
#522# "Mida de memòria:"
#523# "Enllaçat de blocs avançat:"
#524# "Tipus de desat per defecte:"
#525# "Factor de comptador:"
#526# "Memòria de compilació més gran"
#527# "Empra TLB"
#528# "Registra la mem. cau"
#529# "Retard d'interrupció SI"
#530# "Modificació d'SP"
#531# "Per defecte"
#532# "Senyal d'àudio RSP"
#533# "Sincr. d'àudio arreglada"
#534# "Funció de mètode de cerca:"
#535# "Mètode de codi auto-modificant"
#536# "Sincr. utilitzant l'àudio"
#537# "Compta AI per byte"
#538# "Màquina 32-bit"
#539# "Retard d'interrupció DP"
//Core Styles
#540# "Intèrpret"
#541# "Recompilador"
#542# "Sincronitza nuclis"
//Self Mod Methods
#560# "Cap"
#561# "Mem. cau"
#562# "Protegeix memòria"
#563# "Comprova memòria i mem. cau"
#564# "Canvia memòria i mem. cau"
#565# "Comprova memòria avançada"
#566# "Neteja codi en mem. cau"
//Function Lookup method
#570# "Taula de cerca física"
#571# "Taula de cerca virtual"
#572# "Canvia la memòria"
//RDRAM Size
#580# "4 MB"
#581# "8 MB"
//Advanced Block Linking
#600# "Encès"
#601# "Apagat"
//Save Type
#620# "Primer tipus de desat usat"
#621# "EEPROM de 4 kbits"
#622# "EEPROM de 16 kbits"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "FlashRAM de 128kbytes"
//Shell Integration Tab
#640# "Associació d'extensions de fitxer:"
//ROM Notes
#660# "Estat de ROM:"
#661# "Nota de nucli:"
#662# "Nota de complement:"
// Accelerator Selector
#680# "Estat de CPU:"
#681# "Element de menú:"
#682# "Claus actuals:"
#683# "Seleccioneu la nova clau de drecera:"
#684# "Assignada actualment a:"
#685# "Assigna"
#686# "Esborra"
#687# "Reinicia-ho tot"
#688# "No s'està jugant"
#689# "S'està jugant"
#690# "S'està jugant en finestra"
#691# "S'està jugant a pantalla completa"
#692# "Detecta tecla"
// Frame Rate Option
#700# "Interrupcions vertical per segon"
#701# "Mostra llistes per segon"
#702# "% de velocitat completa"
// Increase speed
#710# "Augmenta velocitat de joc"
#711# "Disminueix velocitat de joc"
//Bottom page buttons
#720# "Reinicia pàg."
#721# "Reinicia tot"
#722# "Aplica"
#723# "Tanca"
/*********************************************************************************
* ROM Information *
*********************************************************************************/
//ROM Info Title
#800# "Informació de ROM"
//ROM Info Text
#801# "Nom de ROM:"
#802# "Nom de fitxer:"
#803# "Ubicació:"
#804# "Mida de ROM:"
#805# "ID de cartutx:"
#806# "Fabricant:"
#807# "País:"
#808# "CRC1:"
#809# "CRC2:"
#810# "Xip CIC:"
#811# "MD5:"
/*********************************************************************************
* Cheats *
*********************************************************************************/
//Cheat List
#1000# "Trucs"
#1001# "Trucs:"
#1002# " Notes: "
#1003# "Marca-ho tot"
#1004# "Desmarca-ho tot"
//Add Cheat
#1005# "Afegeix truc"
#1006# "Nom:"
#1007# "Codi:"
#1008# "Insereix"
#1009# "Neteja"
#1010# " Notes del truc: "
#1011# "Afegeix a la DB"
//Code extension
#1012# "Extensions de codi"
#1013# "Trieu un valor per:"
#1014# "D'acord"
#1015# "Cancel·la"
//Digital Value
#1016# "Dígit de quantitat"
#1017# "Trieu un valor per:"
#1018# "&Valor"
#1019# "de"
#1020# "a"
#1021# "&Notes:"
#1022# "Afegeix truc"
#1023# "Nou truc"
#1024# "<adreça> <valor>"
#1025# "Opcions:"
#1026# "<valor> <etiqueta>"
//Edit Cheat
#1027# "Edita el truc"
#1028# "Actualitza el truc"
#1029# "El truc s'ha modificat.\n\nVoleu actualitzar?"
#1030# "Truc actualitzat"
//Cheat Popup Menu
#1040# "Afegeix nou truc..."
#1041# "Edita"
#1042# "Esborra"
// short-cut editor
#1100# "Reinicia dreceres"
#1101# "Segur que voleu reiniciar les dreceres?\n\nAquesta acció no es podrà desfer."
#1102# "Menú de Fitxer"
#1103# "Menú de Sistema"
#1104# "Opcions"
#1105# "Ranures de desat"
/*********************************************************************************
* Messages *
*********************************************************************************/
#2000# "*** CPU EN PAUSA ***"
#2001# "CPU continuat"
#2002# "Es troba en un bucle permanent i no pot sortir.\nL'emulació s'aturarà ara.\n\nComproveu la ROM i els paràmetres de ROM."
#2003# "No s'ha pogut assignar memòria"
#2004# "Ha desaparegut o no és vàlid el complement de vídeo seleccionat o per defecte.\n\nComproveu que teniu com a mínim un fitxer de complement compatible en la carpeta de complements."
#2005# "Ha desaparegut o no és vàlid el complement d'àudio seleccionat o per defecte.\n\nComproveu que teniu com a mínim un fitxer de complement compatible en la carpeta de complements."
#2006# "Ha desaparegut o no és vàlid el complement d'RSP seleccionat o per defecte.\n\nComproveu que teniu Project64 instal·lat adequadament amb un camí de complements vàlid."
#2007# "Ha desaparegut o no és vàlid el complement d'entrada seleccionat o per defecte.\n\nComproveu que teniu com a mínim un fitxer de complement compatible en la carpeta de complements."
#2008# "No s'ha pogut carregar el complement:"
#2009# "No s'ha pogut carregar la paraula\n\nComproveu la ROM i els paràmetres de ROM."
#2010# "No s'ha pogut obrir el fitxer de desat"
#2011# "No s'ha pogut obrir l'EEPROM"
#2012# "No s'ha pogut obrir el FlashRAM"
#2013# "No s'ha pogut obrir el mempak"
#2014# "Ha fallat l'intent d'obrir el fitxer zip.\nFitxer zip desaparegut o malmès - comproveu el camí i el fitxer.\n\nPotser necessitareu reiniciar l'aplicació."
#2015# "Ha fallat l'intent d'obrir el fitxer."
#2016# "S'ha produït un error en provar d'obrir el fitxer zip."
#2017# "El fitxer carregat no sembla que sigui una ROM de Nintendo 64 vàlida.\n\nVerifiqueu les ROMs amb GoodN64."
#2018# "País desconegut"
#2019# "Xip CIC desconegut"
#2020# "Format de fitxer desconegut"
#2021# "Acció de memòria desconeguda\n\nEmulació aturada"
#2022# "OpCode R4300i no gestionat a"
#2023# "Executant des d'un espai no-mapat.\n\nVerifiqueu la ROM i els paràmetres de la ROM."
#2024# "Sembla que l'estat desat no correspon a la ROM en execució.\n\nEls estats desats s'han de desar i carregar entre ROMs 100% idèntiques,\nen particular la REGIÓ i la VERSIÓ han de ser les mateixes.\nCarregant aquest estat és com provocar una fallida al joc o a l'emulador.\n\nSegur que voleu continuar carregant?"
#2025# "Error"
#2026# "No s'ha trobat la seqüència de copyright en el LUT. El joc deixarà de funcionar."
#2027# "Fallida de protecció de còpia"
#2028# "Canviar un complement cal que Project64 reinicii una ROM en execució.\nSi no vols perdre la teva posició, respon No i fes un desat d'estat primer.\n\nVoleu canviar els complements i reiniciar el joc ara?"
#2029# "Canvia complements"
#2030# "Emulació finalitzada"
#2031# "Emulació iniciada"
#2032# "No s'ha pogut carregar l'estat desat"
#2033# "S'ha carregat l'estat desat"
#2034# "S'ha desat l'estat actual a"
#2035# "Ranura d'estat desat"
#2036# "Imatge d'intercanvi d'octets"
#2037# "Triant imatge de N64"
#2038# "Carregat"
#2039# "Carregant imatge"
#2040# "No es pot obrir cap ROM perquè els complements no s'han iniciat correctament"
#2041# "Esteu realment segur que voleu esborrar això?"
#2042# "Esborra el truc"
#2043# "El nom del truc ja es troba en ús"
#2044# "Heu arribat al límit màxim de trucs per aquesta ROM"
#2045# "Inicialitzant complement"
#2046# "No heu seleccionat una clau virtual per assignar a l'element de menú."
#2047# "Necessiteu seleccionar un element de menú per assignar a aquesta acció."
#2048# "La drecera ja està assignada a un altre element de menú."
#2049# "No s'ha seleccionat cap drecera per esborrar."
#2050# "ROM carregada. Esperant per iniciar l'emulació."
#2051# "La versió beta de Project64 només és pels membres.\n\nSi teniu un compte a pj64.net, no hauríeu de veure aquest error!!\nContacteu amb nosaltres a la web."
#2052# "Error del programa"
#2053# "No s'ha pogut trobar el fitxer dins del fitxer 7z"
#2054# "Emulació de baix nivell (LLE) de vídeo"
#2055# "L'LLE de vídeo no és per un ús genèric!!!\nÉs aconsellable que només utilitzis això per fer proves i no per jugar.\n\nVoleu canviar a l'LLE de vídeo?"
#2056# "Emulació d'alt nivell (HLE) d'àudio"
#2057# "L'HLE d'àudio requereix un complement de tercers!!!\nSi s'utilitza cap complement de tercers que suporti HLE, no hi haurà cap so.\n\nVoleu canviar a l'HLE d'àudio?"

7
Lang/Chinese (Simplified).pj.Lang
View File

@ -88,6 +88,7 @@
#198# "插槽 8"
#199# "插槽 9"
#200# "插槽 10"
#201# "插槽 (%ws) 被选"
//Pop up Menu
#210# "运行游戏"
@ -224,7 +225,7 @@
#452# " 选择材质包目录"
//Options Dialog
#460# "当窗口处于非活动状态时暂停模拟器"
#460# "当模拟器窗口不是处于屏幕最上方，暂停模拟器"
#461# "载入ROM后切换为全屏模式"
#462# "隐藏高级设置"
#463# "记住已选择的金手指"
@ -255,7 +256,7 @@
#503# "自我修改码方案:"
#504# "默认存档容量:"
#505# "高级模块连接"
#506# "当ROM加载后，开始模拟"
#506# "当读取完ROM后，开始模拟"
#507# "总是从 RDB 中覆盖默认设置"
#508# "自动压缩即时存档文件"
#509# "开启调试器"
@ -318,7 +319,7 @@
#620# "使用最初的存档类型"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

2
Lang/Chinese (Traditional).pj.Lang
View File

@ -270,7 +270,7 @@
#620# "使用最初使用的存檔類型"
#621# "4-Kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-Kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-KByte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

2
Lang/Czech.pj.Lang
View File

@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ RDB není pøítomno nebo volba dole 'pøepsat' je nezaškrtnutá"
#620# "* detek. první užívaný typ"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbajtù SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbajtù flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

2
Lang/Danish.pj.Lang
View File

@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
#620# "* Find den først anvendte type"
#621# "4kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128kbyte FlashRAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

2
Lang/Dutch.pj.Lang
View File

@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
#620# "Gebruik de eerst gebruikte save"
#621# "4kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32kbytes SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flashram"
//Shell Integration Tab

7
Lang/English.pj.Lang
View File

@ -88,6 +88,7 @@
#198# "Slot 8"
#199# "Slot 9"
#200# "Slot 10"
#201# "Save Slot (%ws) selected"
//Pop up Menu
#210# "Play Game"
@ -177,7 +178,7 @@
#320# "Select current ROM directory"
//Messages
#340# "Bad ROM? Use GoodN64 & check for updated RDB."
#340# "Bad ROM? Use GoodN64 & check that the RDB is up-to-date."
/*********************************************************************************
* Options *
@ -241,7 +242,7 @@
#484# "Use ROM browser"
#485# "Use directory recursion"
#486# "Available fields:"
#487# "Show fields in this order:"
#487# "Order of fields:"
#488# "Add ->"
#489# "<- Remove"
#490# "Up"
@ -318,7 +319,7 @@
#620# "Use first-used save type"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

2
Lang/English_alternative.pj.Lang
View File

@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ no RDB is present, or 'overwrite' option below is unchecked"
#620# "* detect first-used type"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

2
Lang/Finnish.pj.Lang
View File

@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#620# "Käytä 1. tallennustyyppiä"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

537
Lang/French.pj.Lang
View File

@ -5,20 +5,20 @@
#1 # "Français" // LANGUAGE ID
#2 # "Benjamin Siskoo" // Author
#3 # "2.2" // Version
#4 # "6 Mai 2015" // Date
#4 # "2 Décembre 2015" // Date
//About DLL Dialog
#5 # "Langue en cours"
#5 # "Langue actuelle"
#6 # "Auteur"
#7 # "Version"
#8 # "Date"
#9 # "Visiter le Site Web"
#10 # "Base de données des ROMs (.RDB)"
#11 # "Fichier des Codes Cheats (.CHT)"
#12 # "Info sur les ROM étendues (.RDX)"
#9 # "Visiter le site web"
#10 # "Base de données des ROM (.rdb)"
#11 # "Fichier des cheats (.cht)"
#12 # "Infos sur les ROM étendues (.rdx)"
//About INI title
#20 # "A Propos Des Fichiers Config"
#20 # "À propos des fichiers de configuration"
/*********************************************************************************
* Menu *
@ -26,55 +26,55 @@
//File Menu
#100# "&Fichier"
#101# "&Ouvrir une ROM"
#102# "&Info sur la ROM..."
#103# "Démarrer l'Emulation"
#104# "Arrêter l'Emulation"
#105# "Choisir le Répertoire ROM..."
#106# "Rafraîchir la Liste de ROM"
#107# "ROM Récente"
#108# "Répertoires ROM Récente"
#102# "&Infos sur la ROM…"
#103# "Démarrer l’émulation"
#104# "Arrêter l’émulation"
#105# "Choisir le répertoire des ROM…"
#106# "Rafraîchir la liste des ROM"
#107# "ROM récentes"
#108# "Répertoires des ROM récentes"
#109# "&Quitter"
//System Menu
#120# "&Système"
#121# "&Redémarrer"
#122# "&Pause"
#123# "&Capture d'Ecran"
#123# "&Capture d’écran"
#124# "Limiter les FPS"
#125# "&Sauvegarder l'Etat"
#126# "Sauvegarder Sous..."
#127# "&Charger un Etat"
#128# "Charger..."
#129# "Sauvegarder l'&Etat en Cours"
#130# "Cheats..."
#131# "Bouton GameShark (Cheats)"
#125# "&Sauvegarder l’état"
#126# "Sauvegarder sous…"
#127# "&Charger un état"
#128# "Charger…"
#129# "Sauvegarder l’&état actuel"
#130# "Cheats…"
#131# "Bouton GameShark (cheats)"
#132# "R&eprendre"
#133# "Redémarrage &Logiciel"
#134# "Redémarrage &Matériel"
#133# "Redémarrage &logiciel"
#134# "Redémarrage &matériel"
//Options Menu
#140# "&Options"
#141# "&Plein écran"
#142# "&Afficher la Fenêtre au Premier Plan"
#143# "Configurer le Plugin Graphique..."
#144# "Configurer le Plugin Audio..."
#145# "Configurer le Plugin Contrôleur..."
#146# "Configurer le Plugin RSP..."
#147# "Afficher l'Utilisation du CPU"
#148# "&Paramètres..."
#142# "&Toujours visible"
#143# "Configurer le plugin graphique…"
#144# "Configurer le plugin audio…"
#145# "Configurer le plugin contrôleur…"
#146# "Configurer le plugin RSP…"
#147# "Afficher l’utilisation du CPU"
#148# "&Paramètres…"
//Debugger Menu
#160# "&Débugeur"
#160# "&Débogueur"
//Language Menu
#175# "&Langage"
//Help MenuAide"
//Help Menu
#180# "&Aide"
#181# "A Propos Des Fichiers Conf&ig"
#182# "&A Propos De Project64"
#183# "&Forum de Support"
#184# "Site &Web"
#181# "À propos des fichiers de conf&iguration"
#182# "À &propos de Project64"
#183# "&Forum de support"
#184# "Site &web"
//Current Save Slot menu
#190# "Défaut"
@ -88,96 +88,97 @@
#198# "Emplacement 8"
#199# "Emplacement 9"
#200# "Emplacement 10"
#201# "Sélection de l’emplacement de sauvegarde (%ws)"
//Pop up Menu
#210# "Lancer le Jeu"
#211# "Information sur la ROM"
#212# "Editer les Paramètres du Jeu"
#213# "Editer les Cheats"
#214# "Plugin Graphiques"
#210# "Lancer le jeu"
#211# "Informations sur la ROM"
#212# "Éditer les paramètres du jeu"
#213# "Éditer les cheats"
#214# "Plugin graphique"
//Alternate Name to save Slot
#220# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - Défaut"
#221# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 1"
#222# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 2"
#223# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 3"
#224# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 4"
#225# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 5"
#226# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 6"
#227# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 7"
#228# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 8"
#229# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 9"
#230# "Sauvegarder l'Emplacement - 10"
#220# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - Défaut"
#221# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 1"
#222# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 2"
#223# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 3"
#224# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 4"
#225# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 5"
#226# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 6"
#227# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 7"
#228# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 8"
#229# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 9"
#230# "Emplacement de sauvegarde - 10"
// Menu Descriptions
#250# "Ouvrir une Image ROM N64"
#251# "Afficher les informations concernant l'image chargé"
#252# "Lancer l'émulation d'une image ROM chargé"
#253# "Arrêter l'émulation d'une image ROM chargé"
#254# "Sélectionner le répertoire de la ROM"
#255# "Rafraîchir la liste de ROMS en cours dans le navigateur de ROM"
#256# "Quitter l'application"
#257# "Redémarrer l'image de la ROM en cours (recharger tous les changements de paramètres)"
#258# "Mettre en pause/reprendre l'émulation de la ROM lancé en cours"
#259# "Générer une image bitmap de l'écran en cours"
#250# "Ouvrir une image ROM N64"
#251# "Afficher les informations concernant l’image chargée"
#252# "Lancer l’émulation de l’image ROM chargée"
#253# "Arrêter l’émulation de l’image ROM chargée"
#254# "Sélectionner le répertoire des ROM"
#255# "Rafraîchir la liste actuelle des ROM dans le navigateur de ROM"
#256# "Quitter l’application"
#257# "Redémarrer l’image ROM actuelle (recharger tous les changements de paramètres)"
#258# "Mettre en pause/reprendre l’émulation de la ROM lancée"
#259# "Générer une image bitmap de l’écran actuel"
#260# "Limiter les FPS à la bonne vitesse de la N64"
#261# "Sauvegarder l'état du système en cours"
#262# "Sauvegarder l'état du système en cours dans l'emplacement du fichier sélectionné"
#263# "Charger l'état du système sauvegardé"
#264# "Choisir un fichier d'état système sauvegardé à charger"
#265# "Activer/Désactiver les cheats GameShark"
#266# "Le bouton GameShark est utilisé avec des cheats spécifique."
#267# "Basculer l'émulation du mode fenêtré vers le mode plein écran."
#268# "Permet de mettre la fenêtre Project64 au premier plan"
#261# "Sauvegarder l’état actuel du système"
#262# "Sauvegarder l’état actuel du système à l’emplacement du fichier sélectionné"
#263# "Charger la sauvegarde d’état"
#264# "Choisir un fichier de sauvegarde d’état à charger"
#265# "Activer/désactiver les cheats GameShark"
#266# "Le bouton GameShark est utilisé avec des cheats spécifiques."
#267# "Basculer l’émulation du mode fenêtré vers le mode plein écran."
#268# "Permet de mettre la fenêtre Project64 toujours au premier plan"
#269# "Configurer le plugin graphique"
#270# "Configurer le plugin audio"
#271# "Configurer le plugin contrôleur (ex : choisir les touches)"
#272# "Configurer le plugin RSP"
#273# "Afficher l'utilisation du CPU de l'émulateur répartie sur les différentes tâches"
#273# "Afficher l’utilisation du CPU de l’émulateur répartie sur les différentes ressources"
#274# "Voir/changer les paramètres pour cette application"
#275# "Voir le manuel pour l'application"
#276# "Voir la FAQ pour l'application"
#278# "A Propos de l'application et des auteurs"
#277# "A Propos des auteurs sur les fichiers de support"
#279# "Ouvrir l'image ROM ouverte précédemment"
#275# "Voir le manuel pour l’application"
#276# "Voir la FAQ pour l’application"
#278# "À propos de l’application et des auteurs"
#277# "À propos des auteurs sur les fichiers de support"
#279# "Ouvrir l’image ROM ouverte précédemment"
#280# "Choisir ce répertoire comme votre répertoire de jeu"
#281# "Changer l'application pour utiliser cette langue"
#282# "Choisir l'emplacement de sauvegarde pour l'état sauvegardé"
#281# "Changer l’application pour utiliser cette langue"
#282# "Choisir l’emplacement de sauvegarde pour l’état sauvegardé"
#283# "Jouer au jeu sélectionné"
#284# "Information concernant le jeu sélectionné"
#285# "Editer les paramètres pour le jeu sélectionné"
#286# "Editer les cheats pour le jeu sélectionné"
#284# "Informations concernant le jeu sélectionné"
#285# "Éditer les paramètres pour le jeu sélectionné"
#286# "Éditer les cheats pour le jeu sélectionné"
/*********************************************************************************
* ROM Browser *
*********************************************************************************/
//ROM Browser Fields
#300# "Nom du Fichier"
#301# "Nom Interne"
#302# "Nom Correcte (GOODN64)"
#300# "Nom du fichier"
#301# "Nom interne"
#302# "Nom correct (GoodN64)"
#303# "Statut"
#304# "Taille de la ROM"
#305# "Notes (noyau)"
#306# "Notes (plugins par défaut)"
#307# "Notes (utilisateur)"
#308# "ID de la Cartouche"
#308# "ID de la cartouche"
#309# "Constructeur"
#310# "Pays"
#311# "Développeur"
#312# "CRC1"
#313# "CRC2"
#314# "Puce CIC"
#315# "Date de Sortie"
#315# "Date de sortie"
#316# "Genre"
#317# "Joueurs"
#318# "Forcer le Feedback"
#319# "Format de Fichier"
#318# "Forcer le feedback"
#319# "Format de fichier"
//Select ROM
#320# "Sélectionner le Répertoire ROM en cours"
#320# "Sélectionner le répertoire de ROM actuel"
//Messages
#340# "Mauvaise ROM ? Utilisez GoodN64 & vérifier la mise à jour de RDB"
#340# "Mauvaise ROM ? Utilisez GoodN64 et vérifiez que le fichier RDB est à jour"
/*********************************************************************************
* Options *
@ -189,122 +190,122 @@
#401# "Plugins"
#402# "Répertoires"
#403# "Options"
#404# "Sélection de la ROM"
#405# "Avancée"
#406# "Paramètre Général"
#407# "Intégration du Shell"
#404# "Navigateur de ROM"
#405# "Avancé"
#406# "Paramètres généraux"
#407# "Intégration au shell"
#408# "Notes"
#409# "Raccourcis Clavier"
#409# "Raccourcis clavier"
#410# "Statut"
#411# "Recompileur"
#411# "Recompilateur"
//Plugin Dialog
#420# "A Propos De"
#420# "À propos"
#421# " Plugin RSP (Reality Signal Processor) : "
#422# " Plugin Vidéo (graphique) : "
#423# " Plugin Audio (son) : "
#424# " Plugin Input (contrôleur) : "
#422# " Plugin vidéo (graphique) : "
#423# " Plugin audio (son) : "
#424# " Plugin input (contrôleur) : "
#425# "Graphismes HLE"
#426# "Audio HLE"
#427# "** Utiliser le Système de Plugin **"
#427# "** Utiliser le plugin système **"
//Directory Dialog
#440# " Répertoire Plugins : "
#441# " Répertoire ROM : "
#442# " Répertoire des Sauvegardes N64 natif : "
#443# " Répertoire des Etats Sauvegardés : "
#444# " Répertoire des Captures d'Ecrans : "
#445# "Dernier Dossier d'où la ROM a été ouverte"
#446# "Sélectionner le Répertoire Plugin"
#447# "Sélectionner le Répertoire ROM"
#448# "Sélectionner le Répertoire des Sauvegardes N64 natif"
#449# "Sélectionner le Répertoire des Etats Sauvegardés"
#450# "Sélectionner le Répertoire des Copies d'Ecrans"
#451# " Répertoire du Pack de Texture : "
#452# "Sélectionner le Répertoire du Pack de Texture"
#440# " Répertoire des plugins : "
#441# " Répertoire des ROM : "
#442# " Répertoire des sauvegardes N64 natives : "
#443# " Répertoire des sauvegardes d’état : "
#444# " Répertoire des captures d’écran : "
#445# "Dernier répertoire d’où la ROM a été ouverte"
#446# "Sélectionner le répertoire des plugins"
#447# "Sélectionner le répertoire des ROM"
#448# "Sélectionner le répertoire des sauvegardes N64 natives"
#449# "Sélectionner le répertoire des sauvegardes d’état"
#450# "Sélectionner le répertoire des captures d’écran"
#451# " Répertoire du pack de textures : "
#452# "Sélectionner le répertoire du pack de texture"
//Options (general) Tab
#460# "Emulation en pause quand la fenêtre n'est pas active"
#461# "Entrer en mode Plein Ecran pendant le Chargement d'une ROM"
#462# "Cacher les Paramètres Avancées"
#463# "Retenir les Cheats Sélectionnés"
#464# "Désactiver l'Ecran de Veille pendant le Lancement d'une ROM"
#465# "Afficher la Vitesse"
#466# "Vitesse Affiché"
#460# "Émulation en pause quand la fenêtre est inactive"
#461# "Passer en plein écran au chargement d’une ROM"
#462# "Cacher les paramètres avancés"
#463# "Retenir les cheats sélectionnés"
#464# "Désactiver l’écran de veille quand une ROM est lancée"
#465# "Afficher la vitesse"
#466# "Vitesse affichée :"
#467# "Vérifier si Project64 est déjà lancé"
//ROM Browser Tab
#480# "Max de ROMS à retenir (0-10) :"
#481# "ROMs"
#480# "Max de ROM à retenir (0-10) :"
#481# "ROM"
#482# "Max de répertoires ROM à retenir (0-10) :"
#483# "répertoires"
#484# "Utiliser le Navigateur de ROM"
#485# "Utiliser la Récursivité du Répertoire"
#486# "Champs Disponible :"
#487# "Champs dans l'ordre :"
#484# "Utiliser le navigateur de ROM"
#485# "Utiliser également les sous-répertoires"
#486# "Champs disponibles :"
#487# "Champs dans l’ordre :"
#488# "Ajouter ->"
#489# "<- Supprimer"
#490# "Haut"
#491# "Bas"
#492# "Rafraîchir Automatique le Navigateur"
#492# "Rafraîchir automatiquement le navigateur"
//Advanced Options
#500# "La plupart de ces changements ne prendront pas effet jusqu'à ce qu'une nouvelle ROM soit ouverte ou que la ROM en cours soit redémarré."
#501# "Noyau par Défaut"
#502# "Style du Noyau du CPU :"
#503# "Méthodes Self mod"
#504# "Taille de la Mémoire par Défaut :"
#505# "Lien Avancée du Bloc :"
#506# "Démarrer l'émulation après le chargement des ROMS"
#500# "La plupart de ces changements ne prendront pas effet avant qu’une nouvelle ROM soit ouverte ou que la ROM actuelle soit redémarrée."
#501# "Noyau par défaut"
#502# "Style de noyau CPU :"
#503# "Méthodes Self Mod"
#504# "Taille de la mémoire par défaut :"
#505# "Liaison de blocs avancée"
#506# "Démarrer l’émulation au chargement d’une ROM"
#507# "Préférer les réglages du fichier RDB à ceux par défaut"
#508# "Compresser Automatiquement les Etats Sauvegardés"
#509# "Activer le Débugeur"
#508# "Compresser automatiquement les sauvegardes d’état"
#509# "Activer le débogueur"
#510# "Cache"
#511# "PI DMA"
#512# "Lance le Changement"
#513# "Mémoire Protégé"
#514# "TLB Non Défini"
#512# "Lancer si modifié"
#513# "Protéger la mémoire"
#514# "TLB unmapping"
//ROM Options
#520# "Style de Noyau :"
#521# "Taux Rafraîchissement VI :"
#522# "Taille de la Mémoire :"
#523# "Lien Avancée du Bloc"
#524# "Type de Sauvegarde :"
#525# "Compteur (Facteur) :"
#526# "Augmentation Compilé du Tampon"
#520# "Style de noyau CPU :"
#521# "Taux de rafraîchissement VI :"
#522# "Taille de la mémoire :"
#523# "Liaison de blocs avancée"
#524# "Type de sauvegarde :"
#525# "Facteur compteur :"
#526# "Plus grand tampon de compilation"
#527# "Utiliser le TLB"
#528# "Registre en Cache"
#529# "Retarder l'Interruption SI"
#530# "SP Rapide"
#528# "Mettre en cache les registres"
#529# "Retarder l’interruption SI"
#530# "SP rapide"
#531# "Défaut"
#532# "Signal Audio RSP"
#533# "Correction du Timing Audio"
#534# "Méthode Fonction Recherche :"
#535# "Méthode Personnalisé self mod"
#536# "Synchronisation Audio"
#537# "Compteur AI par byte"
#538# "Moteur 32-bit"
#539# "Retarder l'Interruption DP"
#532# "Signal audio RSP"
#533# "Correction du timing audio"
#534# "Méthode de recherche de fonctions :"
#535# "Méthode self mod personnalisée"
#536# "Synchronisation audio"
#537# "Compteur AI par octet"
#538# "Moteur 32 bits"
#539# "Retarder l’interruption DP"
//Core Styles
#540# "Interpréteur"
#541# "Recompileur"
#542# "Synchroniser les Noyaux"
#541# "Recompilateur"
#542# "Synchroniser les noyaux"
//Self Mod Methods
#560# "Aucun"
#561# "Cache"
#562# "Mémoire Protégé"
#563# "Vérifier la Mémoire & le Cache"
#564# "Changer la Mémoire & le Cache"
#565# "Vérifier la Mémoire Avancée"
#566# "Vider le Code du Cache"
#562# "Protéger la mémoire"
#563# "Vérifier la mémoire et le cache"
#564# "Changer la mémoire et le cache"
#565# "Vérifier la mémoire avancée"
#566# "Vider le code du cache"
//Function Lookup method
#570# "Table de Recherche Physique"
#571# "Table de Recherche Virtuelle"
#572# "Changer la Mémoire"
#570# "Table de recherche physique"
#571# "Table de recherche virtuelle"
#572# "Changer la mémoire"
//RDRAM Size
#580# "4 Mo"
@ -316,59 +317,61 @@
//Save Type
#620# "Par défaut"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#621# "4 kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16 kbit EEPROM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab
#640# "Associer Fichier d'Extension :"
#640# "Associer l’extension de fichier :"
//ROM Notes
#660# "Statut ROM :"
#661# "Note Noyau :"
#662# "Note Plugin :"
#661# "Note noyau :"
#662# "Note plugin :"
// Accelerator Selector
#680# "Etat du CPU :"
#681# "Menu Objet :"
#682# "Touches en Cours :"
#683# "Sélectionner Nouveau Raccourci :"
#684# "Actuellement Assigné à :"
#680# "État du CPU :"
#681# "Menu objet :"
#682# "Touches actuelles :"
#683# "Sélectionner nouveau raccourci :"
#684# "Actuellement assigné à :"
#685# "Assigner"
#686# "Supprimer"
#687# "Tout Redémarrer"
#688# "Le jeu ne se lance pas"
#689# "Le jeu fonctionne"
#690# "Le jeu fonctionne (Fenêtré)"
#691# "Le jeu fonctionne (Plein Ecran)"
#687# "Tout Réinitialiser"
#688# "Aucun jeu lancé"
#689# "Un jeu est lancé"
#690# "Un jeu est lancé (Fenêtré)"
#691# "Un jeu est lancé (Plein écran)"
#692# "Détecter la touche"
// Frame Rate Option
#700# "Interruptions Vertical par secondes"
#701# "Afficher les listes par secondes"
#702# "Pourcentage à Pleine Vitesse"
#700# "Interruptions verticales par seconde"
#701# "Listes d’affichage par seconde"
#702# "Pourcentage de la vitesse normale"
// Increase speed
#710# "Augmenter la Vitesse du Jeu"
#711# "Diminuer la Vitesse du Jeu"
#710# "Augmenter la vitesse du jeu"
#711# "Diminuer la vitesse du jeu"
//Bottom page buttons
#720# "Redémarrer la Page"
#721# "Tout Redémarrer"
#720# "Réinitialiser la page"
#721# "Tout réinitialiser"
#722# "Appliquer"
#723# "Fermer"
/*********************************************************************************
* ROM Information *
*********************************************************************************/
//ROM Info Title
#800# "Information ROM"
#800# "Informations sur la ROM"
//ROM Info Text
#801# "Nom de la ROM :"
#802# "Nom du Fichier :"
#803# "Localisation :"
#802# "Nom du fichier :"
#803# "Emplacement :"
#804# "Taille de la ROM :"
#805# "ID Cartouche :"
#805# "ID cartouche :"
#806# "Développeur :"
#807# "Pays :"
#808# "CRC1 :"
@ -383,114 +386,114 @@
#1000# "Cheats"
#1001# "Cheats :"
#1002# " Notes : "
#1003# "Tout Marquer"
#1004# "Rien Marquer"
#1003# "Tout cocher"
#1004# "Tout décocher"
//Add Cheat
#1005# "Ajouter un Cheat"
#1005# "Ajouter un cheat"
#1006# "Nom :"
#1007# "Code :"
#1008# "Insérer"
#1009# "Vider"
#1010# " Notes Cheat : "
#1011# "Ajout à la BDD"
#1010# " Notes cheat : "
#1011# "Ajouter à la BDD"
//Code extension
#1012# "Code Extensions"
#1013# "Veuillez choisir une valeur a utilisé pour :"
#1012# "Extensions de code"
#1013# "Veuillez choisir une valeur à utiliser pour :"
#1014# "OK"
#1015# "Annuler"
//Digital Value
#1016# "Quantité de Chiffre"
#1017# "Veuillez Choisir une Valeur pour :"
#1016# "Nombre quantité"
#1017# "Veuillez choisir une valeur pour :"
#1018# "&Valeur"
#1019# "depuis"
#1020# "vers"
#1021# "&Notes :"
#1022# "Ajouter un Cheat"
#1023# "Nouveau Cheat"
#1022# "Ajouter un cheat"
#1023# "nouveau cheat"
#1024# "<adresse> <valeur>"
#1025# "Options :"
#1026# "<value> <label>"
#1026# "<valeur> <label>"
//Edit Cheat
#1027# "Editer un Cheat"
#1028# "Mise à jour du Cheat"
#1029# "Le Cheat a été changé.\n\nVoulez vous mettre à jour ?"
#1027# "Éditer un cheat"
#1028# "Mettre à jour un cheat"
#1029# "Le cheat a été modifié.\n\nVoulez vous mettre à jour ?"
#1030# "Cheat mise à jour"
//Cheat Popup Menu
#1040# "Ajouter un Nouveau Cheat..."
#1041# "Editer"
#1040# "Ajouter un nouveau cheat…"
#1041# "Éditer"
#1042# "Effacer"
// short-cut editor
#1100# "Raz les Raccourcis"
#1101# "Etes vous sûr de vouloir redémarrer les raccourcis ?\n\nCette action ne peut pas être annulé."
#1102# "Menu Fichier"
#1103# "Menu Système"
#1100# "Réinitialiser les raccourcis"
#1101# "Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir réinitialiser les raccourcis?\n\nCette action ne peut pas être annulée."
#1102# "Menu fichier"
#1103# "Menu système"
#1104# "Options"
#1105# "Sauvegarder les Emplacements"
#1105# "Emplacements de sauvegarde"
/*********************************************************************************
* Messages *
*********************************************************************************/
#2000# "*** CPU EN PAUSE ***"
#2001# "Reprise CPU"
#2002# "Dans une boucle permanente, on ne peut pas quitter. \nL'émulation s'arrêtera. \n\nVérifier la ROM et les paramètres de la ROM."
#2003# "L'allocation de mémoire a échoué"
#2004# "Le plugin Vidéo sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide. \n\nVous devez aller dans les Paramètres et sélectionner un plugin Vidéo (graphique).\nVérifier que vous ayez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre dossier plugin."
#2005# "Le plugin Audio sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide. \n\nVous devez aller dans les Paramètres et sélectionner un plugin Audio (son).\nVérifier que vous ayez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre dossier plugin."
#2006# "Le plugin RSP sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide. \n\nVous devez aller dans les Paramètres et sélectionner un plugin RSP (Reality Signal Processor).\nVérifier que vous ayez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre dossier plugin."
#2007# "Le plugin Entrée sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide. \n\nVous devez aller dans les Paramètres et sélectionner un plugin Entrée (contrôleur).\nVérifier que vous ayez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre dossier plugin."
#2008# "Echec du chargement du plugin :"
#2009# "Echec du chargement word.\n\nVérifier la ROM et les paramètres de la ROM."
#2010# "Echec à l'ouverture du fichier de sauvegarde"
#2011# "Echec à l'ouverture de l'EEPROM"
#2012# "Echec à l'ouverture de la RAM flash"
#2013# "Echec à l'ouverture du mempak"
#2014# "La tentative d'ouverture du fichier zip a échouée. \n\nIl est possible que le fichier zip soit corrompue - essayez de décompresser la RAM manuellement."
#2015# "La tentative d'ouverture du fichier a échouée."
#2016# "L'erreur s'est produite pendant l'ouverture du fichier zip."
#2017# "Le fichier chargé ne semble pas être une ROM N64 valide. \n\nVérifier vos ROMS avec GoodN64."
#2001# "Reprise du CPU"
#2002# "Dans une boucle permanente dont il est impossible de sortir.\nL’émulation va maintenant s’arrêter.\n\nVérifiez la ROM et les paramètres de la ROM."
#2003# "L’allocation de mémoire a échoué"
#2004# "Le plugin vidéo sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide.\n\nVous devez aller dans les paramètres et sélectionner un plugin vidéo (graphique).\nVérifiez que vous avez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre répertoire de plugins."
#2005# "Le plugin audio sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide.\n\nVous devez aller dans les paramètres et sélectionner un plugin audio (son).\nVérifiez que vous avez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre répertoire de plugins."
#2006# "Le plugin RSP sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide.\n\nVous devez aller dans les paramètres et sélectionner un plugin RSP (Reality Signal Processor).\nVérifiez que vous avez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre répertoire de plugins."
#2007# "Le plugin input sélectionné ou par défaut est manquant ou invalide.\n\nVous devez aller dans les paramètres et sélectionner un plugin input (contrôleur).\nVérifiez que vous avez au moins un fichier plugin compatible dans votre répertoire de plugins."
#2008# "Échec du chargement du plugin :"
#2009# "Échec du chargement word.\n\nVérifier la ROM et les paramètres de la ROM."
#2010# "Échec à l’ouverture du fichier de sauvegarde"
#2011# "Échec à l’ouverture de l’EEPROM"
#2012# "Échec à l’ouverture de la RAM flash"
#2013# "Échec à l’ouverture du mempak"
#2014# "La tentative d’ouverture du fichier zip a échoué.\n\nIl est possible que le fichier zip soit corrompu – essayez de décompresser la ROM manuellement."
#2015# "La tentative d’ouverture du fichier a échoué."
#2016# "Une erreur s’est produite pendant l’ouverture du fichier zip."
#2017# "Le fichier chargé ne semble pas être une ROM N64 valide.\n\nVérifiez vos ROM avec GoodN64."
#2018# "Pays inconnu"
#2019# "Puce CIC inconnu"
#2020# "Format de Fichier inconnu"
#2021# "Action de la mémoire inconnu\n\nL'émulation est arrêté"
#2022# "OpCode R4300i non pris en charge à"
#2023# "Exécution d'un espace non définie.\n\nVérifier la ROM et les paramètres de ROM."
#2024# "Cette sauvegarde d'état ne semble pas correspondre à la ROM qui est lancé. \n\nLes états sauvegardés & chargés doivent être à 100% identiques à la ROM. \nEn particulier la REGION et la VERSION doivent être identique. \nLe chargement de cet état peut probablement faire planter le jeu ou l'émulateur. \n\nSouhaitez-vous le charger quand même ?"
#2020# "Format de fichier inconnu"
#2021# "Action de la mémoire inconnue\n\nL’émulation s’est arrêtée."
#2022# "Opcode R4300i non pris en charge à"
#2023# "Exécution depuis un espace non mappé.\n\nVérifiez la ROM et les paramètres de ROM."
#2024# "Cette sauvegarde d’état ne semble pas correspondre à la ROM qui est lancée.\n\nLes états sauvegardés et chargés doivent être à 100 % identiques à la ROM.\nEn particulier la RÉGION et la VERSION doivent être identiques.\nLe chargement de cette sauvegarde va probablement faire planter le jeu ou l’émulateur.\n\nSouhaitez-vous le charger quand même ?"
#2025# "Erreur"
#2026# "La séquence de Copyright n'a pas été trouvé dans LUT. Le jeu ne fonctionnera plus."
#2027# "Echec de la protection de la copie"
#2028# "Changer un plugin nécessite que Project64 redémarre la ROM lancée. \nSi vous ne voulez pas perdre votre progression, répondez Non et sauvegarder le premier état en cours. \n\nChanger les plugins et redémarrer maintenant ?"
#2029# "Changer les Plugins"
#2030# "Emulation terminée"
#2031# "Emulation démarrée"
#2032# "Impossible de charger un état"
#2033# "Etat chargé"
#2034# "Sauvegarder l'état en cours vers"
#2035# "Emplacement d'état"
#2026# "La séquence de copyright n’a pas été trouvé dans la LUT. Le jeu ne fonctionnera plus."
#2027# "Échec de la protection de copie"
#2028# "Changer un plugin nécessite que Project64 redémarre la ROM lancée.\nSi vous ne voulez pas perdre votre progression, répondez non et sauvegardez l’état actuel d’abord.\n\nChanger les plugins et redémarrer maintenant ?"
#2029# "Changer les plugins"
#2030# "Émulation terminée"
#2031# "Émulation démarrée"
#2032# "Impossible de charger l’état"
#2033# "État chargé"
#2034# "État sauvegardé vers"
#2035# "Emplacement d’état"
#2036# "Byte-swapping image"
#2037# "Choisir une ROM N64"
#2037# "Choisir une image N64"
#2038# "Chargé"
#2039# "Chargement d'une image"
#2040# "Ne peut pas ouvrir une ROM car les plugins n'ont pas été initialisés."
#2041# "Etes vous sûr de vouloir vraiment effacer ?"
#2042# "Effacer un Cheat"
#2039# "Chargement de l’image"
#2040# "Impossible d’ouvrir une ROM car les plugins n’ont pas été initialisés."
#2041# "Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir effacer ceci ?"
#2042# "Effacer le cheat"
#2043# "Le nom du cheat est déjà utilisé."
#2044# "Vous avez atteint le nombre maximum de codes cheats pour ce jeu"
#2045# "Initialisation du Plugin"
#2046# "Vous n'avez pas sélectionné une touche virtuelle à assigner au menu objet."
#2047# "Vous avez besoin de sélectionner un menu objet pour assigner cette touche."
#2048# "Le raccourci a déjà été assigné vers un autre menu objet."
#2049# "Aucun raccourci n'a été sélectionné pour être supprimé."
#2050# "ROM chargé. Emulation en attente de lancement."
#2045# "Initialisation du plugin"
#2046# "Vous n’avez pas sélectionné de touche virtuelle à assigner à l’entrée de menu."
#2047# "Vous avez besoin de sélectionner une entrée de menu à laquelle assigner cette touche."
#2048# "Le raccourci a déjà été assigné à une autre entrée de menu."
#2049# "Aucun raccourci n’a été sélectionné pour être supprimé."
#2050# "ROM chargée. Émulation en attente de lancement."
#2051# "Project64 beta est réservé aux membres seulement.\n\nSi vous avez un compte sur pj64-emu.com, vous ne devriez pas voir cette erreur !!\nVeuillez nous contacter sur le site."
#2052# "Erreur du Programme"
#2053# "Impossible de trouver le nom de fichier dans l'archive 7z"
#2054# "Emulation des graphismes bas niveau (LLE)"
#2055# "Les graphismes LLE ne sont pas à utiliser par tout le monde !!!\nIl est fortement conseillé d'utiliser seulement ceci à des fins de test et non pour jouer.\n\nChanger pour les graphismes en mode LLE ?"
#2056# "Emulation Audio haut niveau (HLE)"
#2057# "L'Audio HLE nécessite un plugin tiers !!!\nSi vous n'utilisez pas un plugin audio tiers qui supporte le HLE, vous n'entendrez aucun son.\n\nChanger pour l'Audio en mode HLE ?"
#2052# "Erreur du programme"
#2053# "Impossible de trouver le nom de fichier dans l’archive 7z"
#2054# "Émulation des graphismes bas niveau (LLE)"
#2055# "Les graphismes LLE ne sont pas à utiliser par tout le monde !!!\nIl est recommandé d’utiliser seulement ceci à des fins de test et non pour jouer.\n\nChanger pour les graphismes en mode LLE ?"
#2056# "Émulation audio haut niveau (HLE)"
#2057# "L’audio HLE nécessite un plugin tiers !!!\nSi vous n’utilisez pas un plugin audio tiers qui supporte le HLE, vous n’entendrez aucun son.\n\nChanger pour l’audio en mode HLE ?"

2
Lang/German.pj.Lang
View File

@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#620# "Automatisch"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

2
Lang/German_localised.pj.Lang
View File

@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
#620# "Automatisch"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

2
Lang/Greek.pj.Lang
View File

@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
#620# "Αυτόματος"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

2
Lang/Hungarian.pj.Lang
View File

@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#620# "Elõszöri mentés fajta használata"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

2
Lang/Italian.pj.Lang
View File

@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#620# "Riconosci automaticamente"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-ko SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-ko flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

2
Lang/Italian_alternative.pj.Lang
View File

@ -265,7 +265,7 @@
#620# "Riconosci il salvataggio automaticamente"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-ko SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-ko flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

22
Lang/Japanese.pj.Lang
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
#1 # "Japanese" // LANGUAGE ID
#2 # "Nekokabu" // Author
#3 # "2.2" // Version
#4 # "2015/3/5" // Date
#4 # "2015/12/5" // Date
//About DLL Dialog
#5 # "現在の言語"
@ -20,6 +20,20 @@
//About INI title
#20 # "設定ファイルについて"
/*********************************************************************************
* Numbers *
*********************************************************************************/
//#50# "0"
//#51# "1"
//#52# "2"
//#53# "3"
//#54# "4"
//#55# "5"
//#56# "6"
//#57# "7"
//#58# "8"
//#59# "9"
/*********************************************************************************
* Menu *
*********************************************************************************/
@ -88,6 +102,7 @@
#198# "スロット &8"
#199# "スロット &9"
#200# "スロット 1&0"
#201# "セーブスロット (%ws) が選択されました"
//Pop up Menu
#210# "ゲーム開始(&P)"
@ -231,6 +246,7 @@
#464# "ロムの実行中はスクリーンセーバーを無効にする"
#465# "フレームレートを表示"
#466# "表示形式によってフレームレートを変更する:"
#467# "Project64がすでに起動しているかチェックする"
//ROM Browser Tab
#480# "最近開いたロムファイルの表示する数(0～10):"
@ -317,7 +333,7 @@
#620# "自動検出"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab
@ -341,6 +357,7 @@
#689# "ゲーム実行中"
#690# "ゲーム実行中 (ウィンドウ時)"
#691# "ゲーム実行中 (フルスクリーン時)"
#692# "キーの削除"
// Frame Rate Option
#700# "垂直割り込み/秒"
@ -355,6 +372,7 @@
#720# "この項目のリセット"
#721# "すべてリセット"
#722# "適用"
#723# "閉じる"
/*********************************************************************************
* ROM Information *

2
Lang/Lithuanian.pj.Lang
View File

@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#620# "Naudoti pirmà naudotà tipà"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Intergration Tab

4
Lang/Norwegian.pj.Lang
View File

@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ De vil ta effekt når ROM'en er resatt eller en ny er startet."
#620# "bruk den første brukte lagrings typen"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab
@ -430,4 +430,4 @@ Skift plugin og restart spill nå?"
#2043# "Det kode navnet er allerede i bruk"
#2044# "Du har nådd det maksimumme antall koder for denne ROM'en"
//The End
//The End

2
Lang/Polish.pj.Lang
View File

@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#620# "Pierwszy u¿yty format"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

2
Lang/Russian.pj.Lang
View File

@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
#620# "По умолчанию"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

141
Lang/Spanish.pj.Lang
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
#1 # "Español" // LANGUAGE ID
#2 # "MELERIX" // Author
#3 # "2.2" // Version
#4 # "April, 2015" // Date
#4 # "01/12/2015" // Date
//About DLL Dialog
#5 # "Lenguaje Actual"
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
#9 # "Visitar la Página Principal"
#10 # "Base de datos de ROMs (.RDB)"
#11 # "Archivo de Códigos de Trucos (.CHT)"
#12 # "Información Extendida del ROM (.RDX)"
#12 # "Información Extendida de la ROM (.RDX)"
//About INI title
#20 # "Acerca de los Archivos de Configuración"
@ -26,13 +26,13 @@
//File Menu
#100# "&Archivo"
#101# "&Abrir ROM"
#102# "&Info del ROM...."
#102# "&Info de la ROM...."
#103# "Iniciar Emulación"
#104# "&Finalizar Emulación"
#105# "Elegir Directorio de ROMs..."
#106# "Actualizar Lista de ROMs"
#107# "ROM Reciente"
#108# "Directorio de ROMs Reciente"
#108# "Directorios de ROMs Recientes"
#109# "&Salir"
//System Menu
@ -56,11 +56,11 @@
#140# "&Opciones"
#141# "&Pantalla Completa"
#142# "&Siempre por Encima"
#143# "Configurar Plugin de Gráficos..."
#144# "Configurar Plugin de Audio..."
#145# "Configurar Plugin de Control..."
#146# "Configurar Plugin de RSP..."
#147# "Mostrar Uso de CPU"
#143# "Configurar Complemento de Gráficos..."
#144# "Configurar Complemento de Audio..."
#145# "Configurar Complemento de Control..."
#146# "Configurar Complemento de RSP..."
#147# "Mostrar Uso de la CPU"
#148# "&Ajustes..."
//Debugger Menu
@ -88,13 +88,14 @@
#198# "Ranura 8"
#199# "Ranura 9"
#200# "Ranura 10"
#201# "Ranura de Guardado (%ws) seleccionada"
//Pop up Menu
#210# "Jugar Juego"
#211# "Información del ROM"
#211# "Información de la ROM"
#212# "Editar Ajustes del Juego"
#213# "Editar Trucos"
#214# "Plugin Gráfico"
#214# "Complemento Gráfico"
//Alternate Name to save Slot
#220# "Ranura de Guardado - Predeterminada"
@ -110,15 +111,15 @@
#230# "Ranura de Guardado - 10"
// Menu Descriptions
#250# "Abrir una imagen ROM de N64"
#250# "Abrir una imagen de ROM de N64"
#251# "Mostrar información acerca de la imagen cargada"
#252# "Iniciar emulación de la imagen ROM cargada"
#253# "Detener emulación de la imagen ROM cargada"
#252# "Iniciar emulación de la imagen de ROM cargada"
#253# "Detener emulación de la imagen de ROM cargada"
#254# "Seleccionar directorio de ROMs"
#255# "Actualizar la lista actual de ROMs en el navegador de ROMs"
#256# "Salir de esta aplicación"
#257# "Reiniciar la imagen ROM actual (recarga cualquier cambio de ajustes)"
#258# "Pausar/reanudar emulación del ROM en ejecución actual"
#257# "Reiniciar la imagen de ROM actual (recarga cualquier cambio de ajustes)"
#258# "Pausar/reanudar emulación de la ROM en ejecución actual"
#259# "Generar una imagen bitmap de la pantalla actual"
#260# "Limitar FPS a la velocidad correcta del N64"
#261# "Guardar el estado de sistema actual"
@ -129,17 +130,17 @@
#266# "El botón GameShark es usado con trucos específicos."
#267# "Cambiar emulación de ventana a modo pantalla completa."
#268# "Hacer que la ventana quede por encima las demás ventanas"
#269# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del plugin de gráficos"
#270# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del plugin de audio"
#271# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del plugin de control (es decir, definir las teclas)"
#272# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del plugin de RSP"
#273# "Mostrar uso de CPU del emulador dividido sobre diferentes recursos"
#269# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del complemento de gráficos"
#270# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del complemento de audio"
#271# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del complemento de control (es decir, definir las teclas)"
#272# "Cambiar ajustes dentro del complemento de RSP"
#273# "Mostrar uso de la CPU del emulador dividido sobre diferentes recursos"
#274# "Ver/cambiar ajustes para esta aplicación"
#275# "Ver manual para la aplicación"
#276# "Ver FAQ para la aplicación"
#278# "Acerca de la aplicación y autores"
#277# "Acerca de los autores de los archivos de soporte"
#279# "Abrir esta imagen ROM previamente abierta"
#279# "Abrir esta imagen de ROM previamente abierta"
#280# "Elegir este directorio como tu directorio de ROMs"
#281# "Cambiar aplicación para usar este lenguaje"
#282# "Elegir esta ubicación de guardado para los estados guardados"
@ -156,9 +157,9 @@
#301# "Nombre Interno"
#302# "Nombre Correcto"
#303# "Estado"
#304# "Tamaño del ROM"
#304# "Tamaño de la ROM"
#305# "Notas (núcleo)"
#306# "Notas (plugins predeterminados)"
#306# "Notas (complementos predeterminados)"
#307# "Notas (usuario)"
#308# "ID del Cartucho"
#309# "Fabricante"
@ -177,7 +178,7 @@
#320# "Seleccionar directorio de ROMs actual"
//Messages
#340# "¿ROM Dañado? Usa GoodN64 y verifica que la RDB esté actualizada."
#340# "¿ROM Dañada? Usa GoodN64 y comprueba que la RDB esté actualizada."
/*********************************************************************************
* Options *
@ -186,7 +187,7 @@
#400# "Ajustes"
//Tabs
#401# "Plugins"
#401# "Complementos"
#402# "Directorios"
#403# "Opciones"
#404# "Selección de ROM"
@ -200,22 +201,22 @@
//Plugin Dialog
#420# "Acerca de"
#421# " Plugin de RSP (Reality Signal Processor): "
#422# " Plugin de Vídeo (gráficos): "
#423# " Plugin de Audio (sonido) : "
#424# " Plugin de Entrada (mando): "
#421# " Complemento de RSP (Reality Signal Processor): "
#422# " Complemento de Vídeo (gráficos): "
#423# " Complemento de Audio (sonido) : "
#424# " Complemento de Entrada (control): "
#425# "Gráficos HLE"
#426# "Audio HLE"
#427# "** Usar Plugin de Sistema **"
#427# "** Usar Complemento del Sistema **"
//Directory Dialog
#440# " Directorio de Plugins: "
#440# " Directorio de Complementos: "
#441# " Directorio de ROMs: "
#442# " Directorio de guardados nativos de N64: "
#443# " Directorio de estados guardados: "
#444# " Directorio de capturas de pantalla: "
#445# "Última carpeta de la cual un ROM fue abierto."
#446# "Seleccionar directorio de plugins"
#445# "Última carpeta desde la cual una ROM fue abierta."
#446# "Seleccionar directorio de complementos"
#447# "Seleccionar directorio de ROMs"
#448# "Seleccionar directorio de guardados nativos de N64"
#449# "Seleccionar directorio de estados guardados"
@ -225,16 +226,16 @@
//Options Dialog
#460# "Pausar emulación cuando la ventana no esté activa"
#461# "Entrar en modo de pantalla completa al cargar un ROM"
#461# "Entrar en modo de pantalla completa al cargar una ROM"
#462# "Ocultar ajustes avanzados"
#463# "Recordar trucos seleccionados"
#464# "Desactivar protector de pantalla cuando se esté en ejecutando un ROM"
#464# "Desactivar protector de pantalla cuando se esté ejecutando una ROM"
#465# "Mostrar velocidad"
#466# "Velocidad de la pantalla:"
#467# "Comprobar si Project64 ya está en ejecución"
//ROM Browser Tab
#480# "Máx # de ROMs recordados (0-10):"
#480# "Máx # de ROMs recordadas (0-10):"
#481# "ROMs"
#482# "Máx # de directorios de ROMs recordados (0-10):"
#483# "directorios"
@ -249,13 +250,13 @@
#492# "Actualizar navegador automáticamente"
//Advanced Options
#500# "La mayoría de estos cambios no tendrán efecto hasta que un nuevo ROM sea abierto o el ROM actual sea reiniciado."
#500# "La mayoría de estos cambios no tendrán efecto hasta que una nueva ROM sea abierta o la ROM actual sea reiniciada."
#501# "Predeterminados del Núcleo"
#502# "Estilo de núcleo del CPU:"
#502# "Estilo de núcleo de la CPU:"
#503# "Métodos self mod:"
#504# "Tamaño de memoria predeterminado:"
#505# "Vinculación avanzada de bloques"
#506# "Iniciar emulación cuando el ROM sea abierto"
#506# "Iniciar emulación cuando la ROM sea abierta"
#507# "Siempre sustituir los ajustes predeterminados con los de la RDB"
#508# "Comprimir automáticamente estados guardados"
#509# "Habilitar depurador"
@ -266,7 +267,7 @@
#514# "TLB no mapeado"
//ROM Options
#520# "Estilo de núcleo del CPU:"
#520# "Estilo de núcleo de la CPU:"
#521# "Frecuencia de actualización de VI:"
#522# "Tamaño de memoria:"
#523# "Vinculación avanzada de bloques"
@ -318,19 +319,19 @@
#620# "Usar primer tipo de guardado usado"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab
#640# "Asociación de extensión de archivo:"
//ROM Notes
#660# "Estado del ROM:"
#660# "Estado de la ROM:"
#661# "Nota del núcleo:"
#662# "Nota del plugin:"
#662# "Nota del complemento:"
// Accelerator Selector
#680# "Estado del CPU:"
#680# "Estado de la CPU:"
#681# "Elemento del menú"
#682# "Teclas actuales:"
#683# "Seleccionar nueva tecla de atajo:"
@ -363,13 +364,13 @@
* ROM Information *
*********************************************************************************/
//ROM Info Title
#800# "Información del ROM"
#800# "Información de la ROM"
//ROM Info Text
#801# "Nombre del ROM:"
#801# "Nombre de la ROM:"
#802# "Nombre del archivo:"
#803# "Ubicación:"
#804# "Tamaño del ROM:"
#804# "Tamaño de la ROM:"
#805# "ID del Cartucho:"
#806# "Fabricante:"
#807# "País:"
@ -419,7 +420,7 @@
//Edit Cheat
#1027# "Editar Truco"
#1028# "Actualizar Truco"
#1029# "El Truco ha sido cambiado.\n\n¿Deseas actualizar?"
#1029# "El Truco ha sido cambiado.\n\n¿Quieres actualizar?"
#1030# "Truco actualizado"
//Cheat Popup Menu
@ -440,34 +441,34 @@
*********************************************************************************/
#2000# "*** CPU PAUSADO ***"
#2001# "CPU Reanudado"
#2002# "En un bucle permanente del que no se puede salir.\nLa Emulación se detendrá ahora.\n\nComprueba el ROM y sus ajustes."
#2002# "En un bucle permanente del que no se puede salir.\nLa Emulación ahora se detendrá.\n\nVerifica la ROM y sus ajustes."
#2003# "Error al asignar memoria"
#2004# "El plugin predeterminado o seleccionado de vídeo no se encuentra o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un plugin de vídeo (gráficos).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de plugin compatible en tu carpeta de plugins."
#2005# "El plugin predeterminado o seleccionado de audio no se encuentra o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un plugin de audio (sonido).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de plugin compatible en tu carpeta de plugins."
#2006# "El plugin predeterminado o seleccionado de RSP no se encuentra o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un plugin RSP (Reality Signal Processor).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de plugin compatible en tu carpeta de plugins."
#2007# "El plugin predeterminado o seleccionado de entrada no se encuentra o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un plugin de entrada (controles).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de plugin compatible en tu carpeta de plugins."
#2008# "Error al cargar plugin:"
#2009# "Error al cargar palabra\n\nComprueba el ROM y los ajustes del ROM."
#2004# "El complemento predeterminado o seleccionado de vídeo falta o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un complemento de vídeo (gráficos).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de complemento compatible en tu carpeta de complementos."
#2005# "El complemento predeterminado o seleccionado de audio falta o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un complemento de audio (sonido).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de complemento compatible en tu carpeta de complementos."
#2006# "El complemento predeterminado o seleccionado de RSP falta o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un complemento de RSP (Reality Signal Processor).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de complemento compatible en tu carpeta de complementos."
#2007# "El complemento predeterminado o seleccionado de entrada falta o es inválido.\n\nNecesitas entrar en Ajustes y seleccionar un complemento de entrada (control).\nComprueba que tengas al menos un archivo de complemento compatible en tu carpeta de complementos."
#2008# "Error al cargar complemento:"
#2009# "Error al cargar palabra\n\nVerifica la ROM y sus ajustes."
#2010# "Error al abrir el archivo de guardado"
#2011# "Error al abrir EEPROM"
#2012# "Error al abrir flash RAM"
#2013# "Error al abrir mempak"
#2014# "Error al intentar abrir el archivo ZIP.\n\nEl archivo podría estar corrupto - Intenta descomprimir el ROM manualmente."
#2014# "Error al intentar abrir el archivo zip.\n\nProbablemente un archivo zip corrupto - intenta descomprimir la ROM manualmente."
#2015# "Error al intentar abrir el archivo."
#2016# "Ocurrió un error cuando se intentaba abrir el archivo ZIP."
#2017# "El archivo cargado no parece ser un ROM de N64 válido. \n\nVerifica tus ROMs con GoodN64."
#2016# "Ocurrió un error cuando se intentaba abrir el archivo zip."
#2017# "El archivo cargado no parece ser una ROM de N64 válida.\n\nVerifica tus ROMs con GoodN64."
#2018# "País desconocido"
#2019# "Chip CIC desconocido"
#2020# "Formato de archivo desconocido"
#2021# "Acción de memoria desconocida\n\nEmulación detenida"
#2022# "OpCode R4300i no manejado en"
#2023# "Ejecutando desde un espacio no mapeado.\n\nComprueba el ROM y los ajustes del ROM."
#2024# "Este estado guardado no coincide con el ROM en ejecución.\n\nLos estados deben ser guardados y cargados entre ROMs 100% idénticos.\nEn particular, la REGIÓN y VERSIÓN necesita ser la misma.\nCargar esta estado podría causar que el juego y/o emulador se bloqueen.\n\n¿Estás seguro de que quieres continuar cargando?"
#2023# "Ejecutando desde un espacio no mapeado.\n\nVerifica la ROM y sus ajustes."
#2024# "Este estado guardado no parece coincidir con la ROM en ejecución.\n\nLos estados deben ser guardados y cargados entre ROMs 100% idénticas.\nEn particular, la REGIÓN y VERSIÓN necesitan ser la misma.\nCargar este estado podría causar que el juego y/o el emulador se bloqueen.\n\n¿Estás seguro de que quieres continuar cargando?"
#2025# "Error"
#2026# "Secuencia de copyright no encontrada en el LUT. El juego ya no funcionará."
#2026# "Secuencia de copyright no encontrada en el LUT. El juego ya no funcionará."
#2027# "Falla en la Protección de Copia"
#2028# "Cambiar un plugin requiere que Project64 reinicie un ROM en ejecución.\nSi no quieres perder tu posición, responde No y guarda el estado actual primero.\n\n¿Cambiar plugins y reiniciar el ROM ahora?"
#2029# "Cambiar Plugins"
#2028# "Cambiar un complemento requiere que Project64 reinicie una ROM en ejecución.\nSi no quieres perder tu posición, responde No y guarda el estado actual primero.\n\n¿Cambiar complementos y reiniciar la ROM ahora?"
#2029# "Cambiar Complementos"
#2030# "Emulación finalizada"
#2031# "Emulación iniciada"
#2032# "Imposible cargar estado"
@ -478,21 +479,21 @@
#2037# "Eligiendo imagen de N64"
#2038# "Cargada"
#2039# "Cargando imagen"
#2040# "No se puede abrir un ROM porque los plugins no se han inicializado correctamente."
#2040# "No se puede abrir una ROM porque los complementos no se han inicializado exitosamente."
#2041# "¿Estás seguro de que realmente quieres borrar esto?"
#2042# "Borrar Truco"
#2043# "El nombre del truco ya está en uso."
#2044# "Haz alcanzado la cantidad máxima de trucos para este ROM."
#2045# "Inicializando el plugin"
#2044# "Haz alcanzado la cantidad máxima de trucos para esta ROM."
#2045# "Inicializando el complemento"
#2046# "No has seleccionado una tecla virtual para asignar al elemento del menú."
#2047# "Necesitas seleccionar un elemento del menú al cual asignarle esta tecla."
#2048# "El acceso directo ya está asignado a otro elemento del menú."
#2049# "Ningún acceso directo ha sido seleccionado para ser removido."
#2050# "ROM cargado. Esperando el inicio de la emulación."
#2051# "Project64 Beta es sólo para miembros.\n\n¡¡Si tienes una cuenta en pj64-emu.com, no deberías estar viendo este error!!\nPor favor contacta con nosotros en el sitio."
#2050# "ROM cargada. Esperando por la emulación para iniciar."
#2051# "Las versiones beta de Project64 son sólo para miembros.\n\n¡¡Si tienes una cuenta en www.pj64-emu.com, no deberías estar viendo este error!!\nPor favor contacta con nosotros en el sitio."
#2052# "Error del Programa"
#2053# "Fallo al encontrar el nombre de archivo en archivo 7z"
#2054# "Gráficos de Emulación de Bajo Nivel"
#2055# "¡¡¡Los Gráficos LLE no son para uso general!!!\nEs aconsejable que sólo uses esto para pruebas, y no para jugar juegos.\n\n¿Cambiar a Gráficos LLE?"
#2056# "Audio de Emulación de Alto Nivel"
#2057# "¡¡¡El Audio HLE requiere un plugin de terceros!!!\nSi no usas un plugin de audio terceros que soporte HLE, no oirás ningún sonido.\n\n¿Cambiar a Audio HLE?"
#2057# "¡¡¡El Audio HLE requiere un complemento de terceros!!!\nSi no usas un complemento de audio terceros que soporte HLE, no oirás ningún sonido.\n\n¿Cambiar a Audio HLE?"

4
Lang/Swedish.pj.Lang
View File

@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
#620# "Använd Första sparnings typ"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbytes SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "Flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab
@ -422,5 +422,5 @@ Byta plugin och starta om nu?"
#2040# "Kan inte öppna filen på grund av att grafik pluginen inte är helt OK"
#2041# "Är du säker på att du vill ta bort det?"
#2042# "Borttagna fusk"
#2043# "Fuskets namn används redan"
#2043# "Fuskets namn används redan"
#2044# "Du har nåt max antalet av fusk för detta spelet"

2
Lang/Ukrainian.pj.Lang
View File

@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
#620# "Обирає програма"
#621# "4-kbit EEPROM"
#622# "16-kbit EEPROM"
#623# "32-kbyte SRAM"
#623# "SRAM"
#624# "128-kbyte flash RAM"
//Shell Integration Tab

243
Project64.sln Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,243 @@

Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 2013
VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.31101.0
MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "3rd Party", "3rd Party", "{AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}"
EndProject
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "wxWidgets", "wxWidgets", "{1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}"
EndProject
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Glide", "Glide", "{9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Common", "Source\Common\Common.vcxproj", "{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64", "Source\Project64\Project64.vcxproj", "{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}"
ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A} = {FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}
EndProjectSection
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "RSP", "Source\RSP\RSP.vcxproj", "{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Settings", "Source\Settings\Settings.vcxproj", "{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "7zip", "Source\3rdParty\7zip\7zip.vcxproj", "{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "WTL", "Source\3rdParty\WTL\WTL.vcxproj", "{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlib", "Source\3rdParty\zlib\zlib.vcxproj", "{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64Setup", "Source\Installer\Installer.vcxproj", "{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}"
ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005} = {A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1} = {A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A} = {FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}
EndProjectSection
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Glide64", "Source\Glide64\Glide64.vcxproj", "{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "core", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_core.vcxproj", "{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "base", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_base.vcxproj", "{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxjpeg", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_wxjpeg.vcxproj", "{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxpng", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_wxpng.vcxproj", "{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxzlib", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_wxzlib.vcxproj", "{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Glitch64", "Source\Glitch64\Glitch64.vcxproj", "{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "GlideHQ", "Source\GlideHQ\GlideHQ.vcxproj", "{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "PJ64 NRage", "Source\nragev20\NRage_Input_V2.vcxproj", "{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}"
EndProject
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "PropertySheets", "PropertySheets", "{181AA451-63A7-4E3B-BE0C-F92BE3F3D2F2}"
ProjectSection(SolutionItems) = preProject
PropertySheets\Debug.props = PropertySheets\Debug.props
PropertySheets\Platform.Debug.props = PropertySheets\Platform.Debug.props
PropertySheets\Platform.props = PropertySheets\Platform.props
PropertySheets\Platform.Release.props = PropertySheets\Platform.Release.props
PropertySheets\Release.props = PropertySheets\Release.props
EndProjectSection
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "SDL2", "Source\3rdParty\sdl\sdl2.vcxproj", "{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64-core", "Source\Project64-core\Project64-core.vcxproj", "{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
Release|x64 = Release|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution
{1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
EndGlobalSection
EndGlobal

33
Project64.vs2008.sln
View File

@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64", "Source\Project
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC} = {731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005} = {A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610} = {3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D} = {00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A} = {FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421} = {B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}
EndProjectSection
@ -20,11 +21,11 @@ Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "RSP", "Source\RSP\RSP.vcpro
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Settings", "Source\Settings\Settings.vcproj", "{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "7zip", "Source\3rd Party\7zip\7zip.vcproj", "{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "7zip", "Source\3rdParty\7zip\7zip.vcproj", "{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "WTL", "Source\3rd Party\WTL\WTL.vcproj", "{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "WTL", "Source\3rdParty\WTL\WTL.vcproj", "{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlib", "Source\3rd Party\zlib\zlib.vcproj", "{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlib", "Source\3rdParty\zlib\zlib.vcproj", "{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64Setup", "Source\Installer\Installer.vcproj", "{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}"
ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject
@ -39,27 +40,28 @@ Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Glide64", "Source\Glide64\G
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703} = {25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421} = {B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3} = {2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68} = {81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D} = {8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871} = {427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2} = {93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}
EndProjectSection
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "core", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_core.vcproj", "{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "core", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_core.vcproj", "{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}"
EndProject
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "3rd Party", "3rd Party", "{AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}"
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "3rdParty", "3rdParty", "{AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}"
EndProject
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "wxWidgets", "wxWidgets", "{1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "base", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_base.vcproj", "{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "base", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_base.vcproj", "{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}"
ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82} = {93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}
EndProjectSection
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxjpeg", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_wxjpeg.vcproj", "{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxjpeg", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_wxjpeg.vcproj", "{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxpng", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_wxpng.vcproj", "{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxpng", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_wxpng.vcproj", "{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxzlib", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_wxzlib.vcproj", "{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}"
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxzlib", "Source\3rdParty\wx\wx_wxzlib.vcproj", "{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Glitch64", "Source\Glitch64\Glitch64.vcproj", "{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}"
EndProject
@ -79,6 +81,10 @@ Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "SortRdb", "Source\SortRdb\S
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "PJ64 NRage", "Source\nragev20\NRage_Input_V2.vcproj", "{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "SDL2", "Source\3rdParty\sdl\sdl2.vcproj", "{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64-core", "Source\Project64-core\Project64-core.vcproj", "{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
@ -156,6 +162,14 @@ Global
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{00C7B43A-DED7-4DF0-B072-9A5783EF866D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
@ -165,6 +179,7 @@ Global
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{81CE8DAF-EBB2-4761-8E45-B71ABCCA8C68} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}

192
Project64.vs2013.sln
View File

@ -1,192 +0,0 @@

Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00
# Visual Studio 2013
VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.31101.0
MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "3rd Party", "3rd Party", "{AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}"
EndProject
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "wxWidgets", "wxWidgets", "{1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}"
EndProject
Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Glide", "Glide", "{9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Common", "Source\Common\Common.vcxproj", "{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64", "Source\Project64\Project64.vcxproj", "{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}"
ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A} = {FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}
EndProjectSection
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "RSP", "Source\RSP\RSP.vcxproj", "{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Settings", "Source\Settings\Settings.vcxproj", "{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "7zip", "Source\3rd Party\7zip\7zip.vcxproj", "{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "WTL", "Source\3rd Party\WTL\WTL.vcxproj", "{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "zlib", "Source\3rd Party\zlib\zlib.vcxproj", "{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Project64Setup", "Source\Installer\Installer.vcxproj", "{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}"
ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005} = {A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1} = {A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A} = {FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}
EndProjectSection
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Glide64", "Source\Glide64\Glide64.vcxproj", "{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "core", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_core.vcxproj", "{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "base", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_base.vcxproj", "{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxjpeg", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_wxjpeg.vcxproj", "{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxpng", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_wxpng.vcxproj", "{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "wxzlib", "Source\3rd Party\wx\wx_wxzlib.vcxproj", "{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "Glitch64", "Source\Glitch64\Glitch64.vcxproj", "{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "GlideHQ", "Source\GlideHQ\GlideHQ.vcxproj", "{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}"
EndProject
Project("{8BC9CEB8-8B4A-11D0-8D11-00A0C91BC942}") = "PJ64 NRage", "Source\nragev20\NRage_Input_V2.vcxproj", "{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}"
EndProject
Global
GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution
Debug|Win32 = Debug|Win32
Debug|x64 = Debug|x64
Release|Win32 = Release|Win32
Release|x64 = Release|x64
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{B4A4B994-9111-42B1-93C2-6F1CA8BC4421}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{7E534C8E-1ACE-4A88-8807-39A11ED4DA18}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{A7ED562C-63F3-4B7E-B6B3-2CF7848752E1}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{8B9961B1-88D9-4EA3-A752-507A00DD9F3D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{360A34F3-3172-4B09-8BC9-B3FBEE677863}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|Win32.ActiveCfg = Debug|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|Win32.Build.0 = Debug|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|Win32.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|Win32.Build.0 = Release|Win32
{FD617E80-9E40-4138-85DA-B94633972E6A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Win32
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution
HideSolutionNode = FALSE
EndGlobalSection
GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution
{1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{3326E128-33AF-422C-BB7C-67CC6B915610} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{731BD205-2826-4631-B7AF-117658E88DBC} = {AA8F7F8E-5377-4911-859D-8A8817B0DB26}
{A4D13408-A794-4199-8FC7-4A9A32505005} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
{93447136-FACD-4740-8F35-FC46FB4A9E82} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{427F1DCD-3BED-4010-9322-077A4C06D871} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{93CFEDF3-9A75-4484-B169-D9D8074F5AC2} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{05B9CB11-12D1-47CD-8E4A-88E12162119B} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{25A25249-C284-4C5A-8DC2-26FC3EB13703} = {1379F817-7E3D-4F58-9C22-7E364E46E842}
{462C2608-182F-452C-944F-AF201E19300B} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
{2DADDAA5-0F57-46ED-A974-747908DDC7F3} = {9FE699A5-41C3-4441-92AB-639B3D77DE26}
EndGlobalSection
EndGlobal

10
PropertySheets/Debug.props
View File

@ -1,9 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>12.0.21005.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
</PropertyGroup>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ClCompile>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>_DEBUG;DEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
@ -18,9 +14,6 @@
<SmallerTypeCheck>true</SmallerTypeCheck>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<ProfileGuidedDatabase />
</Link>
<Midl>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>_DEBUG;DEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
</Midl>
@ -28,5 +21,4 @@
<PreprocessorDefinitions>_DEBUG;DEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
</ResourceCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup />
</Project>

6
PropertySheets/Default.vsprops
View File

@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
<Tool
Name="VCCLCompilerTool"
UseUnicodeResponseFiles="true"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".\;..\;..\3rd Party"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".\;..\;..\3rdParty"
PreprocessorDefinitions="_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS"
IgnoreStandardIncludePath="false"
GeneratePreprocessedFile="0"
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCLibrarianTool"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\lib\$(ProjectName).lib"
OutputFile="$(OutDir)\$(ProjectName).lib"
UseUnicodeResponseFiles="true"
LinkLibraryDependencies="true"
AdditionalLibraryDirectories=""
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
/>
<Tool
Name="VCMIDLTool"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;$(SRC);$(SRC)\3rd Party"
AdditionalIncludeDirectories=".;$(SRC);$(SRC)\3rdParty"
IgnoreStandardIncludePath="false"
MkTypLibCompatible="false"
WarningLevel="3"

7
PropertySheets/Platform.Debug.props Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="Platform.props" />
<Import Project="Debug.props" />
</ImportGroup>
</Project>

7
PropertySheets/Platform.Release.props Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="Platform.props" />
<Import Project="Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
</Project>

227
PropertySheets/Platform.props Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup Label="Configuration">
<PlatformToolset Condition="'$(DefaultPlatformToolset)'!=''">$(DefaultPlatformToolset)_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
</ImportGroup>
<!-- All platforms settings -->
<PropertyGroup>
<OutDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
<IntDir>$(SolutionDir)build\$(Configuration)\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
<ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean>*.obj;*.ilk;*.tlb;*.tli;*.tlh;*.tmp;*.rsp;*.pgc;*.pgd;*.meta;$(TargetPath);$(ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean)</ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean>
<IgnoreImportLibrary>false</IgnoreImportLibrary>
<LinkIncremental>false</LinkIncremental>
<EmbedManifest>true</EmbedManifest>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(ConfigurationType)'=='StaticLibrary'">
<OutDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)\lib\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ClCompile>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>WIN32;_WIN32;_WINDOWS;WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
</ClCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros">
<ROOT>$(SolutionDir)</ROOT>
<SRC>$(ROOT)Source\</SRC>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<BuildMacro Include="ROOT">
<Value>$(ROOT)</Value>
</BuildMacro>
<BuildMacro Include="SRC">
<Value>$(SRC)</Value>
</BuildMacro>
</ItemGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<BuildLog>
<Path>$(IntDir)BuildLog.htm</Path>
</BuildLog>
<Bscmake>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<OutputFile>$(OutDir)$(ProjectName).bsc</OutputFile>
</Bscmake>
<ClCompile>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>.\;..\;..\3rdParty;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<IgnoreStandardIncludePath>false</IgnoreStandardIncludePath>
<PreprocessToFile>false</PreprocessToFile>
<PreprocessSuppressLineNumbers>false</PreprocessSuppressLineNumbers>
<PreprocessKeepComments>false</PreprocessKeepComments>
<StringPooling>true</StringPooling>
<MinimalRebuild>true</MinimalRebuild>
<ExceptionHandling>Async</ExceptionHandling>
<BasicRuntimeChecks>Default</BasicRuntimeChecks>
<SmallerTypeCheck>false</SmallerTypeCheck>
<StructMemberAlignment>Default</StructMemberAlignment>
<BufferSecurityCheck>false</BufferSecurityCheck>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<EnableEnhancedInstructionSet Condition="'$(Platform)'=='Win32'">NoExtensions</EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>
<EnableEnhancedInstructionSet Condition="'$(Platform)'=='Win32' AND ('$(PlatformToolset)'=='v90' OR '$(PlatformToolset)'=='v100')">NotSet</EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>
<FloatingPointModel>Precise</FloatingPointModel>
<FloatingPointExceptions>false</FloatingPointExceptions>
<DisableLanguageExtensions>false</DisableLanguageExtensions>
<TreatWChar_tAsBuiltInType>true</TreatWChar_tAsBuiltInType>
<ForceConformanceInForLoopScope>true</ForceConformanceInForLoopScope>
<RuntimeTypeInfo>false</RuntimeTypeInfo>
<OpenMPSupport>false</OpenMPSupport>
<PrecompiledHeader>Use</PrecompiledHeader>
<PrecompiledHeaderFile>StdAfx.h</PrecompiledHeaderFile>
<PrecompiledHeaderOutputFile>$(IntDir)$(TargetName).pch</PrecompiledHeaderOutputFile>
<ExpandAttributedSource>false</ExpandAttributedSource>
<AssemblerListingLocation>$(IntDir)</AssemblerListingLocation>
<ObjectFileName>$(IntDir)</ObjectFileName>
<ProgramDataBaseFileName>$(IntDir)vc$(VisualStudioVersion).pdb</ProgramDataBaseFileName>
<GenerateXMLDocumentationFiles>false</GenerateXMLDocumentationFiles>
<XMLDocumentationFileName>$(IntDir)</XMLDocumentationFileName>
<BrowseInformationFile>$(IntDir)</BrowseInformationFile>
<WarningLevel>Level4</WarningLevel>
<TreatWarningAsError>false</TreatWarningAsError>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
<CallingConvention>Cdecl</CallingConvention>
<CompileAs>Default</CompileAs>
<ShowIncludes>false</ShowIncludes>
<UndefineAllPreprocessorDefinitions>false</UndefineAllPreprocessorDefinitions>
<EnablePREfast>false</EnablePREfast>
<UseFullPaths>false</UseFullPaths>
<OmitDefaultLibName>false</OmitDefaultLibName>
<ErrorReporting>Prompt</ErrorReporting>
</ClCompile>
<Lib>
<OutputFile>$(OutDir)$(TargetName).lib</OutputFile>
<UseUnicodeResponseFiles>true</UseUnicodeResponseFiles>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>false</IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>
</Lib>
<ProjectReference>
<LinkLibraryDependencies>true</LinkLibraryDependencies>
<UseLibraryDependencyInputs>false</UseLibraryDependencyInputs>
</ProjectReference>
<Link>
<RegisterOutput>false</RegisterOutput>
<PerUserRedirection>false</PerUserRedirection>
<AdditionalOptions>/IGNORE:4199 /OPT:ICF=3 %(AdditionalOptions)</AdditionalOptions>
<ShowProgress>NotSet</ShowProgress>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<ManifestFile>$(IntDir)$(TargetFileName).intermediate.manifest</ManifestFile>
<IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>false</IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>
<ModuleDefinitionFile />
<DelayLoadDLLs>advapi32.dll;userenv.dll;shell32.dll;shlwapi.dll;ws2_32.dll;version.dll;wtsapi32.dll;%(DelayLoadDLLs)</DelayLoadDLLs>
<IgnoreEmbeddedIDL>false</IgnoreEmbeddedIDL>
<TypeLibraryResourceID>1</TypeLibraryResourceID>
<GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>
<ProgramDatabaseFile>$(TargetDir)pdb/$(TargetName).pdb</ProgramDatabaseFile>
<GenerateMapFile>true</GenerateMapFile>
<MapFileName>$(TargetDir)map/$(TargetName).map</MapFileName>
<MapExports>false</MapExports>
<HeapReserveSize>0</HeapReserveSize>
<HeapCommitSize>0</HeapCommitSize>
<StackReserveSize>0</StackReserveSize>
<StackCommitSize>0</StackCommitSize>
<SwapRunFromCD>false</SwapRunFromCD>
<SwapRunFromNET>false</SwapRunFromNET>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<NoEntryPoint>false</NoEntryPoint>
<SetChecksum>false</SetChecksum>
<RandomizedBaseAddress>false</RandomizedBaseAddress>
<FixedBaseAddress>false</FixedBaseAddress>
<TurnOffAssemblyGeneration>false</TurnOffAssemblyGeneration>
<SupportUnloadOfDelayLoadedDLL>false</SupportUnloadOfDelayLoadedDLL>
<ImportLibrary>$(TargetDir)lib/$(TargetName).lib</ImportLibrary>
<Profile>false</Profile>
<CLRThreadAttribute>DefaultThreadingAttribute</CLRThreadAttribute>
<CLRImageType>Default</CLRImageType>
<LinkErrorReporting>PromptImmediately</LinkErrorReporting>
<CLRUnmanagedCodeCheck>false</CLRUnmanagedCodeCheck>
</Link>
<Midl>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>.;$(SRC);$(SRC)\3rdParty;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<IgnoreStandardIncludePath>false</IgnoreStandardIncludePath>
<MkTypLibCompatible>false</MkTypLibCompatible>
<WarningLevel>3</WarningLevel>
<WarnAsError>false</WarnAsError>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<DefaultCharType>Unsigned</DefaultCharType>
<GenerateStublessProxies>true</GenerateStublessProxies>
<GenerateTypeLibrary>true</GenerateTypeLibrary>
<TypeLibraryName>$(IntDir)%(Filename).tlb</TypeLibraryName>
<HeaderFileName>%(Filename)_h.h</HeaderFileName>
<InterfaceIdentifierFileName>%(Filename)_i.c</InterfaceIdentifierFileName>
<ProxyFileName>%(Filename)_p.c</ProxyFileName>
<EnableErrorChecks>All</EnableErrorChecks>
<ErrorCheckAllocations>false</ErrorCheckAllocations>
<ErrorCheckBounds>false</ErrorCheckBounds>
<ErrorCheckEnumRange>false</ErrorCheckEnumRange>
<ErrorCheckRefPointers>false</ErrorCheckRefPointers>
<ErrorCheckStubData>false</ErrorCheckStubData>
<ValidateAllParameters>true</ValidateAllParameters>
<StructMemberAlignment>NotSet</StructMemberAlignment>
</Midl>
<ResourceCompile>
<Culture>0x0000</Culture>
<IgnoreStandardIncludePath>false</IgnoreStandardIncludePath>
<ShowProgress>false</ShowProgress>
<ResourceOutputFileName>$(IntDir)%(Filename).res</ResourceOutputFileName>
</ResourceCompile>
<Manifest>
<OutputManifestFile>$(IntDir)$(TargetFileName).embed.manifest</OutputManifestFile>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<VerboseOutput>false</VerboseOutput>
<GenerateCatalogFiles>false</GenerateCatalogFiles>
<UpdateFileHashes>false</UpdateFileHashes>
</Manifest>
<ManifestResourceCompile>
<ResourceOutputFileName>$(IntDir)$(TargetFileName).embed.manifest.res</ResourceOutputFileName>
</ManifestResourceCompile>
<Xdcmake>
<DocumentLibraryDependencies>true</DocumentLibraryDependencies>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<OutputFile>$(TargetDir)$(TargetName).xml</OutputFile>
</Xdcmake>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<!-- END common platform settings -->
<!-- Win32 -->
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Platform)'=='Win32'">
<Lib>
<TargetMachine>MachineX86</TargetMachine>
</Lib>
<Link>
<TargetMachine>MachineX86</TargetMachine>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<!-- END Win32 -->
<!-- x64 -->
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Platform)'=='x64'">
<OutDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)64\</OutDir>
<IntDir>$(SolutionDir)build\$(Configuration)64\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(ConfigurationType)|$(Platform)'=='StaticLibrary|x64'">
<OutDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)64\lib\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Platform)'=='x64'">
<Lib>
<TargetMachine>MachineX64</TargetMachine>
</Lib>
<Link>
<TargetMachine>MachineX64</TargetMachine>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<!-- END x64 -->
</Project>

9
PropertySheets/Release.props
View File

@ -1,8 +1,5 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>12.0.21005.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
</PropertyGroup>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ClCompile>
<Optimization>MinSpace</Optimization>
@ -16,9 +13,6 @@
<SmallerTypeCheck>false</SmallerTypeCheck>
<RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<ProfileGuidedDatabase />
</Link>
<Midl>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>NDEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
</Midl>
@ -26,5 +20,4 @@
<PreprocessorDefinitions>NDEBUG;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
</ResourceCompile>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup />
</Project>

13
PropertySheets/Win32.Debug.props
View File

@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="Win32.props" />
<Import Project="Debug.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>12.0.21005.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup />
<ItemGroup />
</Project>

13
PropertySheets/Win32.Release.props
View File

@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="Win32.props" />
<Import Project="Release.props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>12.0.21005.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup />
<ItemGroup />
</Project>

200
PropertySheets/Win32.props
View File

@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<PropertyGroup>
<OutDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
<OutDir Condition="'$(Platform)'=='x64'">$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)64\</OutDir>
<IntDir>$(SolutionDir)build\$(Configuration)\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
<IntDir Condition="'$(Platform)'=='x64'">$(SolutionDir)build\$(Configuration)64\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
<ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean>*.obj;*.ilk;*.tlb;*.tli;*.tlh;*.tmp;*.rsp;*.pgc;*.pgd;*.meta;$(TargetPath);$(ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean)</ExtensionsToDeleteOnClean>
<IgnoreImportLibrary>false</IgnoreImportLibrary>
<LinkIncremental>false</LinkIncremental>
<LinkDelaySign>false</LinkDelaySign>
<EmbedManifest>true</EmbedManifest>
</PropertyGroup>
<PropertyGroup Condition="'$(ConfigurationType)'=='StaticLibrary'">
<OutDir>$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)\lib\</OutDir>
<OutDir Condition="'$(Platform)'=='x64'">$(SolutionDir)bin\$(Configuration)64\lib\</OutDir>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ClCompile>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>WIN32;_WIN32;_WINDOWS;WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
</ClCompile>
<Link>
<SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
<TargetMachine Condition="'$(Platform)'=='Win32'">MachineX86</TargetMachine>
<TargetMachine Condition="'$(Platform)'=='x64'">MachineX64</TargetMachine>
</Link>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros">
<ROOT>$(SolutionDir)</ROOT>
<SRC>$(ROOT)Source\</SRC>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<BuildMacro Include="ROOT">
<Value>$(ROOT)</Value>
</BuildMacro>
<BuildMacro Include="SRC">
<Value>$(SRC)</Value>
</BuildMacro>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
<BuildLog>
<Path>$(IntDir)BuildLog.htm</Path>
</BuildLog>
<Bscmake>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<OutputFile>$(OutDir)$(ProjectName).bsc</OutputFile>
</Bscmake>
<ClCompile>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>.\;..\;..\3rd Party;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
<IgnoreStandardIncludePath>false</IgnoreStandardIncludePath>
<PreprocessToFile>false</PreprocessToFile>
<PreprocessSuppressLineNumbers>false</PreprocessSuppressLineNumbers>
<PreprocessKeepComments>false</PreprocessKeepComments>
<StringPooling>true</StringPooling>
<MinimalRebuild>true</MinimalRebuild>
<ExceptionHandling>Async</ExceptionHandling>
<BasicRuntimeChecks>Default</BasicRuntimeChecks>
<SmallerTypeCheck>false</SmallerTypeCheck>
<StructMemberAlignment>Default</StructMemberAlignment>
<BufferSecurityCheck>false</BufferSecurityCheck>
<FunctionLevelLinking>true</FunctionLevelLinking>
<EnableEnhancedInstructionSet Condition="'$(Platform)'=='Win32'">NoExtensions</EnableEnhancedInstructionSet>
<FloatingPointModel>Precise</FloatingPointModel>
<FloatingPointExceptions>false</FloatingPointExceptions>
<DisableLanguageExtensions>false</DisableLanguageExtensions>
<AdditionalOptions />
<TreatWChar_tAsBuiltInType>true</TreatWChar_tAsBuiltInType>
<ForceConformanceInForLoopScope>true</ForceConformanceInForLoopScope>
<RuntimeTypeInfo>false</RuntimeTypeInfo>
<OpenMPSupport>false</OpenMPSupport>
<PrecompiledHeader>Use</PrecompiledHeader>
<PrecompiledHeaderFile>StdAfx.h</PrecompiledHeaderFile>
<PrecompiledHeaderOutputFile>$(IntDir)$(TargetName).pch</PrecompiledHeaderOutputFile>
<ExpandAttributedSource>false</ExpandAttributedSource>
<AssemblerOutput />
<AssemblerListingLocation>$(IntDir)</AssemblerListingLocation>
<ObjectFileName>$(IntDir)</ObjectFileName>
<ProgramDataBaseFileName>$(IntDir)vc90.pdb</ProgramDataBaseFileName>
<GenerateXMLDocumentationFiles>false</GenerateXMLDocumentationFiles>
<XMLDocumentationFileName>$(IntDir)</XMLDocumentationFileName>
<BrowseInformation />
<BrowseInformationFile>$(IntDir)</BrowseInformationFile>
<WarningLevel>Level4</WarningLevel>
<TreatWarningAsError>false</TreatWarningAsError>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
<CallingConvention>Cdecl</CallingConvention>
<CompileAs>Default</CompileAs>
<ShowIncludes>false</ShowIncludes>
<UndefineAllPreprocessorDefinitions>false</UndefineAllPreprocessorDefinitions>
<EnablePREfast>false</EnablePREfast>
<UseFullPaths>false</UseFullPaths>
<OmitDefaultLibName>false</OmitDefaultLibName>
<ErrorReporting>Prompt</ErrorReporting>
</ClCompile>
<Lib>
<OutputFile>$(OutDir)$(ProjectName).lib</OutputFile>
<UseUnicodeResponseFiles>true</UseUnicodeResponseFiles>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>false</IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>
</Lib>
<ProjectReference>
<LinkLibraryDependencies>true</LinkLibraryDependencies>
<UseLibraryDependencyInputs>false</UseLibraryDependencyInputs>
</ProjectReference>
<Link>
<RegisterOutput>false</RegisterOutput>
<PerUserRedirection>false</PerUserRedirection>
<AdditionalOptions>/IGNORE:4199 /OPT:ICF=3 %(AdditionalOptions)</AdditionalOptions>
<ShowProgress>NotSet</ShowProgress>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<ManifestFile>$(IntDir)$(TargetFileName).intermediate.manifest</ManifestFile>
<IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>false</IgnoreAllDefaultLibraries>
<ModuleDefinitionFile />
<DelayLoadDLLs>advapi32.dll;userenv.dll;shell32.dll;shlwapi.dll;ws2_32.dll;version.dll;wtsapi32.dll;%(DelayLoadDLLs)</DelayLoadDLLs>
<IgnoreEmbeddedIDL>false</IgnoreEmbeddedIDL>
<TypeLibraryResourceID>1</TypeLibraryResourceID>
<GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>
<AssemblyDebug />
<ProgramDatabaseFile>$(TargetDir)pdb/$(TargetName).pdb</ProgramDatabaseFile>
<GenerateMapFile>true</GenerateMapFile>
<MapFileName>$(TargetDir)map/$(TargetName).map</MapFileName>
<MapExports>false</MapExports>
<HeapReserveSize>0</HeapReserveSize>
<HeapCommitSize>0</HeapCommitSize>
<StackReserveSize>0</StackReserveSize>
<StackCommitSize>0</StackCommitSize>
<LargeAddressAware />
<TerminalServerAware />
<SwapRunFromCD>false</SwapRunFromCD>
<SwapRunFromNET>false</SwapRunFromNET>
<OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
<EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
<ProfileGuidedDatabase />
<NoEntryPoint>false</NoEntryPoint>
<SetChecksum>false</SetChecksum>
<RandomizedBaseAddress>false</RandomizedBaseAddress>
<FixedBaseAddress>false</FixedBaseAddress>
<DataExecutionPrevention />
<TurnOffAssemblyGeneration>false</TurnOffAssemblyGeneration>
<SupportUnloadOfDelayLoadedDLL>false</SupportUnloadOfDelayLoadedDLL>
<ImportLibrary>$(TargetDir)lib/$(TargetName).lib</ImportLibrary>
<Profile>false</Profile>
<CLRThreadAttribute>DefaultThreadingAttribute</CLRThreadAttribute>
<CLRImageType>Default</CLRImageType>
<LinkErrorReporting>PromptImmediately</LinkErrorReporting>
<CLRUnmanagedCodeCheck>false</CLRUnmanagedCodeCheck>
<SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
<MinimumRequiredVersion />
</Link>
<Midl>
<AdditionalIncludeDirectories>.;$(SRC);$(SRC)\3rd Party;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
<IgnoreStandardIncludePath>false</IgnoreStandardIncludePath>
<MkTypLibCompatible>false</MkTypLibCompatible>
<WarningLevel>3</WarningLevel>
<WarnAsError>false</WarnAsError>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<DefaultCharType>Unsigned</DefaultCharType>
<GenerateStublessProxies>true</GenerateStublessProxies>
<GenerateTypeLibrary>true</GenerateTypeLibrary>
<TypeLibraryName>$(IntDir)%(Filename).tlb</TypeLibraryName>
<HeaderFileName>%(Filename)_h.h</HeaderFileName>
<DllDataFileName />
<InterfaceIdentifierFileName>%(Filename)_i.c</InterfaceIdentifierFileName>
<ProxyFileName>%(Filename)_p.c</ProxyFileName>
<EnableErrorChecks>All</EnableErrorChecks>
<ErrorCheckAllocations>false</ErrorCheckAllocations>
<ErrorCheckBounds>false</ErrorCheckBounds>
<ErrorCheckEnumRange>false</ErrorCheckEnumRange>
<ErrorCheckRefPointers>false</ErrorCheckRefPointers>
<ErrorCheckStubData>false</ErrorCheckStubData>
<ValidateAllParameters>true</ValidateAllParameters>
<StructMemberAlignment>NotSet</StructMemberAlignment>
</Midl>
<ResourceCompile>
<Culture>0x0000</Culture>
<IgnoreStandardIncludePath>false</IgnoreStandardIncludePath>
<ShowProgress>false</ShowProgress>
<ResourceOutputFileName>$(IntDir)%(Filename).res</ResourceOutputFileName>
</ResourceCompile>
<Manifest>
<OutputManifestFile>$(IntDir)$(TargetFileName).embed.manifest</OutputManifestFile>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<VerboseOutput>false</VerboseOutput>
<GenerateCatalogFiles>false</GenerateCatalogFiles>
<UpdateFileHashes>false</UpdateFileHashes>
</Manifest>
<ManifestResourceCompile>
<ResourceOutputFileName>$(IntDir)$(TargetFileName).embed.manifest.res</ResourceOutputFileName>
</ManifestResourceCompile>
<Xdcmake>
<DocumentLibraryDependencies>true</DocumentLibraryDependencies>
<SuppressStartupBanner>true</SuppressStartupBanner>
<OutputFile>$(TargetDir)$(TargetName).xml</OutputFile>
</Xdcmake>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup />
</Project>

59
Source/3rd Party/WTL/WTL.vcxproj
View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="12.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
<ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
<Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
<ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
<Configuration>Release</Configuration>
<Platform>Win32</Platform>
</ProjectConfiguration>
</ItemGroup>
<PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
<ProjectGuid>{4BC6906B-213E-40D7-9FC7-1A93E228393D}</ProjectGuid>
<RootNamespace>WTL</RootNamespace>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
<PropertyGroup Label="Configuration">
<ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
<PlatformToolset>v120_xp</PlatformToolset>
</PropertyGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
</ImportGroup>
<ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets">
<Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
<Import Project="$(SolutionDir)PropertySheets\$(Platform).$(Configuration).props" />
</ImportGroup>
<PropertyGroup>
<_ProjectFileVersion>12.0.21005.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
</PropertyGroup>
<ItemDefinitionGroup>
</ItemDefinitionGroup>
<ItemGroup>
<ClInclude Include="atlapp.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlcrack.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlctrls.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlctrlw.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlctrlx.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlddx.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atldlgs.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlfind.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlframe.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlgdi.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlmisc.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlprint.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlres.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlresce.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlscrl.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlsplit.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atltheme.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atluser.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlwince.h" />
<ClInclude Include="atlwinx.h" />
</ItemGroup>
<Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
<ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
</ImportGroup>
</Project>

225
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/msvc/wx/setup.h
View File

@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: msvc/wx/setup.h
// Purpose: wrapper around the real wx/setup.h for Visual C++
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 2004-12-12
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2004 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _MSC_VER
#error "This file should only be included when using Microsoft Visual C++"
#endif
// VC++ IDE predefines _DEBUG and _UNICODE for the new projects itself, but
// the other symbols (WXUSINGDLL, __WXUNIVERSAL__, ...) should be defined
// explicitly!
#include "wx/version.h"
#include "wx/cpp.h"
// notice that wxSUFFIX_DEBUG is a string but wxSUFFIX itself must be an
// identifier as string concatenation is not done inside #include where we
// need it
#ifdef _DEBUG
#define wxSUFFIX_DEBUG "d"
#ifdef _UNICODE
#define wxSUFFIX ud
#else // !_UNICODE
#define wxSUFFIX d
#endif // _UNICODE/!_UNICODE
#else
#define wxSUFFIX_DEBUG ""
#ifdef _UNICODE
#define wxSUFFIX u
#else // !_UNICODE
// don't define wxSUFFIX at all as preprocessor operations don't work
// with empty values so we need to check for this case specially below
#endif // _UNICODE/!_UNICODE
#endif
// compiler-specific prefix: by default it's always just "vc" for compatibility
// reasons but if you use multiple MSVC versions you probably build them with
// COMPILER_PREFIX=vcXX and in this case you may want to either predefine
// wxMSVC_VERSION as "XX" or define wxMSVC_VERSION_AUTO to use the appropriate
// version depending on the compiler used
#ifdef wxMSVC_VERSION
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX wxCONCAT(vc, wxMSVC_VERSION)
#elif defined(wxMSVC_VERSION_AUTO)
#if _MSC_VER == 1200
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc60
#elif _MSC_VER == 1300
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc70
#elif _MSC_VER == 1310
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc71
#elif _MSC_VER == 1400
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc80
#elif _MSC_VER == 1500
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc90
#elif _MSC_VER == 1600
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc100
#elif _MSC_VER == 1700
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc110
#else
#error "Unknown MSVC compiler version, please report to wx-dev."
#endif
#else
#define wxCOMPILER_PREFIX vc
#endif
// architecture-specific part: not used (again, for compatibility), for x86
#if defined(_M_X64)
#define wxARCH_SUFFIX _x64
#elif defined(_M_IA64)
#define wxARCH_SUFFIX _ia64
#else // assume _M_IX86
#define wxARCH_SUFFIX
#endif
#ifdef WXUSINGDLL
#define wxLIB_SUBDIR wxCONCAT3(wxCOMPILER_PREFIX, wxARCH_SUFFIX, _dll)
#else // !DLL
#define wxLIB_SUBDIR wxCONCAT3(wxCOMPILER_PREFIX, wxARCH_SUFFIX, _lib)
#endif // DLL/!DLL
// The user can predefine a different prefix if not using the default MSW port
// with MSVC.
#ifndef wxTOOLKIT_PREFIX
#define wxTOOLKIT_PREFIX msw
#endif // wxTOOLKIT_PREFIX
// the real setup.h header file we need is in the build-specific directory,
// construct the path to it
#ifdef wxSUFFIX
#define wxSETUPH_PATH \
wxCONCAT6(../../../lib/, wxLIB_SUBDIR, /, wxTOOLKIT_PREFIX, wxSUFFIX, /wx/setup.h)
#else // suffix is empty
#define wxSETUPH_PATH \
wxCONCAT5(../../../lib/, wxLIB_SUBDIR, /, wxTOOLKIT_PREFIX, /wx/setup.h)
#endif
#define wxSETUPH_PATH_STR wxSTRINGIZE(wxSETUPH_PATH)
#include wxSETUPH_PATH_STR
// the library names depend on the build, these macro builds the correct
// library name for the given base name
#ifdef wxSUFFIX
#define wxSUFFIX_STR wxSTRINGIZE(wxSUFFIX)
#else // suffix is empty
#define wxSUFFIX_STR ""
#endif
#define wxSHORT_VERSION_STRING \
wxSTRINGIZE(wxMAJOR_VERSION) wxSTRINGIZE(wxMINOR_VERSION)
#define wxWX_LIB_NAME(name, subname) \
"wx" name wxSHORT_VERSION_STRING wxSUFFIX_STR subname
#define wxBASE_LIB_NAME(name) wxWX_LIB_NAME("base", "_" name)
#define wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME(name) wxWX_LIB_NAME(wxSTRINGIZE(wxTOOLKIT_PREFIX), "_" name)
// This one is for 3rd party libraries: they don't have the version number
// in their names and usually exist in ANSI version only (except for regex)
//
// 3rd party libraries are also are not linked in when using DLLs as they're
// embedded inside our own DLLs and don't need to be linked with the user code.
#define wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME(name) "wx" name wxSUFFIX_DEBUG
// special version for regex as it does have a Unicode version
#define wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME_U(name) "wx" name wxSUFFIX_STR
#pragma comment(lib, wxWX_LIB_NAME("base", ""))
#ifndef wxNO_NET_LIB
#pragma comment(lib, wxBASE_LIB_NAME("net"))
#endif
#ifndef wxNO_XML_LIB
#pragma comment(lib, wxBASE_LIB_NAME("xml"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_REGEX && !defined(wxNO_REGEX_LIB) && !defined(WXUSINGDLL)
#pragma comment(lib, wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME_U("regex"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_GUI
#if wxUSE_XML && !defined(wxNO_EXPAT_LIB) && !defined(WXUSINGDLL)
#pragma comment(lib, wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME("expat"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_LIBJPEG && !defined(wxNO_JPEG_LIB) && !defined(WXUSINGDLL)
#pragma comment(lib, wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME("jpeg"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_LIBPNG && !defined(wxNO_PNG_LIB) && !defined(WXUSINGDLL)
#pragma comment(lib, wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME("png"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_LIBTIFF && !defined(wxNO_TIFF_LIB) && !defined(WXUSINGDLL)
#pragma comment(lib, wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME("tiff"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_ZLIB && !defined(wxNO_ZLIB_LIB) && !defined(WXUSINGDLL)
#pragma comment(lib, wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME("zlib"))
#endif
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("core"))
#ifndef wxNO_ADV_LIB
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("adv"))
#endif
#ifndef wxNO_HTML_LIB
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("html"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS && !defined(wxNO_GL_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("gl"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_DEBUGREPORT && !defined(wxNO_QA_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("qa"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_XRC && !defined(wxNO_XRC_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("xrc"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_AUI && !defined(wxNO_AUI_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("aui"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_PROPGRID && !defined(wxNO_PROPGRID_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("propgrid"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_RIBBON && !defined(wxNO_RIBBON_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("ribbon"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_RICHTEXT && !defined(wxNO_RICHTEXT_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("richtext"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_MEDIACTRL && !defined(wxNO_MEDIA_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("media"))
#endif
#if wxUSE_STC && !defined(wxNO_STC_LIB)
#pragma comment(lib, wxTOOLKIT_LIB_NAME("stc"))
#ifndef WXUSINGDLL
#pragma comment(lib, wx3RD_PARTY_LIB_NAME("scintilla"))
#endif
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
#ifndef WXUSINGDLL
// Make sure all required system libraries are added to the linker too when
// using static libraries.
#pragma comment(lib, "kernel32")
#pragma comment(lib, "user32")
#pragma comment(lib, "gdi32")
#pragma comment(lib, "comdlg32")
#pragma comment(lib, "winspool")
#pragma comment(lib, "winmm")
#pragma comment(lib, "shell32")
#pragma comment(lib, "comctl32")
#pragma comment(lib, "ole32")
#pragma comment(lib, "oleaut32")
#pragma comment(lib, "uuid")
#pragma comment(lib, "rpcrt4")
#pragma comment(lib, "advapi32")
#pragma comment(lib, "wsock32")
#if wxUSE_URL_NATIVE
#pragma comment(lib, "wininet")
#endif
#endif // !WXUSINGDLL

179
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/accel.h
View File

@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/accel.h
// Purpose: wxAcceleratorEntry and wxAcceleratorTable classes
// Author: Julian Smart, Robert Roebling, Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 31.05.01 (extracted from other files)
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
#define _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_ACCEL
#include "wx/object.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxAcceleratorTable;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenuItem;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxKeyEvent;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAcceleratorEntry flags
enum wxAcceleratorEntryFlags
{
wxACCEL_NORMAL = 0x0000, // no modifiers
wxACCEL_ALT = 0x0001, // hold Alt key down
wxACCEL_CTRL = 0x0002, // hold Ctrl key down
wxACCEL_SHIFT = 0x0004, // hold Shift key down
#if defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__WXCOCOA__)
wxACCEL_RAW_CTRL= 0x0008, //
#else
wxACCEL_RAW_CTRL= wxACCEL_CTRL,
#endif
wxACCEL_CMD = wxACCEL_CTRL
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// an entry in wxAcceleratorTable corresponds to one accelerator
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAcceleratorEntry
{
public:
wxAcceleratorEntry(int flags = 0, int keyCode = 0, int cmd = 0,
wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
: m_flags(flags)
, m_keyCode(keyCode)
, m_command(cmd)
, m_item(item)
{ }
wxAcceleratorEntry(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry)
: m_flags(entry.m_flags)
, m_keyCode(entry.m_keyCode)
, m_command(entry.m_command)
, m_item(entry.m_item)
{ }
// create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, return NULL if
// string couldn't be parsed or a pointer to be deleted by the caller
static wxAcceleratorEntry *Create(const wxString& str);
wxAcceleratorEntry& operator=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry)
{
if (&entry != this)
Set(entry.m_flags, entry.m_keyCode, entry.m_command, entry.m_item);
return *this;
}
void Set(int flags, int keyCode, int cmd, wxMenuItem *item = NULL)
{
m_flags = flags;
m_keyCode = keyCode;
m_command = cmd;
m_item = item;
}
void SetMenuItem(wxMenuItem *item) { m_item = item; }
int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; }
int GetKeyCode() const { return m_keyCode; }
int GetCommand() const { return m_command; }
wxMenuItem *GetMenuItem() const { return m_item; }
bool operator==(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
{
return m_flags == entry.m_flags &&
m_keyCode == entry.m_keyCode &&
m_command == entry.m_command &&
m_item == entry.m_item;
}
bool operator!=(const wxAcceleratorEntry& entry) const
{ return !(*this == entry); }
#if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
// Implementation use only
bool MatchesEvent(const wxKeyEvent& event) const;
#endif
bool IsOk() const
{
return m_keyCode != 0;
}
// string <-> wxAcceleratorEntry conversion
// ----------------------------------------
// returns a wxString for the this accelerator.
// this function formats it using the <flags>-<keycode> format
// where <flags> maybe a hyphen-separated list of "shift|alt|ctrl"
wxString ToString() const { return AsPossiblyLocalizedString(true); }
// same as above but without translating, useful if the string is meant to
// be stored in a file or otherwise stored, instead of being shown to the
// user
wxString ToRawString() const { return AsPossiblyLocalizedString(false); }
// returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object
// (i.e. if IsOk() returns true after this call)
bool FromString(const wxString& str);
private:
wxString AsPossiblyLocalizedString(bool localized) const;
// common part of Create() and FromString()
static bool ParseAccel(const wxString& str, int *flags, int *keycode);
int m_flags; // combination of wxACCEL_XXX constants
int m_keyCode; // ASCII or virtual keycode
int m_command; // Command id to generate
// the menu item this entry corresponds to, may be NULL
wxMenuItem *m_item;
// for compatibility with old code, use accessors now!
friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMenu;
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include wxAcceleratorTable class declaration, it is only used by the library
// and so doesn't have any published user visible interface
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/generic/accel.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/accel.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/accel.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/accel.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/accel.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/accel.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/generic/accel.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/accel.h"
#endif
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxAcceleratorTable) wxNullAcceleratorTable;
#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
#endif
// _WX_ACCEL_H_BASE_

51
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/affinematrix2d.h
View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/affinematrix2d.h
// Purpose: wxAffineMatrix2D class.
// Author: Based on wxTransformMatrix by Chris Breeze, Julian Smart
// Created: 2011-04-05
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2D_H_
#define _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2D_H_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY
#include "wx/affinematrix2dbase.h"
// A simple implementation of wxAffineMatrix2DBase interface done entirely in
// wxWidgets.
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAffineMatrix2D : public wxAffineMatrix2DBase
{
public:
wxAffineMatrix2D() : m_11(1), m_12(0),
m_21(0), m_22(1),
m_tx(0), m_ty(0)
{
}
// Implement base class pure virtual methods.
virtual void Set(const wxMatrix2D& mat2D, const wxPoint2DDouble& tr);
virtual void Get(wxMatrix2D* mat2D, wxPoint2DDouble* tr) const;
virtual void Concat(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t);
virtual bool Invert();
virtual bool IsIdentity() const;
virtual bool IsEqual(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const;
virtual void Translate(wxDouble dx, wxDouble dy);
virtual void Scale(wxDouble xScale, wxDouble yScale);
virtual void Rotate(wxDouble cRadians);
protected:
virtual wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformPoint(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const;
virtual wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformDistance(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const;
private:
wxDouble m_11, m_12, m_21, m_22, m_tx, m_ty;
};
#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY
#endif // _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2D_H_

127
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/affinematrix2dbase.h
View File

@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/affinematrix2dbase.h
// Purpose: Common interface for 2D transformation matrices.
// Author: Catalin Raceanu
// Created: 2011-04-06
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2DBASE_H_
#define _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2DBASE_H_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_GEOMETRY
#include "wx/geometry.h"
struct wxMatrix2D
{
wxMatrix2D(wxDouble v11 = 1,
wxDouble v12 = 0,
wxDouble v21 = 0,
wxDouble v22 = 1)
{
m_11 = v11; m_12 = v12;
m_21 = v21; m_22 = v22;
}
wxDouble m_11, m_12, m_21, m_22;
};
// A 2x3 matrix representing an affine 2D transformation.
//
// This is an abstract base class implemented by wxAffineMatrix2D only so far,
// but in the future we also plan to derive wxGraphicsMatrix from it (it should
// also be documented then as currently only wxAffineMatrix2D itself is).
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAffineMatrix2DBase
{
public:
wxAffineMatrix2DBase() {}
virtual ~wxAffineMatrix2DBase() {}
// sets the matrix to the respective values
virtual void Set(const wxMatrix2D& mat2D, const wxPoint2DDouble& tr) = 0;
// gets the component valuess of the matrix
virtual void Get(wxMatrix2D* mat2D, wxPoint2DDouble* tr) const = 0;
// concatenates the matrix
virtual void Concat(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) = 0;
// makes this the inverse matrix
virtual bool Invert() = 0;
// return true if this is the identity matrix
virtual bool IsIdentity() const = 0;
// returns true if the elements of the transformation matrix are equal ?
virtual bool IsEqual(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const = 0;
bool operator==(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const { return IsEqual(t); }
bool operator!=(const wxAffineMatrix2DBase& t) const { return !IsEqual(t); }
//
// transformations
//
// add the translation to this matrix
virtual void Translate(wxDouble dx, wxDouble dy) = 0;
// add the scale to this matrix
virtual void Scale(wxDouble xScale, wxDouble yScale) = 0;
// add the rotation to this matrix (counter clockwise, radians)
virtual void Rotate(wxDouble ccRadians) = 0;
// add mirroring to this matrix
void Mirror(int direction = wxHORIZONTAL)
{
wxDouble x = (direction & wxHORIZONTAL) ? -1 : 1;
wxDouble y = (direction & wxVERTICAL) ? -1 : 1;
Scale(x, y);
}
// applies that matrix to the point
wxPoint2DDouble TransformPoint(const wxPoint2DDouble& src) const
{
return DoTransformPoint(src);
}
void TransformPoint(wxDouble* x, wxDouble* y) const
{
wxCHECK_RET( x && y, "Can't be NULL" );
const wxPoint2DDouble dst = DoTransformPoint(wxPoint2DDouble(*x, *y));
*x = dst.m_x;
*y = dst.m_y;
}
// applies the matrix except for translations
wxPoint2DDouble TransformDistance(const wxPoint2DDouble& src) const
{
return DoTransformDistance(src);
}
void TransformDistance(wxDouble* dx, wxDouble* dy) const
{
wxCHECK_RET( dx && dy, "Can't be NULL" );
const wxPoint2DDouble
dst = DoTransformDistance(wxPoint2DDouble(*dx, *dy));
*dx = dst.m_x;
*dy = dst.m_y;
}
protected:
virtual
wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformPoint(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const = 0;
virtual
wxPoint2DDouble DoTransformDistance(const wxPoint2DDouble& p) const = 0;
};
#endif // wxUSE_GEOMETRY
#endif // _WX_AFFINEMATRIX2DBASE_H_

45
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/afterstd.h
View File

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/afterstd.h
// Purpose: #include after STL headers
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 07/07/03
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
/**
See the comments in beforestd.h.
*/
#if defined(__WINDOWS__)
#include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
#endif
// undo what we did in wx/beforestd.h
#if defined(__VISUALC__) && __VISUALC__ <= 1201
// MSVC 5 does not have this
#if _MSC_VER > 1100
#pragma warning(pop)
#else
// 'expression' : signed/unsigned mismatch
#pragma warning(default:4018)
// 'identifier' : unreferenced formal parameter
#pragma warning(default:4100)
// 'conversion' : conversion from 'type1' to 'type2',
// possible loss of data
#pragma warning(default:4244)
// C++ language change: to explicitly specialize class template
// 'identifier' use the following syntax
#pragma warning(default:4663)
#endif
#endif
// see beforestd.h for explanation
#if defined(HAVE_VISIBILITY) && defined(HAVE_BROKEN_LIBSTDCXX_VISIBILITY)
#pragma GCC visibility pop
#endif

171
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/animdecod.h
View File

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/animdecod.h
// Purpose: wxAnimationDecoder
// Author: Francesco Montorsi
// CVS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2006 Francesco Montorsi
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_ANIMDECOD_H
#define _WX_ANIMDECOD_H
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_STREAMS
#include "wx/colour.h"
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
#include "wx/log.h"
#include "wx/stream.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxImage;
/*
Differences between a wxAnimationDecoder and a wxImageHandler:
1) wxImageHandlers always load an input stream directly into a given wxImage
object converting from the format-specific data representation to the
wxImage native format (RGB24).
wxAnimationDecoders always load an input stream using some optimized format
to store it which is format-depedent. This allows to store a (possibly big)
animation using a format which is a good compromise between required memory
and time required to blit it on the screen.
2) wxAnimationDecoders contain the animation data in some internal variable.
That's why they derive from wxObjectRefData: they are data which can be shared.
3) wxAnimationDecoders can be used by a wxImageHandler to retrieve a frame
in wxImage format; the viceversa cannot be done.
4) wxAnimationDecoders are decoders only, thus they do not support save features.
5) wxAnimationDecoders are directly used by wxAnimation (generic implementation)
as wxObjectRefData while they need to be 'wrapped' by a wxImageHandler for
wxImage uses.
*/
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constants
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// NB: the values of these enum items are not casual but coincide with the
// GIF disposal codes. Do not change them !!
enum wxAnimationDisposal
{
// No disposal specified. The decoder is not required to take any action.
wxANIM_UNSPECIFIED = -1,
// Do not dispose. The graphic is to be left in place.
wxANIM_DONOTREMOVE = 0,
// Restore to background color. The area used by the graphic must be
// restored to the background color.
wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND = 1,
// Restore to previous. The decoder is required to restore the area
// overwritten by the graphic with what was there prior to rendering the graphic.
wxANIM_TOPREVIOUS = 2
};
enum wxAnimationType
{
wxANIMATION_TYPE_INVALID,
wxANIMATION_TYPE_GIF,
wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANI,
wxANIMATION_TYPE_ANY
};
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAnimationDecoder class
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnimationDecoder : public wxObjectRefData
{
public:
wxAnimationDecoder()
{
m_nFrames = 0;
}
virtual bool Load( wxInputStream& stream ) = 0;
bool CanRead( wxInputStream& stream ) const
{
// NOTE: this code is the same of wxImageHandler::CallDoCanRead
if ( !stream.IsSeekable() )
return false; // can't test unseekable stream
wxFileOffset posOld = stream.TellI();
bool ok = DoCanRead(stream);
// restore the old position to be able to test other formats and so on
if ( stream.SeekI(posOld) == wxInvalidOffset )
{
wxLogDebug(wxT("Failed to rewind the stream in wxAnimationDecoder!"));
// reading would fail anyhow as we're not at the right position
return false;
}
return ok;
}
virtual wxAnimationDecoder *Clone() const = 0;
virtual wxAnimationType GetType() const = 0;
// convert given frame to wxImage
virtual bool ConvertToImage(unsigned int frame, wxImage *image) const = 0;
// frame specific data getters
// not all frames may be of the same size; e.g. GIF allows to
// specify that between two frames only a smaller portion of the
// entire animation has changed.
virtual wxSize GetFrameSize(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
// the position of this frame in case it's not as big as m_szAnimation
// or wxPoint(0,0) otherwise.
virtual wxPoint GetFramePosition(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
// what should be done after displaying this frame.
virtual wxAnimationDisposal GetDisposalMethod(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
// the number of milliseconds this frame should be displayed.
// if returns -1 then the frame must be displayed forever.
virtual long GetDelay(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
// the transparent colour for this frame if any or wxNullColour.
virtual wxColour GetTransparentColour(unsigned int frame) const = 0;
// get global data
wxSize GetAnimationSize() const { return m_szAnimation; }
wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_background; }
unsigned int GetFrameCount() const { return m_nFrames; }
protected:
// checks the signature of the data in the given stream and returns true if it
// appears to be a valid animation format recognized by the animation decoder;
// this function should modify the stream current position without taking care
// of restoring it since CanRead() will do it.
virtual bool DoCanRead(wxInputStream& stream) const = 0;
wxSize m_szAnimation;
unsigned int m_nFrames;
// this is the colour to use for the wxANIM_TOBACKGROUND disposal.
// if not specified by the animation, it's set to wxNullColour
wxColour m_background;
};
#endif // wxUSE_STREAMS
#endif // _WX_ANIMDECOD_H

1110
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/any.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

200
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/anybutton.h
View File

@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/anybutton.h
// Purpose: wxAnyButtonBase class
// Author: Vadim Zetlin
// Created: 2000-08-15 (extracted from button.h)
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zetlin
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_ANYBUTTON_H_BASE_
#define _WX_ANYBUTTON_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#ifdef wxHAS_ANY_BUTTON
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAnyButton specific flags
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// These flags affect label alignment
#define wxBU_LEFT 0x0040
#define wxBU_TOP 0x0080
#define wxBU_RIGHT 0x0100
#define wxBU_BOTTOM 0x0200
#define wxBU_ALIGN_MASK ( wxBU_LEFT | wxBU_TOP | wxBU_RIGHT | wxBU_BOTTOM )
// These two flags are obsolete
#define wxBU_NOAUTODRAW 0x0000
#define wxBU_AUTODRAW 0x0004
// by default, the buttons will be created with some (system dependent)
// minimal size to make them look nicer, giving this style will make them as
// small as possible
#define wxBU_EXACTFIT 0x0001
// this flag can be used to disable using the text label in the button: it is
// mostly useful when creating buttons showing bitmap and having stock id as
// without it both the standard label corresponding to the stock id and the
// bitmap would be shown
#define wxBU_NOTEXT 0x0002
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
#include "wx/control.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAnyButton: common button functionality
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAnyButtonBase : public wxControl
{
public:
wxAnyButtonBase() { }
// show the image in the button in addition to the label: this method is
// supported on all (major) platforms
void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, wxDirection dir = wxLEFT)
{
SetBitmapLabel(bitmap);
SetBitmapPosition(dir);
}
wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Normal); }
// Methods for setting individual images for different states: normal,
// selected (meaning pushed or pressed), focused (meaning normal state for
// a focused button), disabled or hover (a.k.a. hot or current).
//
// Remember that SetBitmap() itself must be called before any other
// SetBitmapXXX() methods (except for SetBitmapLabel() which is a synonym
// for it anyhow) and that all bitmaps passed to these functions should be
// of the same size.
void SetBitmapLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
{ DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Normal); }
void SetBitmapPressed(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
{ DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Pressed); }
void SetBitmapDisabled(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
{ DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Disabled); }
void SetBitmapCurrent(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
{ DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Current); }
void SetBitmapFocus(const wxBitmap& bitmap)
{ DoSetBitmap(bitmap, State_Focused); }
wxBitmap GetBitmapLabel() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Normal); }
wxBitmap GetBitmapPressed() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Pressed); }
wxBitmap GetBitmapDisabled() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Disabled); }
wxBitmap GetBitmapCurrent() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Current); }
wxBitmap GetBitmapFocus() const { return DoGetBitmap(State_Focused); }
// set the margins around the image
void SetBitmapMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { DoSetBitmapMargins(x, y); }
void SetBitmapMargins(const wxSize& sz) { DoSetBitmapMargins(sz.x, sz.y); }
wxSize GetBitmapMargins() { return DoGetBitmapMargins(); }
// set the image position relative to the text, i.e. wxLEFT means that the
// image is to the left of the text (this is the default)
void SetBitmapPosition(wxDirection dir);
// Buttons on MSW can look bad if they are not native colours, because
// then they become owner-drawn and not theme-drawn. Disable it here
// in wxAnyButtonBase to make it consistent.
virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
// wxUniv-compatible and deprecated equivalents to SetBitmapXXX()
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
void SetImageLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmap(bitmap); }
void SetImageMargins(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) { SetBitmapMargins(x, y); }
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
// backwards compatible names for pressed/current bitmaps: they're not
// deprecated as there is nothing really wrong with using them and no real
// advantage to using the new names but the new names are still preferred
wxBitmap GetBitmapSelected() const { return GetBitmapPressed(); }
wxBitmap GetBitmapHover() const { return GetBitmapCurrent(); }
void SetBitmapSelected(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmapPressed(bitmap); }
void SetBitmapHover(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { SetBitmapCurrent(bitmap); }
// this enum is not part of wx public API, it is public because it is used
// in non wxAnyButton-derived classes internally
//
// also notice that MSW code relies on the values of the enum elements, do
// not change them without revising src/msw/button.cpp
enum State
{
State_Normal,
State_Current, // a.k.a. hot or "hovering"
State_Pressed, // a.k.a. "selected" in public API for some reason
State_Disabled,
State_Focused,
State_Max
};
// return true if this button shouldn't show the text label, either because
// it doesn't have it or because it was explicitly disabled with wxBU_NOTEXT
bool DontShowLabel() const
{
return HasFlag(wxBU_NOTEXT) || GetLabel().empty();
}
// return true if we do show the label
bool ShowsLabel() const
{
return !DontShowLabel();
}
protected:
// choose the default border for this window
virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State WXUNUSED(which)) const
{ return wxBitmap(); }
virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& WXUNUSED(bitmap),
State WXUNUSED(which))
{ }
virtual wxSize DoGetBitmapMargins() const
{ return wxSize(0, 0); }
virtual void DoSetBitmapMargins(wxCoord WXUNUSED(x), wxCoord WXUNUSED(y))
{ }
virtual void DoSetBitmapPosition(wxDirection WXUNUSED(dir))
{ }
virtual bool DoGetAuthNeeded() const { return false; }
virtual void DoSetAuthNeeded(bool WXUNUSED(show)) { }
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAnyButtonBase);
};
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/anybutton.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/anybutton.h"
//#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
// #include "wx/motif/anybutton.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/anybutton.h"
//#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
// #include "wx/gtk1/anybutton.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/anybutton.h"
//#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
// #include "wx/cocoa/anybutton.h"
//#elif defined(__WXPM__)
// #include "wx/os2/anybutton.h"
#else
typedef wxAnyButtonBase wxAnyButton;
#endif
#endif // wxHAS_ANY_BUTTON
#endif // _WX_ANYBUTTON_H_BASE_

140
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/anystr.h
View File

@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/anystr.h
// Purpose: wxAnyStrPtr class declaration
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Created: 2009-03-23
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2008 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_ANYSTR_H_
#define _WX_ANYSTR_H_
#include "wx/string.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAnyStrPtr
//
// Notice that this is an internal and intentionally not documented class. It
// is only used by wxWidgets itself to ensure compatibility with previous
// versions and shouldn't be used by user code. When you see a function
// returning it you should just know that you can treat it as a string pointer.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is a helper class convertible to either narrow or wide string pointer.
// It is similar to wxCStrData but, unlike it, can be NULL which is required to
// represent the return value of wxDateTime::ParseXXX() methods for example.
//
// NB: this class is fully inline and so doesn't need to be DLL-exported
class wxAnyStrPtr
{
public:
// ctors: this class must be created from the associated string or using
// its default ctor for an invalid NULL-like object; notice that it is
// immutable after creation.
// ctor for invalid pointer
wxAnyStrPtr()
: m_str(NULL)
{
}
// ctor for valid pointer into the given string (whose lifetime must be
// greater than ours and which should remain constant while we're used)
wxAnyStrPtr(const wxString& str, const wxString::const_iterator& iter)
: m_str(&str),
m_iter(iter)
{
}
// default copy ctor is ok and so is default dtor, in particular we do not
// free the string
// various operators meant to make this class look like a superposition of
// char* and wchar_t*
// this one is needed to allow boolean expressions involving these objects,
// e.g. "if ( FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() && ... )" (unfortunately using
// unspecified_bool_type here wouldn't help with ambiguity between all the
// different conversions to pointers)
operator bool() const { return m_str != NULL; }
// at least VC6 and VC7 also need this one or they complain about ambiguity
// for !anystr expressions
bool operator!() const { return !((bool)*this); }
// and these are the conversions operator which allow to assign the result
// of FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() to either char* or wxChar* (i.e. wchar_t*)
operator const char *() const
{
if ( !m_str )
return NULL;
// check if the string is convertible to char at all
//
// notice that this pointer points into wxString internal buffer
// containing its char* representation and so it can be kept for as
// long as wxString is not modified -- which is long enough for our
// needs
const char *p = m_str->c_str().AsChar();
if ( *p )
{
// find the offset of the character corresponding to this iterator
// position in bytes: we don't have any direct way to do it so we
// need to redo the conversion again for the part of the string
// before the iterator to find its length in bytes in current
// locale
//
// NB: conversion won't fail as it succeeded for the entire string
p += strlen(wxString(m_str->begin(), m_iter).mb_str());
}
//else: conversion failed, return "" as we can't do anything else
return p;
}
operator const wchar_t *() const
{
if ( !m_str )
return NULL;
// no complications with wide strings (as long as we discount
// surrogates as we do for now)
//
// just remember that this works as long as wxString keeps an internal
// buffer with its wide wide char representation, just as with AsChar()
// above
return m_str->c_str().AsWChar() + (m_iter - m_str->begin());
}
// Because the objects of this class are only used as return type for
// functions which can return NULL we can skip providing dereferencing
// operators: the code using this class must test it for NULL first and if
// it does anything else with it it has to assign it to either char* or
// wchar_t* itself, before dereferencing.
//
// IOW this
//
// if ( *FuncReturningAnyStrPtr() )
//
// is invalid because it could crash. And this
//
// const char *p = FuncReturningAnyStrPtr();
// if ( p && *p )
//
// already works fine.
private:
// the original string and the position in it we correspond to, if the
// string is NULL this object is NULL pointer-like
const wxString * const m_str;
const wxString::const_iterator m_iter;
wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxAnyStrPtr);
};
#endif // _WX_ANYSTR_H_

855
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/app.h
View File

@ -1,855 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/app.h
// Purpose: wxAppBase class and macros used for declaration of wxApp
// derived class in the user code
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created: 01/02/97
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_APP_H_BASE_
#define _WX_APP_H_BASE_
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers we have to include here
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "wx/event.h" // for the base class
#include "wx/eventfilter.h" // (and another one)
#include "wx/build.h"
#include "wx/cmdargs.h" // for wxCmdLineArgsArray used by wxApp::argv
#include "wx/init.h" // we must declare wxEntry()
#include "wx/intl.h" // for wxLayoutDirection
#include "wx/log.h" // for wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD()
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppConsole;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxAppTraits;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCmdLineParser;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventLoopBase;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput;
#if wxUSE_GUI
struct WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxVideoMode;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
#endif
// this macro should be used in any main() or equivalent functions defined in wx
#define wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT() \
wxDISABLE_ASSERTS_IN_RELEASE_BUILD(); \
wxDISABLE_DEBUG_LOGGING_IN_RELEASE_BUILD()
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// typedefs
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// the type of the function used to create a wxApp object on program start up
typedef wxAppConsole* (*wxAppInitializerFunction)();
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum
{
wxPRINT_WINDOWS = 1,
wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT = 2
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// global variables
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// use of this list is strongly deprecated, use wxApp ScheduleForDestruction()
// and IsScheduledForDestruction() methods instead of this list directly, it
// is here for compatibility purposes only
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(wxList) wxPendingDelete;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAppConsoleBase: wxApp for non-GUI applications
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppConsoleBase : public wxEvtHandler,
public wxEventFilter
{
public:
// ctor and dtor
wxAppConsoleBase();
virtual ~wxAppConsoleBase();
// the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// This is the very first function called for a newly created wxApp object,
// it is used by the library to do the global initialization. If, for some
// reason, you must override it (instead of just overriding OnInit(), as
// usual, for app-specific initializations), do not forget to call the base
// class version!
virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
// This gives wxCocoa a chance to call OnInit() with a memory pool in place
virtual bool CallOnInit() { return OnInit(); }
// Called before OnRun(), this is a good place to do initialization -- if
// anything fails, return false from here to prevent the program from
// continuing. The command line is normally parsed here, call the base
// class OnInit() to do it.
virtual bool OnInit();
// This is the replacement for the normal main(): all program work should
// be done here. When OnRun() returns, the programs starts shutting down.
virtual int OnRun();
// This is called by wxEventLoopBase::SetActive(): you should put the code
// which needs an active event loop here.
// Note that this function is called whenever an event loop is activated;
// you may want to use wxEventLoopBase::IsMain() to perform initialization
// specific for the app's main event loop.
virtual void OnEventLoopEnter(wxEventLoopBase* WXUNUSED(loop)) {}
// This is only called if OnInit() returned true so it's a good place to do
// any cleanup matching the initializations done there.
virtual int OnExit();
// This is called by wxEventLoopBase::OnExit() for each event loop which
// is exited.
virtual void OnEventLoopExit(wxEventLoopBase* WXUNUSED(loop)) {}
// This is the very last function called on wxApp object before it is
// destroyed. If you override it (instead of overriding OnExit() as usual)
// do not forget to call the base class version!
virtual void CleanUp();
// Called when a fatal exception occurs, this function should take care not
// to do anything which might provoke a nested exception! It may be
// overridden if you wish to react somehow in non-default way (core dump
// under Unix, application crash under Windows) to fatal program errors,
// however extreme care should be taken if you don't want this function to
// crash.
virtual void OnFatalException() { }
// Called from wxExit() function, should terminate the application a.s.a.p.
virtual void Exit();
// application info: name, description, vendor
// -------------------------------------------
// NB: all these should be set by the application itself, there are no
// reasonable default except for the application name which is taken to
// be argv[0]
// set/get the application name
wxString GetAppName() const;
void SetAppName(const wxString& name) { m_appName = name; }
// set/get the application display name: the display name is the name
// shown to the user in titles, reports, etc while the app name is
// used for paths, config, and other places the user doesn't see
//
// by default the display name is the same as app name or a capitalized
// version of the program if app name was not set neither but it's
// usually better to set it explicitly to something nicer
wxString GetAppDisplayName() const;
void SetAppDisplayName(const wxString& name) { m_appDisplayName = name; }
// set/get the app class name
wxString GetClassName() const { return m_className; }
void SetClassName(const wxString& name) { m_className = name; }
// set/get the vendor name
const wxString& GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
void SetVendorName(const wxString& name) { m_vendorName = name; }
// set/get the vendor display name: the display name is shown
// in titles/reports/dialogs to the user, while the vendor name
// is used in some areas such as wxConfig, wxStandardPaths, etc
const wxString& GetVendorDisplayName() const
{
return m_vendorDisplayName.empty() ? GetVendorName()
: m_vendorDisplayName;
}
void SetVendorDisplayName(const wxString& name)
{
m_vendorDisplayName = name;
}
// cmd line parsing stuff
// ----------------------
// all of these methods may be overridden in the derived class to
// customize the command line parsing (by default only a few standard
// options are handled)
//
// you also need to call wxApp::OnInit() from YourApp::OnInit() for all
// this to work
#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
// this one is called from OnInit() to add all supported options
// to the given parser (don't forget to call the base class version if you
// override it!)
virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
// called after successfully parsing the command line, return true
// to continue and false to exit (don't forget to call the base class
// version if you override it!)
virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
// called if "--help" option was specified, return true to continue
// and false to exit
virtual bool OnCmdLineHelp(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
// called if incorrect command line options were given, return
// false to abort and true to continue
virtual bool OnCmdLineError(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
// miscellaneous customization functions
// -------------------------------------
// create the app traits object to which we delegate for everything which
// either should be configurable by the user (then he can change the
// default behaviour simply by overriding CreateTraits() and returning his
// own traits object) or which is GUI/console dependent as then wxAppTraits
// allows us to abstract the differences behind the common facade
wxAppTraits *GetTraits();
// this function provides safer access to traits object than
// wxTheApp->GetTraits() during startup or termination when the global
// application object itself may be unavailable
//
// of course, it still returns NULL in this case and the caller must check
// for it
static wxAppTraits *GetTraitsIfExists();
// returns the main event loop instance, i.e. the event loop which is started
// by OnRun() and which dispatches all events sent from the native toolkit
// to the application (except when new event loops are temporarily set-up).
// The returned value maybe NULL. Put initialization code which needs a
// non-NULL main event loop into OnEventLoopEnter().
wxEventLoopBase* GetMainLoop() const
{ return m_mainLoop; }
// event processing functions
// --------------------------
// Implement the inherited wxEventFilter method but just return -1 from it
// to indicate that default processing should take place.
virtual int FilterEvent(wxEvent& event);
// return true if we're running event loop, i.e. if the events can
// (already) be dispatched
static bool IsMainLoopRunning();
#if wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
// execute the functor to handle the given event
//
// this is a generalization of HandleEvent() below and the base class
// implementation of CallEventHandler() still calls HandleEvent() for
// compatibility for functors which are just wxEventFunctions (i.e. methods
// of wxEvtHandler)
virtual void CallEventHandler(wxEvtHandler *handler,
wxEventFunctor& functor,
wxEvent& event) const;
// call the specified handler on the given object with the given event
//
// this method only exists to allow catching the exceptions thrown by any
// event handler, it would lead to an extra (useless) virtual function call
// if the exceptions were not used, so it doesn't even exist in that case
virtual void HandleEvent(wxEvtHandler *handler,
wxEventFunction func,
wxEvent& event) const;
// Called when an unhandled C++ exception occurs inside OnRun(): note that
// the main event loop has already terminated by now and the program will
// exit, if you need to really handle the exceptions you need to override
// OnExceptionInMainLoop()
virtual void OnUnhandledException();
// Function called if an uncaught exception is caught inside the main
// event loop: it may return true to continue running the event loop or
// false to stop it (in the latter case it may rethrow the exception as
// well)
virtual bool OnExceptionInMainLoop();
#endif // wxUSE_EXCEPTIONS
// pending events
// --------------
// IMPORTANT: all these methods conceptually belong to wxEventLoopBase
// but for many reasons we need to allow queuing of events
// even when there's no event loop (e.g. in wxApp::OnInit);
// this feature is used e.g. to queue events on secondary threads
// or in wxPython to use wx.CallAfter before the GUI is initialized
// process all events in the m_handlersWithPendingEvents list -- it is necessary
// to call this function to process posted events. This happens during each
// event loop iteration in GUI mode but if there is no main loop, it may be
// also called directly.
virtual void ProcessPendingEvents();
// check if there are pending events on global pending event list
bool HasPendingEvents() const;
// temporary suspends processing of the pending events
void SuspendProcessingOfPendingEvents();
// resume processing of the pending events previously stopped because of a
// call to SuspendProcessingOfPendingEvents()
void ResumeProcessingOfPendingEvents();
// called by ~wxEvtHandler to (eventually) remove the handler from the list of
// the handlers with pending events
void RemovePendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toRemove);
// adds an event handler to the list of the handlers with pending events
void AppendPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toAppend);
// moves the event handler from the list of the handlers with pending events
//to the list of the handlers with _delayed_ pending events
void DelayPendingEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* toDelay);
// deletes the current pending events
void DeletePendingEvents();
// delayed destruction
// -------------------
// If an object may have pending events for it, it shouldn't be deleted
// immediately as this would result in a crash when trying to handle these
// events: instead, it should be scheduled for destruction and really
// destroyed only after processing all pending events.
//
// Notice that this is only possible if we have a running event loop,
// otherwise the object is just deleted directly by ScheduleForDestruction()
// and IsScheduledForDestruction() always returns false.
// schedule the object for destruction in the near future
void ScheduleForDestruction(wxObject *object);
// return true if the object is scheduled for destruction
bool IsScheduledForDestruction(wxObject *object) const;
// wxEventLoop-related methods
// ---------------------------
// all these functions are forwarded to the corresponding methods of the
// currently active event loop -- and do nothing if there is none
virtual bool Pending();
virtual bool Dispatch();
virtual int MainLoop();
virtual void ExitMainLoop();
bool Yield(bool onlyIfNeeded = false);
virtual void WakeUpIdle();
// this method is called by the active event loop when there are no events
// to process
//
// by default it generates the idle events and if you override it in your
// derived class you should call the base class version to ensure that idle
// events are still sent out
virtual bool ProcessIdle();
// this virtual function is overridden in GUI wxApp to always return true
// as GUI applications always have an event loop -- but console ones may
// have it or not, so it simply returns true if already have an event loop
// running but false otherwise
virtual bool UsesEventLoop() const;
// debugging support
// -----------------
// this function is called when an assert failure occurs, the base class
// version does the normal processing (i.e. shows the usual assert failure
// dialog box)
//
// the arguments are the location of the failed assert (func may be empty
// if the compiler doesn't support C99 __FUNCTION__), the text of the
// assert itself and the user-specified message
virtual void OnAssertFailure(const wxChar *file,
int line,
const wxChar *func,
const wxChar *cond,
const wxChar *msg);
// old version of the function without func parameter, for compatibility
// only, override OnAssertFailure() in the new code
virtual void OnAssert(const wxChar *file,
int line,
const wxChar *cond,
const wxChar *msg);
// check that the wxBuildOptions object (constructed in the application
// itself, usually the one from wxIMPLEMENT_APP() macro) matches the build
// options of the library and abort if it doesn't
static bool CheckBuildOptions(const char *optionsSignature,
const char *componentName);
// implementation only from now on
// -------------------------------
// helpers for dynamic wxApp construction
static void SetInitializerFunction(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
{ ms_appInitFn = fn; }
static wxAppInitializerFunction GetInitializerFunction()
{ return ms_appInitFn; }
// accessors for ms_appInstance field (external code might wish to modify
// it, this is why we provide a setter here as well, but you should really
// know what you're doing if you call it), wxTheApp is usually used instead
// of GetInstance()
static wxAppConsole *GetInstance() { return ms_appInstance; }
static void SetInstance(wxAppConsole *app) { ms_appInstance = app; }
// command line arguments (public for backwards compatibility)
int argc;
// this object is implicitly convertible to either "char**" (traditional
// type of argv parameter of main()) or to "wchar_t **" (for compatibility
// with Unicode build in previous wx versions and because the command line
// can, in pr
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
wxCmdLineArgsArray argv;
#else
char **argv;
#endif
protected:
// delete all objects in wxPendingDelete list
//
// called from ProcessPendingEvents()
void DeletePendingObjects();
// the function which creates the traits object when GetTraits() needs it
// for the first time
virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits();
// function used for dynamic wxApp creation
static wxAppInitializerFunction ms_appInitFn;
// the one and only global application object
static wxAppConsole *ms_appInstance;
// create main loop from AppTraits or return NULL if
// there is no main loop implementation
wxEventLoopBase *CreateMainLoop();
// application info (must be set from the user code)
wxString m_vendorName, // vendor name ("acme")
m_vendorDisplayName, // vendor display name (e.g. "ACME Inc")
m_appName, // app name ("myapp")
m_appDisplayName, // app display name ("My Application")
m_className; // class name
// the class defining the application behaviour, NULL initially and created
// by GetTraits() when first needed
wxAppTraits *m_traits;
// the main event loop of the application (may be NULL if the loop hasn't
// been started yet or has already terminated)
wxEventLoopBase *m_mainLoop;
// pending events management vars:
// the array of the handlers with pending events which needs to be processed
// inside ProcessPendingEvents()
wxEvtHandlerArray m_handlersWithPendingEvents;
// helper array used by ProcessPendingEvents() to store the event handlers
// which have pending events but of these events none can be processed right now
// (because of a call to wxEventLoop::YieldFor() which asked to selectively process
// pending events)
wxEvtHandlerArray m_handlersWithPendingDelayedEvents;
#if wxUSE_THREADS
// this critical section protects both the lists above
wxCriticalSection m_handlersWithPendingEventsLocker;
#endif
// flag modified by Suspend/ResumeProcessingOfPendingEvents()
bool m_bDoPendingEventProcessing;
friend class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEvtHandler;
// the application object is a singleton anyhow, there is no sense in
// copying it
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppConsoleBase);
};
#if defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/unix/app.h"
#else
// this has to be a class and not a typedef as we forward declare it
class wxAppConsole : public wxAppConsoleBase { };
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAppBase: the common part of wxApp implementations for all platforms
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_GUI
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxAppBase : public wxAppConsole
{
public:
wxAppBase();
virtual ~wxAppBase();
// the virtual functions which may/must be overridden in the derived class
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// very first initialization function
//
// Override: very rarely
virtual bool Initialize(int& argc, wxChar **argv);
// a platform-dependent version of OnInit(): the code here is likely to
// depend on the toolkit. default version does nothing.
//
// Override: rarely.
virtual bool OnInitGui();
// called to start program execution - the default version just enters
// the main GUI loop in which events are received and processed until
// the last window is not deleted (if GetExitOnFrameDelete) or
// ExitMainLoop() is called. In console mode programs, the execution
// of the program really starts here
//
// Override: rarely in GUI applications, always in console ones.
virtual int OnRun();
// a matching function for OnInit()
virtual int OnExit();
// very last clean up function
//
// Override: very rarely
virtual void CleanUp();
// the worker functions - usually not used directly by the user code
// -----------------------------------------------------------------
// safer alternatives to Yield(), using wxWindowDisabler
virtual bool SafeYield(wxWindow *win, bool onlyIfNeeded);
virtual bool SafeYieldFor(wxWindow *win, long eventsToProcess);
// this virtual function is called in the GUI mode when the application
// becomes idle and normally just sends wxIdleEvent to all interested
// parties
//
// it should return true if more idle events are needed, false if not
virtual bool ProcessIdle();
// override base class version: GUI apps always use an event loop
virtual bool UsesEventLoop() const { return true; }
// top level window functions
// --------------------------
// return true if our app has focus
virtual bool IsActive() const { return m_isActive; }
// set the "main" top level window
void SetTopWindow(wxWindow *win) { m_topWindow = win; }
// return the "main" top level window (if it hadn't been set previously
// with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if
// there are none, will return NULL)
virtual wxWindow *GetTopWindow() const;
// control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the
// main loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level
// program window is deleted. Beware that if you disable this behaviour
// (with SetExitOnFrameDelete(false)), you'll have to call
// ExitMainLoop() explicitly from somewhere.
void SetExitOnFrameDelete(bool flag)
{ m_exitOnFrameDelete = flag ? Yes : No; }
bool GetExitOnFrameDelete() const
{ return m_exitOnFrameDelete == Yes; }
// display mode, visual, printing mode, ...
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Get display mode that is used use. This is only used in framebuffer
// wxWin ports such as wxDFB.
virtual wxVideoMode GetDisplayMode() const;
// Set display mode to use. This is only used in framebuffer wxWin
// ports such as wxDFB. This method should be called from
// wxApp::OnInitGui
virtual bool SetDisplayMode(const wxVideoMode& WXUNUSED(info)) { return true; }
// set use of best visual flag (see below)
void SetUseBestVisual( bool flag, bool forceTrueColour = false )
{ m_useBestVisual = flag; m_forceTrueColour = forceTrueColour; }
bool GetUseBestVisual() const { return m_useBestVisual; }
// set/get printing mode: see wxPRINT_XXX constants.
//
// default behaviour is the normal one for Unix: always use PostScript
// printing.
virtual void SetPrintMode(int WXUNUSED(mode)) { }
int GetPrintMode() const { return wxPRINT_POSTSCRIPT; }
// Return the layout direction for the current locale or wxLayout_Default
// if it's unknown
virtual wxLayoutDirection GetLayoutDirection() const;
// Change the theme used by the application, return true on success.
virtual bool SetNativeTheme(const wxString& WXUNUSED(theme)) { return false; }
// command line parsing (GUI-specific)
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
virtual bool OnCmdLineParsed(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
virtual void OnInitCmdLine(wxCmdLineParser& parser);
#endif
// miscellaneous other stuff
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
// called by toolkit-specific code to set the app status: active (we have
// focus) or not and also the last window which had focus before we were
// deactivated
virtual void SetActive(bool isActive, wxWindow *lastFocus);
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
// OBSOLETE: don't use, always returns true
//
// returns true if the program is successfully initialized
wxDEPRECATED( bool Initialized() );
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
protected:
// override base class method to use GUI traits
virtual wxAppTraits *CreateTraits();
// the main top level window (may be NULL)
wxWindow *m_topWindow;
// if Yes, exit the main loop when the last top level window is deleted, if
// No don't do it and if Later -- only do it once we reach our OnRun()
//
// the explanation for using this strange scheme is given in appcmn.cpp
enum
{
Later = -1,
No,
Yes
} m_exitOnFrameDelete;
// true if the app wants to use the best visual on systems where
// more than one are available (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4.0 ?)
bool m_useBestVisual;
// force TrueColour just in case "best" isn't TrueColour
bool m_forceTrueColour;
// does any of our windows have focus?
bool m_isActive;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxAppBase);
};
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
inline bool wxAppBase::Initialized() { return true; }
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// now include the declaration of the real class
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
#include "wx/dfb/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#include "wx/x11/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/app.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/app.h"
#endif
#else // !GUI
// wxApp is defined in core and we cannot define another one in wxBase,
// so use the preprocessor to allow using wxApp in console programs too
#define wxApp wxAppConsole
#endif // GUI/!GUI
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// the global data
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// for compatibility, we define this macro to access the global application
// object of type wxApp
//
// note that instead of using of wxTheApp in application code you should
// consider using wxDECLARE_APP() after which you may call wxGetApp() which will
// return the object of the correct type (i.e. MyApp and not wxApp)
//
// the cast is safe as in GUI build we only use wxApp, not wxAppConsole, and in
// console mode it does nothing at all
#define wxTheApp static_cast<wxApp*>(wxApp::GetInstance())
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// global functions
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// event loop related functions only work in GUI programs
// ------------------------------------------------------
// Force an exit from main loop
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxExit();
// avoid redeclaring this function here if it had been already declared by
// wx/utils.h, this results in warnings from g++ with -Wredundant-decls
#ifndef wx_YIELD_DECLARED
#define wx_YIELD_DECLARED
// Yield to other apps/messages
WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxYield();
#endif // wx_YIELD_DECLARED
// Yield to other apps/messages
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxWakeUpIdle();
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// macros for dynamic creation of the application object
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Having a global instance of this class allows wxApp to be aware of the app
// creator function. wxApp can then call this function to create a new app
// object. Convoluted, but necessary.
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppInitializer
{
public:
wxAppInitializer(wxAppInitializerFunction fn)
{ wxApp::SetInitializerFunction(fn); }
};
// the code below defines a wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN macro which you can use if
// your compiler really, really wants main() to be in your main program (e.g.
// hello.cpp). Now wxIMPLEMENT_APP should add this code if required.
#define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \
int main(int argc, char **argv) \
{ \
wxDISABLE_DEBUG_SUPPORT(); \
\
return wxEntry(argc, argv); \
}
// port-specific header could have defined it already in some special way
#ifndef wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
#define wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE
#endif // defined(wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN)
#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
#include "wx/univ/theme.h"
#ifdef wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME
#define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \
WX_USE_THEME(wxUNIV_DEFAULT_THEME);
#else
#define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
#endif
#else
#define wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
#endif
// Use this macro if you want to define your own main() or WinMain() function
// and call wxEntry() from there.
#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname) \
appname& wxGetApp() { return *static_cast<appname*>(wxApp::GetInstance()); } \
wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp() \
{ \
wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \
"your program"); \
return new appname; \
} \
wxAppInitializer \
wxTheAppInitializer((wxAppInitializerFunction) wxCreateApp)
// Same as wxIMPLEMENT_APP() normally but doesn't include themes support in
// wxUniversal builds
#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname) \
wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN \
wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)
// Use this macro exactly once, the argument is the name of the wxApp-derived
// class which is the class of your application.
#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP(appname) \
wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT \
wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(appname)
// Same as IMPLEMENT_APP(), but for console applications.
#define wxIMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(appname) \
wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE \
wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(appname)
// this macro can be used multiple times and just allows you to use wxGetApp()
// function
#define wxDECLARE_APP(appname) \
extern appname& wxGetApp()
// declare the stuff defined by wxIMPLEMENT_APP() macro, it's not really needed
// anywhere else but at the very least it suppresses icc warnings about
// defining extern symbols without prior declaration, and it shouldn't do any
// harm
extern wxAppConsole *wxCreateApp();
extern wxAppInitializer wxTheAppInitializer;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compatibility macro aliases
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// deprecated variants _not_ requiring a semicolon after them
// (note that also some wx-prefixed macro do _not_ require a semicolon because
// it's not always possible to force the compire to require it)
#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN_CONSOLE
#define IMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN wxIMPLEMENT_WXWIN_MAIN
#define IMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT wxIMPLEMENT_WX_THEME_SUPPORT
#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_MAIN(app);
#define IMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_NO_THEMES(app);
#define IMPLEMENT_APP(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP(app);
#define IMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(app) wxIMPLEMENT_APP_CONSOLE(app);
#define DECLARE_APP(app) wxDECLARE_APP(app);
#endif // _WX_APP_H_BASE_

295
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/apptrait.h
View File

@ -1,295 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/apptrait.h
// Purpose: declaration of wxAppTraits and derived classes
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 19.06.2003
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
#define _WX_APPTRAIT_H_
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/platinfo.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxConfigBase;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxEventLoopBase;
#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxFontMapper;
#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxLog;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxMessageOutput;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxObject;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxRendererNative;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxStandardPaths;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxString;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimer;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxTimerImpl;
class wxSocketManager;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxAppTraits: this class defines various configurable aspects of wxApp
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraitsBase
{
public:
// needed since this class declares virtual members
virtual ~wxAppTraitsBase() { }
// hooks for working with the global objects, may be overridden by the user
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_CONFIG
// create the default configuration object (base class version is
// implemented in config.cpp and creates wxRegConfig for wxMSW and
// wxFileConfig for all the other platforms)
virtual wxConfigBase *CreateConfig();
#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
#if wxUSE_LOG
// create the default log target
virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget() = 0;
#endif // wxUSE_LOG
// create the global object used for printing out messages
virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput() = 0;
#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
// create the global font mapper object used for encodings/charset mapping
virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper() = 0;
#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
// get the renderer to use for drawing the generic controls (return value
// may be NULL in which case the default renderer for the current platform
// is used); this is used in GUI only and always returns NULL in console
//
// NB: returned pointer will be deleted by the caller
virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer() = 0;
// wxStandardPaths object is normally the same for wxBase and wxGUI
// except in the case of wxMac and wxCocoa
virtual wxStandardPaths& GetStandardPaths();
#if wxUSE_INTL
// called during wxApp initialization to set the locale to correspond to
// the user default (i.e. system locale under Windows, LC_ALL under Unix)
virtual void SetLocale();
#endif // wxUSE_INTL
// functions abstracting differences between GUI and console modes
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
// show the assert dialog with the specified message in GUI or just print
// the string to stderr in console mode
//
// base class version has an implementation (in spite of being pure
// virtual) in base/appbase.cpp which can be called as last resort.
//
// return true to suppress subsequent asserts, false to continue as before
virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg) = 0;
// return true if fprintf(stderr) goes somewhere, false otherwise
virtual bool HasStderr() = 0;
#if wxUSE_SOCKETS
// this function is used by wxNet library to set the default socket manager
// to use: doing it like this allows us to keep all socket-related code in
// wxNet instead of having to pull it in wxBase itself as we'd have to do
// if we really implemented wxSocketManager here
//
// we don't take ownership of this pointer, it should have a lifetime
// greater than that of any socket (e.g. be a pointer to a static object)
static void SetDefaultSocketManager(wxSocketManager *manager)
{
ms_manager = manager;
}
// return socket manager: this is usually different for console and GUI
// applications (although some ports use the same implementation for both)
virtual wxSocketManager *GetSocketManager() { return ms_manager; }
#endif
// create a new, port specific, instance of the event loop used by wxApp
virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop() = 0;
#if wxUSE_TIMER
// return platform and toolkit dependent wxTimer implementation
virtual wxTimerImpl *CreateTimerImpl(wxTimer *timer) = 0;
#endif
#if wxUSE_THREADS
virtual void MutexGuiEnter();
virtual void MutexGuiLeave();
#endif
// functions returning port-specific information
// ------------------------------------------------------------------------
// return information about the (native) toolkit currently used and its
// runtime (not compile-time) version.
// returns wxPORT_BASE for console applications and one of the remaining
// wxPORT_* values for GUI applications.
virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *majVer = NULL, int *minVer = NULL) const = 0;
// return true if the port is using wxUniversal for the GUI, false if not
virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const = 0;
// return the name of the Desktop Environment such as
// "KDE" or "GNOME". May return an empty string.
virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const = 0;
// returns a short string to identify the block of the standard command
// line options parsed automatically by current port: if this string is
// empty, there are no such options, otherwise the function also fills
// passed arrays with the names and the descriptions of those options.
virtual wxString GetStandardCmdLineOptions(wxArrayString& names,
wxArrayString& desc) const
{
wxUnusedVar(names);
wxUnusedVar(desc);
return wxEmptyString;
}
protected:
#if wxUSE_STACKWALKER
// utility function: returns the stack frame as a plain wxString
virtual wxString GetAssertStackTrace();
#endif
private:
static wxSocketManager *ms_manager;
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include the platform-specific version of the class
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// NB: test for __UNIX__ before __WXMAC__ as under Darwin we want to use the
// Unix code (and otherwise __UNIX__ wouldn't be defined)
// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port
#if defined(__WIN32__)
#include "wx/msw/apptbase.h"
#elif defined(__UNIX__) && !defined(__EMX__)
#include "wx/unix/apptbase.h"
#elif defined(__OS2__)
#include "wx/os2/apptbase.h"
#else // no platform-specific methods to add to wxAppTraits
// wxAppTraits must be a class because it was forward declared as class
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxAppTraits : public wxAppTraitsBase
{
};
#endif // platform
// ============================================================================
// standard traits for console and GUI applications
// ============================================================================
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxConsoleAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the console apps
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConsoleAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits
{
public:
#if !wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
virtual wxEventLoopBase *CreateEventLoop() { return NULL; }
#endif // !wxUSE_CONSOLE_EVENTLOOP
#if wxUSE_LOG
virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget();
#endif // wxUSE_LOG
virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput();
#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper();
#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer();
virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
virtual bool HasStderr();
// the GetToolkitVersion for console application is always the same
virtual wxPortId GetToolkitVersion(int *verMaj = NULL, int *verMin = NULL) const
{
// no toolkits (wxBase is for console applications without GUI support)
// NB: zero means "no toolkit", -1 means "not initialized yet"
// so we must use zero here!
if (verMaj) *verMaj = 0;
if (verMin) *verMin = 0;
return wxPORT_BASE;
}
virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const { return false; }
virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const { return wxEmptyString; }
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxGUIAppTraitsBase: wxAppTraits implementation for the GUI apps
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_GUI
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGUIAppTraitsBase : public wxAppTraits
{
public:
#if wxUSE_LOG
virtual wxLog *CreateLogTarget();
#endif // wxUSE_LOG
virtual wxMessageOutput *CreateMessageOutput();
#if wxUSE_FONTMAP
virtual wxFontMapper *CreateFontMapper();
#endif // wxUSE_FONTMAP
virtual wxRendererNative *CreateRenderer();
virtual bool ShowAssertDialog(const wxString& msg);
virtual bool HasStderr();
virtual bool IsUsingUniversalWidgets() const
{
#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
return true;
#else
return false;
#endif
}
virtual wxString GetDesktopEnvironment() const { return wxEmptyString; }
};
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include the platform-specific version of the classes above
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ABX: check __WIN32__ instead of __WXMSW__ for the same MSWBase in any Win32 port
#if defined(__WIN32__)
#include "wx/msw/apptrait.h"
#elif defined(__OS2__)
#include "wx/os2/apptrait.h"
#elif defined(__UNIX__)
#include "wx/unix/apptrait.h"
#elif defined(__DOS__)
#include "wx/msdos/apptrait.h"
#else
#if wxUSE_GUI
class wxGUIAppTraits : public wxGUIAppTraitsBase
{
};
#endif // wxUSE_GUI
class wxConsoleAppTraits: public wxConsoleAppTraitsBase
{
};
#endif // platform
#endif // _WX_APPTRAIT_H_

516
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/arrstr.h
View File

@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/arrstr.h
// Purpose: wxArrayString class
// Author: Mattia Barbon and Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 07/07/03
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2003 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_ARRSTR_H
#define _WX_ARRSTR_H
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
// these functions are only used in STL build now but we define them in any
// case for compatibility with the existing code outside of the library which
// could be using them
inline int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortAscending(wxString* s1, wxString* s2)
{
return s1->Cmp(*s2);
}
inline int wxCMPFUNC_CONV wxStringSortDescending(wxString* s1, wxString* s2)
{
return wxStringSortAscending(s2, s1);
}
#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
#include "wx/dynarray.h"
typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CMPFUNCwxString)(wxString*, wxString*);
typedef wxString _wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase;
_WX_DECLARE_BASEARRAY_2(_wxArraywxBaseArrayStringBase, wxBaseArrayStringBase,
wxArray_SortFunction<wxString>,
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
WX_DEFINE_USER_EXPORTED_TYPEARRAY(wxString, wxArrayStringBase,
wxBaseArrayStringBase, WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE);
_WX_DEFINE_SORTED_TYPEARRAY_2(wxString, wxSortedArrayStringBase,
wxBaseArrayStringBase, = wxStringSortAscending,
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE, CMPFUNCwxString);
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString : public wxArrayStringBase
{
public:
// type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort()
typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first,
const wxString& second);
wxArrayString() { }
wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& a) : wxArrayStringBase(a) { }
wxArrayString(size_t sz, const char** a);
wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wchar_t** a);
wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a);
int Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const;
void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false);
void Sort(CompareFunction function);
void Sort(CMPFUNCwxString function) { wxArrayStringBase::Sort(function); }
size_t Add(const wxString& string, size_t copies = 1)
{
wxArrayStringBase::Add(string, copies);
return size() - copies;
}
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxSortedArrayStringBase
{
public:
wxSortedArrayString() : wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending)
{ }
wxSortedArrayString(const wxSortedArrayString& array)
: wxSortedArrayStringBase(array)
{ }
wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& src)
: wxSortedArrayStringBase(wxStringSortAscending)
{
reserve(src.size());
for ( size_t n = 0; n < src.size(); n++ )
Add(src[n]);
}
int Index(const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const;
private:
void Insert()
{
wxFAIL_MSG( "wxSortedArrayString::Insert() is not to be used" );
}
void Sort()
{
wxFAIL_MSG( "wxSortedArrayString::Sort() is not to be used" );
}
};
#else // if !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
// this shouldn't be defined for compilers not supporting template methods or
// without std::distance()
//
// FIXME-VC6: currently it's only not defined for VC6 in DLL build as it
// doesn't export template methods from DLL correctly so even though
// it compiles them fine, we get link errors when using wxArrayString
#if !defined(__VISUALC6__) || !(defined(WXMAKINGDLL) || defined(WXUSINGDLL))
#define wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
#endif
#ifdef wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
#include "wx/beforestd.h"
#include <iterator>
#include "wx/afterstd.h"
#endif // wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString
{
public:
// type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort()
typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction)(const wxString& first,
const wxString& second);
// type of function used by wxArrayString::Sort(), for compatibility with
// wxArray
typedef int (wxCMPFUNC_CONV *CompareFunction2)(wxString* first,
wxString* second);
// constructors and destructor
// default ctor
wxArrayString() { Init(false); }
// if autoSort is true, the array is always sorted (in alphabetical order)
//
// NB: the reason for using int and not bool is that like this we can avoid
// using this ctor for implicit conversions from "const char *" (which
// we'd like to be implicitly converted to wxString instead!). This
// wouldn't be needed if the 'explicit' keyword was supported by all
// compilers, or if this was protected ctor for wxSortedArrayString,
// but we're stuck with it now.
wxEXPLICIT wxArrayString(int autoSort) { Init(autoSort != 0); }
// C string array ctor
wxArrayString(size_t sz, const char** a);
wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wchar_t** a);
// wxString string array ctor
wxArrayString(size_t sz, const wxString* a);
// copy ctor
wxArrayString(const wxArrayString& array);
// assignment operator
wxArrayString& operator=(const wxArrayString& src);
// not virtual, this class should not be derived from
~wxArrayString();
// memory management
// empties the list, but doesn't release memory
void Empty();
// empties the list and releases memory
void Clear();
// preallocates memory for given number of items
void Alloc(size_t nCount);
// minimzes the memory usage (by freeing all extra memory)
void Shrink();
// simple accessors
// number of elements in the array
size_t GetCount() const { return m_nCount; }
// is it empty?
bool IsEmpty() const { return m_nCount == 0; }
// number of elements in the array (GetCount is preferred API)
size_t Count() const { return m_nCount; }
// items access (range checking is done in debug version)
// get item at position uiIndex
wxString& Item(size_t nIndex)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( nIndex < m_nCount,
wxT("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") );
return m_pItems[nIndex];
}
const wxString& Item(size_t nIndex) const { return const_cast<wxArrayString*>(this)->Item(nIndex); }
// same as Item()
wxString& operator[](size_t nIndex) { return Item(nIndex); }
const wxString& operator[](size_t nIndex) const { return Item(nIndex); }
// get last item
wxString& Last()
{
wxASSERT_MSG( !IsEmpty(),
wxT("wxArrayString: index out of bounds") );
return Item(GetCount() - 1);
}
const wxString& Last() const { return const_cast<wxArrayString*>(this)->Last(); }
// item management
// Search the element in the array, starting from the beginning if
// bFromEnd is false or from end otherwise. If bCase, comparison is case
// sensitive (default). Returns index of the first item matched or
// wxNOT_FOUND
int Index (const wxString& str, bool bCase = true, bool bFromEnd = false) const;
// add new element at the end (if the array is not sorted), return its
// index
size_t Add(const wxString& str, size_t nInsert = 1);
// add new element at given position
void Insert(const wxString& str, size_t uiIndex, size_t nInsert = 1);
// expand the array to have count elements
void SetCount(size_t count);
// remove first item matching this value
void Remove(const wxString& sz);
// remove item by index
void RemoveAt(size_t nIndex, size_t nRemove = 1);
// sorting
// sort array elements in alphabetical order (or reversed alphabetical
// order if reverseOrder parameter is true)
void Sort(bool reverseOrder = false);
// sort array elements using specified comparison function
void Sort(CompareFunction compareFunction);
void Sort(CompareFunction2 compareFunction);
// comparison
// compare two arrays case sensitively
bool operator==(const wxArrayString& a) const;
// compare two arrays case sensitively
bool operator!=(const wxArrayString& a) const { return !(*this == a); }
// STL-like interface
typedef wxString value_type;
typedef value_type* pointer;
typedef const value_type* const_pointer;
typedef value_type* iterator;
typedef const value_type* const_iterator;
typedef value_type& reference;
typedef const value_type& const_reference;
typedef int difference_type;
typedef size_t size_type;
// TODO: this code duplicates the one in dynarray.h
class reverse_iterator
{
typedef wxString value_type;
typedef value_type* pointer;
typedef value_type& reference;
typedef reverse_iterator itor;
friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it);
friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o);
friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o);
friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2);
public:
pointer m_ptr;
reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { }
wxEXPLICIT reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; }
pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; }
const itor operator++(int)
{ reverse_iterator tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; }
itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; }
const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }
bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }
bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }
};
class const_reverse_iterator
{
typedef wxString value_type;
typedef const value_type* pointer;
typedef const value_type& reference;
typedef const_reverse_iterator itor;
friend itor operator+(int o, const itor& it);
friend itor operator+(const itor& it, int o);
friend itor operator-(const itor& it, int o);
friend difference_type operator -(const itor& i1, const itor& i2);
public:
pointer m_ptr;
const_reverse_iterator() : m_ptr(NULL) { }
wxEXPLICIT const_reverse_iterator(pointer ptr) : m_ptr(ptr) { }
const_reverse_iterator(const itor& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
const_reverse_iterator(const reverse_iterator& it) : m_ptr(it.m_ptr) { }
reference operator*() const { return *m_ptr; }
pointer operator->() const { return m_ptr; }
itor& operator++() { --m_ptr; return *this; }
const itor operator++(int)
{ itor tmp = *this; --m_ptr; return tmp; }
itor& operator--() { ++m_ptr; return *this; }
const itor operator--(int) { itor tmp = *this; ++m_ptr; return tmp; }
bool operator ==(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr == it.m_ptr; }
bool operator !=(const itor& it) const { return m_ptr != it.m_ptr; }
};
wxArrayString(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
{ Init(false); assign(first, last); }
wxArrayString(size_type n, const_reference v) { Init(false); assign(n, v); }
#ifdef wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
template <class Iterator>
void assign(Iterator first, Iterator last)
{
clear();
reserve(std::distance(first, last));
for(; first != last; ++first)
push_back(*first);
}
#else // !wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
void assign(const_iterator first, const_iterator last)
{
clear();
reserve(last - first);
for(; first != last; ++first)
push_back(*first);
}
#endif // wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN/!wxHAS_VECTOR_TEMPLATE_ASSIGN
void assign(size_type n, const_reference v)
{ clear(); Add(v, n); }
reference back() { return *(end() - 1); }
const_reference back() const { return *(end() - 1); }
iterator begin() { return m_pItems; }
const_iterator begin() const { return m_pItems; }
size_type capacity() const { return m_nSize; }
void clear() { Clear(); }
bool empty() const { return IsEmpty(); }
iterator end() { return begin() + GetCount(); }
const_iterator end() const { return begin() + GetCount(); }
iterator erase(iterator first, iterator last)
{
size_t idx = first - begin();
RemoveAt(idx, last - first);
return begin() + idx;
}
iterator erase(iterator it) { return erase(it, it + 1); }
reference front() { return *begin(); }
const_reference front() const { return *begin(); }
void insert(iterator it, size_type n, const_reference v)
{ Insert(v, it - begin(), n); }
iterator insert(iterator it, const_reference v = value_type())
{ size_t idx = it - begin(); Insert(v, idx); return begin() + idx; }
void insert(iterator it, const_iterator first, const_iterator last);
size_type max_size() const { return INT_MAX; }
void pop_back() { RemoveAt(GetCount() - 1); }
void push_back(const_reference v) { Add(v); }
reverse_iterator rbegin() { return reverse_iterator(end() - 1); }
const_reverse_iterator rbegin() const
{ return const_reverse_iterator(end() - 1); }
reverse_iterator rend() { return reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); }
const_reverse_iterator rend() const
{ return const_reverse_iterator(begin() - 1); }
void reserve(size_type n) /* base::reserve*/;
void resize(size_type n, value_type v = value_type());
size_type size() const { return GetCount(); }
void swap(wxArrayString& other)
{
wxSwap(m_nSize, other.m_nSize);
wxSwap(m_nCount, other.m_nCount);
wxSwap(m_pItems, other.m_pItems);
wxSwap(m_autoSort, other.m_autoSort);
}
protected:
void Init(bool autoSort); // common part of all ctors
void Copy(const wxArrayString& src); // copies the contents of another array
private:
void Grow(size_t nIncrement = 0); // makes array bigger if needed
size_t m_nSize, // current size of the array
m_nCount; // current number of elements
wxString *m_pItems; // pointer to data
bool m_autoSort; // if true, keep the array always sorted
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxSortedArrayString : public wxArrayString
{
public:
wxSortedArrayString() : wxArrayString(true)
{ }
wxSortedArrayString(const wxArrayString& array) : wxArrayString(true)
{ Copy(array); }
};
#endif // !wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
// this class provides a temporary wxString* from a
// wxArrayString
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCArrayString
{
public:
wxCArrayString( const wxArrayString& array )
: m_array( array ), m_strings( NULL )
{ }
~wxCArrayString() { delete[] m_strings; }
size_t GetCount() const { return m_array.GetCount(); }
wxString* GetStrings()
{
if( m_strings ) return m_strings;
size_t count = m_array.GetCount();
m_strings = new wxString[count];
for( size_t i = 0; i < count; ++i )
m_strings[i] = m_array[i];
return m_strings;
}
wxString* Release()
{
wxString *r = GetStrings();
m_strings = NULL;
return r;
}
private:
const wxArrayString& m_array;
wxString* m_strings;
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// helper functions for working with arrays
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// by default, these functions use the escape character to escape the
// separators occuring inside the string to be joined, this can be disabled by
// passing '\0' as escape
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxJoin(const wxArrayString& arr,
const wxChar sep,
const wxChar escape = wxT('\\'));
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString wxSplit(const wxString& str,
const wxChar sep,
const wxChar escape = wxT('\\'));
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This helper class allows to pass both C array of wxStrings or wxArrayString
// using the same interface.
//
// Use it when you have two methods taking wxArrayString or (int, wxString[]),
// that do the same thing. This class lets you iterate over input data in the
// same way whether it is a raw array of strings or wxArrayString.
//
// The object does not take ownership of the data -- internally it keeps
// pointers to the data, therefore the data must be disposed of by user
// and only after this object is destroyed. Usually it is not a problem as
// only temporary objects of this class are used.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class wxArrayStringsAdapter
{
public:
// construct an adapter from a wxArrayString
wxArrayStringsAdapter(const wxArrayString& strings)
: m_type(wxSTRING_ARRAY), m_size(strings.size())
{
m_data.array = &strings;
}
// construct an adapter from a wxString[]
wxArrayStringsAdapter(unsigned int n, const wxString *strings)
: m_type(wxSTRING_POINTER), m_size(n)
{
m_data.ptr = strings;
}
// construct an adapter from a single wxString
wxArrayStringsAdapter(const wxString& s)
: m_type(wxSTRING_POINTER), m_size(1)
{
m_data.ptr = &s;
}
// default copy constructor is ok
// iteration interface
size_t GetCount() const { return m_size; }
bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; }
const wxString& operator[] (unsigned int i) const
{
wxASSERT_MSG( i < GetCount(), wxT("index out of bounds") );
if(m_type == wxSTRING_POINTER)
return m_data.ptr[i];
return m_data.array->Item(i);
}
wxArrayString AsArrayString() const
{
if(m_type == wxSTRING_ARRAY)
return *m_data.array;
return wxArrayString(GetCount(), m_data.ptr);
}
private:
// type of the data being held
enum wxStringContainerType
{
wxSTRING_ARRAY, // wxArrayString
wxSTRING_POINTER // wxString[]
};
wxStringContainerType m_type;
size_t m_size;
union
{
const wxString * ptr;
const wxArrayString * array;
} m_data;
wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxArrayStringsAdapter);
};
#endif // _WX_ARRSTR_H

262
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/artprov.h
View File

@ -1,262 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/artprov.h
// Purpose: wxArtProvider class
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
// Modified by:
// Created: 18/03/2002
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Vaclav Slavik
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_ARTPROV_H_
#define _WX_ARTPROV_H_
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
#include "wx/icon.h"
#include "wx/iconbndl.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProvidersList;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxArtProviderCache;
class wxArtProviderModule;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Types
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
typedef wxString wxArtClient;
typedef wxString wxArtID;
#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID_FROM_STR(id) ((id) + "_C")
#define wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(id) (#id "_C")
#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID_FROM_STR(id) (id)
#define wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(id) (#id)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Art clients
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define wxART_TOOLBAR wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_TOOLBAR)
#define wxART_MENU wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MENU)
#define wxART_FRAME_ICON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_FRAME_ICON)
#define wxART_CMN_DIALOG wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_CMN_DIALOG)
#define wxART_HELP_BROWSER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_HELP_BROWSER)
#define wxART_MESSAGE_BOX wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_MESSAGE_BOX)
#define wxART_BUTTON wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_BUTTON)
#define wxART_LIST wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_LIST)
#define wxART_OTHER wxART_MAKE_CLIENT_ID(wxART_OTHER)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Art IDs
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ADD_BOOKMARK)
#define wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DEL_BOOKMARK)
#define wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SIDE_PANEL)
#define wxART_HELP_SETTINGS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_SETTINGS)
#define wxART_HELP_BOOK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_BOOK)
#define wxART_HELP_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_FOLDER)
#define wxART_HELP_PAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP_PAGE)
#define wxART_GO_BACK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_BACK)
#define wxART_GO_FORWARD wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_FORWARD)
#define wxART_GO_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_UP)
#define wxART_GO_DOWN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DOWN)
#define wxART_GO_TO_PARENT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_TO_PARENT)
#define wxART_GO_HOME wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_HOME)
#define wxART_GOTO_FIRST wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GOTO_FIRST)
#define wxART_GOTO_LAST wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GOTO_LAST)
#define wxART_FILE_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_OPEN)
#define wxART_FILE_SAVE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE)
#define wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FILE_SAVE_AS)
#define wxART_PRINT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PRINT)
#define wxART_HELP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HELP)
#define wxART_TIP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TIP)
#define wxART_REPORT_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REPORT_VIEW)
#define wxART_LIST_VIEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_LIST_VIEW)
#define wxART_NEW_DIR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW_DIR)
#define wxART_HARDDISK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_HARDDISK)
#define wxART_FLOPPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FLOPPY)
#define wxART_CDROM wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CDROM)
#define wxART_REMOVABLE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REMOVABLE)
#define wxART_FOLDER wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER)
#define wxART_FOLDER_OPEN wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FOLDER_OPEN)
#define wxART_GO_DIR_UP wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_GO_DIR_UP)
#define wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_EXECUTABLE_FILE)
#define wxART_NORMAL_FILE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NORMAL_FILE)
#define wxART_TICK_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_TICK_MARK)
#define wxART_CROSS_MARK wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CROSS_MARK)
#define wxART_ERROR wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_ERROR)
#define wxART_QUESTION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUESTION)
#define wxART_WARNING wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_WARNING)
#define wxART_INFORMATION wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_INFORMATION)
#define wxART_MISSING_IMAGE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MISSING_IMAGE)
#define wxART_COPY wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_COPY)
#define wxART_CUT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CUT)
#define wxART_PASTE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PASTE)
#define wxART_DELETE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_DELETE)
#define wxART_NEW wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_NEW)
#define wxART_UNDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_UNDO)
#define wxART_REDO wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_REDO)
#define wxART_PLUS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_PLUS)
#define wxART_MINUS wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_MINUS)
#define wxART_CLOSE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_CLOSE)
#define wxART_QUIT wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_QUIT)
#define wxART_FIND wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND)
#define wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE wxART_MAKE_ART_ID(wxART_FIND_AND_REPLACE)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxArtProvider class
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxArtProvider : public wxObject
{
public:
// Dtor removes the provider from providers stack if it's still on it
virtual ~wxArtProvider();
// Does this platform implement native icons theme?
static bool HasNativeProvider();
// Add new provider to the top of providers stack (i.e. the provider will
// be queried first of all).
static void Push(wxArtProvider *provider);
// Add new provider to the bottom of providers stack (i.e. the provider
// will be queried as the last one).
static void PushBack(wxArtProvider *provider);
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
// use PushBack(), it's the same thing
static wxDEPRECATED( void Insert(wxArtProvider *provider) );
#endif
// Remove latest added provider and delete it.
static bool Pop();
// Remove provider from providers stack but don't delete it.
static bool Remove(wxArtProvider *provider);
// Delete the given provider and remove it from the providers stack.
static bool Delete(wxArtProvider *provider);
// Query the providers for bitmap with given ID and return it. Return
// wxNullBitmap if no provider provides it.
static wxBitmap GetBitmap(const wxArtID& id,
const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
// Query the providers for icon with given ID and return it. Return
// wxNullIcon if no provider provides it.
static wxIcon GetIcon(const wxArtID& id,
const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize);
// Helper used by GetMessageBoxIcon(): return the art id corresponding to
// the standard wxICON_INFORMATION/WARNING/ERROR/QUESTION flags (only one
// can be set)
static wxArtID GetMessageBoxIconId(int flags);
// Helper used by several generic classes: return the icon corresponding to
// the standard wxICON_INFORMATION/WARNING/ERROR/QUESTION flags (only one
// can be set)
static wxIcon GetMessageBoxIcon(int flags)
{
return GetIcon(GetMessageBoxIconId(flags), wxART_MESSAGE_BOX);
}
// Query the providers for iconbundle with given ID and return it. Return
// wxNullIconBundle if no provider provides it.
static wxIconBundle GetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id,
const wxArtClient& client = wxART_OTHER);
// Gets native size for given 'client' or wxDefaultSize if it doesn't
// have native equivalent
static wxSize GetNativeSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client);
// Get the size hint of an icon from a specific wxArtClient, queries
// the topmost provider if platform_dependent = false
static wxSize GetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client, bool platform_dependent = false);
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
// use the corresponding methods without redundant "Provider" suffix
static wxDEPRECATED( void PushProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) );
static wxDEPRECATED( void InsertProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) );
static wxDEPRECATED( bool PopProvider() );
// use Delete() if this is what you really need, or just delete the
// provider pointer, do not use Remove() as it does not delete the pointer
// unlike RemoveProvider() which does
static wxDEPRECATED( bool RemoveProvider(wxArtProvider *provider) );
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
protected:
friend class wxArtProviderModule;
#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD
// Initializes default provider
static void InitStdProvider();
#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_STD
// Initializes Tango-based icon provider
#if wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO
static void InitTangoProvider();
#endif // wxUSE_ARTPROVIDER_TANGO
// Initializes platform's native provider, if available (e.g. GTK2)
static void InitNativeProvider();
// Destroy caches & all providers
static void CleanUpProviders();
// Get the default size of an icon for a specific client
virtual wxSize DoGetSizeHint(const wxArtClient& client)
{
return GetSizeHint(client, true);
}
// Derived classes must override CreateBitmap or CreateIconBundle
// (or both) to create requested art resource. This method is called
// only once per instance's lifetime for each requested wxArtID.
virtual wxBitmap CreateBitmap(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id),
const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client),
const wxSize& WXUNUSED(size))
{
return wxNullBitmap;
}
virtual wxIconBundle CreateIconBundle(const wxArtID& WXUNUSED(id),
const wxArtClient& WXUNUSED(client))
{
return wxNullIconBundle;
}
private:
static void CommonAddingProvider();
static wxIconBundle DoGetIconBundle(const wxArtID& id,
const wxArtClient& client);
private:
// list of providers:
static wxArtProvidersList *sm_providers;
// art resources cache (so that CreateXXX is not called that often):
static wxArtProviderCache *sm_cache;
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxArtProvider)
};
#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && \
((defined(__WXGTK__) && defined(__WXGTK20__)) || defined(__WXMSW__) || \
defined(__WXMAC__))
// *some* (partial) native implementation of wxArtProvider exists; this is
// not the same as wxArtProvider::HasNativeProvider()!
#define wxHAS_NATIVE_ART_PROVIDER_IMPL
#endif
#endif // _WX_ARTPROV_H_

160
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/atomic.h
View File

@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/atomic.h
// Purpose: functions to manipulate atomically integers and pointers
// Author: Armel Asselin
// Created: 12/13/2006
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Armel Asselin
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_ATOMIC_H_
#define _WX_ATOMIC_H_
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// get the value of wxUSE_THREADS configuration flag
#include "wx/defs.h"
// constraints on the various functions:
// - wxAtomicDec must return a zero value if the value is zero once
// decremented else it must return any non-zero value (the true value is OK
// but not necessary).
#if wxUSE_THREADS
#if defined(HAVE_GCC_ATOMIC_BUILTINS)
// NB: we intentionally don't use Linux's asm/atomic.h header, because it's
// an internal kernel header that doesn't always work in userspace:
// http://bugs.mysql.com/bug.php?id=28456
// http://golubenco.org/blog/atomic-operations/
inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
{
__sync_fetch_and_add(&value, 1);
}
inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
{
return __sync_sub_and_fetch(&value, 1);
}
#elif defined(__WINDOWS__)
// include standard Windows headers
#include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
{
InterlockedIncrement ((LONG*)&value);
}
inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
{
return InterlockedDecrement ((LONG*)&value);
}
#elif defined(__WXMAC__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
#include "libkern/OSAtomic.h"
inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
{
OSAtomicIncrement32 ((int32_t*)&value);
}
inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
{
return OSAtomicDecrement32 ((int32_t*)&value);
}
#elif defined (__SOLARIS__)
#include <atomic.h>
inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value)
{
atomic_add_32 ((uint32_t*)&value, 1);
}
inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value)
{
return atomic_add_32_nv ((uint32_t*)&value, (uint32_t)-1);
}
#else // unknown platform
// it will result in inclusion if the generic implementation code a bit later in this page
#define wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
#endif // unknown platform
#else // else of wxUSE_THREADS
// if no threads are used we can safely use simple ++/--
inline void wxAtomicInc (wxUint32 &value) { ++value; }
inline wxUint32 wxAtomicDec (wxUint32 &value) { return --value; }
#endif // !wxUSE_THREADS
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// proxies to actual implementations, but for various other types with same
// behaviour
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
#include "wx/thread.h" // for wxCriticalSection
class wxAtomicInt32
{
public:
wxAtomicInt32() { } // non initialized for consistency with basic int type
wxAtomicInt32(wxInt32 v) : m_value(v) { }
wxAtomicInt32(const wxAtomicInt32& a) : m_value(a.m_value) {}
operator wxInt32() const { return m_value; }
operator volatile wxInt32&() { return m_value; }
wxAtomicInt32& operator=(wxInt32 v) { m_value = v; return *this; }
void Inc()
{
wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_locker);
++m_value;
}
wxInt32 Dec()
{
wxCriticalSectionLocker lock(m_locker);
return --m_value;
}
private:
volatile wxInt32 m_value;
wxCriticalSection m_locker;
};
inline void wxAtomicInc(wxAtomicInt32 &value) { value.Inc(); }
inline wxInt32 wxAtomicDec(wxAtomicInt32 &value) { return value.Dec(); }
#else // !wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
#define wxHAS_ATOMIC_OPS
inline void wxAtomicInc(wxInt32 &value) { wxAtomicInc((wxUint32&)value); }
inline wxInt32 wxAtomicDec(wxInt32 &value) { return wxAtomicDec((wxUint32&)value); }
typedef wxInt32 wxAtomicInt32;
#endif // wxNEEDS_GENERIC_ATOMIC_OPS
// all the native implementations use 32 bits currently
// for a 64 bits implementation we could use (a future) wxAtomicInt64 as
// default type
typedef wxAtomicInt32 wxAtomicInt;
#endif // _WX_ATOMIC_H_

122
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/base64.h
View File

@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/base64.h
// Purpose: declaration of BASE64 encoding/decoding functionality
// Author: Charles Reimers, Vadim Zeitlin
// Created: 2007-06-18
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_BASE64_H_
#define _WX_BASE64_H_
#if wxUSE_BASE64
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/buffer.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// encoding functions
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// return the size needed for the buffer containing the encoded representation
// of a buffer of given length
inline size_t wxBase64EncodedSize(size_t len) { return 4*((len+2)/3); }
// raw base64 encoding function which encodes the contents of a buffer of the
// specified length into the buffer of the specified size
//
// returns the length of the encoded data or wxCONV_FAILED if the buffer is not
// large enough; to determine the needed size you can either allocate a buffer
// of wxBase64EncodedSize(srcLen) size or call the function with NULL buffer in
// which case the required size will be returned
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t
wxBase64Encode(char *dst, size_t dstLen, const void *src, size_t srcLen);
// encode the contents of the given buffer using base64 and return as string
// (there is no error return)
inline wxString wxBase64Encode(const void *src, size_t srcLen)
{
const size_t dstLen = wxBase64EncodedSize(srcLen);
wxCharBuffer dst(dstLen);
wxBase64Encode(dst.data(), dstLen, src, srcLen);
return dst;
}
inline wxString wxBase64Encode(const wxMemoryBuffer& buf)
{
return wxBase64Encode(buf.GetData(), buf.GetDataLen());
}
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// decoding functions
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// elements of this enum specify the possible behaviours of wxBase64Decode()
// when an invalid character is encountered
enum wxBase64DecodeMode
{
// normal behaviour: stop at any invalid characters
wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
// skip whitespace characters
wxBase64DecodeMode_SkipWS,
// the most lenient behaviour: simply ignore all invalid characters
wxBase64DecodeMode_Relaxed
};
// return the buffer size necessary for decoding a base64 string of the given
// length
inline size_t wxBase64DecodedSize(size_t srcLen) { return 3*srcLen/4; }
// raw decoding function which decodes the contents of the string of specified
// length (or NUL-terminated by default) into the provided buffer of the given
// size
//
// the function normally stops at any character invalid inside a base64-encoded
// string (i.e. not alphanumeric nor '+' nor '/') but can be made to skip the
// whitespace or all invalid characters using its mode argument
//
// returns the length of the decoded data or wxCONV_FAILED if an error occurs
// such as the buffer is too small or the encoded string is invalid; in the
// latter case the posErr is filled with the position where the decoding
// stopped if it is not NULL
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE size_t
wxBase64Decode(void *dst, size_t dstLen,
const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN,
wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
size_t *posErr = NULL);
inline size_t
wxBase64Decode(void *dst, size_t dstLen,
const wxString& src,
wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
size_t *posErr = NULL)
{
// don't use str.length() here as the ASCII buffer is shorter than it for
// strings with embedded NULs
return wxBase64Decode(dst, dstLen, src.ToAscii(), wxNO_LEN, mode, posErr);
}
// decode the contents of the given string; the returned buffer is empty if an
// error occurs during decoding
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxMemoryBuffer
wxBase64Decode(const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN,
wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
size_t *posErr = NULL);
inline wxMemoryBuffer
wxBase64Decode(const wxString& src,
wxBase64DecodeMode mode = wxBase64DecodeMode_Strict,
size_t *posErr = NULL)
{
// don't use str.length() here as the ASCII buffer is shorter than it for
// strings with embedded NULs
return wxBase64Decode(src.ToAscii(), wxNO_LEN, mode, posErr);
}
#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
#endif // _WX_BASE64_H_

297
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/bitmap.h
View File

@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/bitmap.h
// Purpose: wxBitmap class interface
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
// Modified by:
// Created: 22.04.01
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
#define _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxBitmapType
#include "wx/colour.h"
#include "wx/image.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmap;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxBitmapHandler;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxIcon;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxMask;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPalette;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxVariant support
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_VARIANT
#include "wx/variant.h"
DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxBitmap,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxMask represents the transparent area of the bitmap
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// TODO: all implementation of wxMask, except the generic one,
// do not derive from wxMaskBase,,, they should
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMaskBase : public wxObject
{
public:
// create the mask from bitmap pixels of the given colour
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, const wxColour& colour);
#if wxUSE_PALETTE
// create the mask from bitmap pixels with the given palette index
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap, int paletteIndex);
#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
// create the mask from the given mono bitmap
bool Create(const wxBitmap& bitmap);
protected:
// this function is called from Create() to free the existing mask data
virtual void FreeData() = 0;
// these functions must be overridden to implement the corresponding public
// Create() methods, they shouldn't call FreeData() as it's already called
// by the public wrappers
virtual bool InitFromColour(const wxBitmap& bitmap,
const wxColour& colour) = 0;
virtual bool InitFromMonoBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) = 0;
};
#if defined(__WXDFB__) || \
defined(__WXMAC__) || \
defined(__WXGTK__) || \
defined(__WXCOCOA__) || \
defined(__WXMOTIF__) || \
defined(__WXX11__)
#define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 1
#else
#define wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE 0
#endif
// a more readable way to tell
#define wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH (-1)
// All ports except wxMSW and wxOS2 use wxBitmapHandler and wxBitmapBase as
// base class for wxBitmapHandler; wxMSW and wxOS2 use wxGDIImageHandler as
// base class since it allows some code reuse there.
#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxBitmapHandler: class which knows how to create/load/save bitmaps in
// different formats
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapHandler : public wxObject
{
public:
wxBitmapHandler() { m_type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_INVALID; }
virtual ~wxBitmapHandler() { }
// NOTE: the following functions should be pure virtuals, but they aren't
// because otherwise almost all ports would have to implement
// them as "return false"...
virtual bool Create(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const void* WXUNUSED(data),
wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), int WXUNUSED(width), int WXUNUSED(height),
int WXUNUSED(depth) = 1)
{ return false; }
virtual bool LoadFile(wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const wxString& WXUNUSED(name),
wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), int WXUNUSED(desiredWidth),
int WXUNUSED(desiredHeight))
{ return false; }
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap), const wxString& WXUNUSED(name),
wxBitmapType WXUNUSED(type), const wxPalette *WXUNUSED(palette) = NULL) const
{ return false; }
void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; }
void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; }
void SetType(wxBitmapType type) { m_type = type; }
const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; }
const wxString& GetExtension() const { return m_extension; }
wxBitmapType GetType() const { return m_type; }
private:
wxString m_name;
wxString m_extension;
wxBitmapType m_type;
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapHandler)
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxBitmap: class which represents platform-dependent bitmap (unlike wxImage)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapBase : public wxGDIObject
{
public:
/*
Derived class must implement these:
wxBitmap();
wxBitmap(const wxBitmap& bmp);
wxBitmap(const char bits[], int width, int height, int depth = 1);
wxBitmap(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
wxBitmap(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
wxBitmap(const char* const* bits);
wxBitmap(const wxString &filename, wxBitmapType type = wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM);
wxBitmap(const wxImage& image, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH);
static void InitStandardHandlers();
*/
virtual bool Create(int width, int height, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) = 0;
virtual bool Create(const wxSize& sz, int depth = wxBITMAP_SCREEN_DEPTH) = 0;
virtual int GetHeight() const = 0;
virtual int GetWidth() const = 0;
virtual int GetDepth() const = 0;
wxSize GetSize() const
{ return wxSize(GetWidth(), GetHeight()); }
#if wxUSE_IMAGE
virtual wxImage ConvertToImage() const = 0;
// Convert to disabled (dimmed) bitmap.
wxBitmap ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness = 255) const;
#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
virtual wxMask *GetMask() const = 0;
virtual void SetMask(wxMask *mask) = 0;
virtual wxBitmap GetSubBitmap(const wxRect& rect) const = 0;
virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type,
const wxPalette *palette = NULL) const = 0;
virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString &name, wxBitmapType type) = 0;
/*
If raw bitmap access is supported (see wx/rawbmp.h), the following
methods should be implemented:
virtual bool GetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0;
virtual void UngetRawData(wxRawBitmapData *data) = 0;
*/
#if wxUSE_PALETTE
virtual wxPalette *GetPalette() const = 0;
virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette) = 0;
#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
// copies the contents and mask of the given (colour) icon to the bitmap
virtual bool CopyFromIcon(const wxIcon& icon) = 0;
// implementation:
virtual void SetHeight(int height) = 0;
virtual void SetWidth(int width) = 0;
virtual void SetDepth(int depth) = 0;
// Format handling
static inline wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; }
static void AddHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler);
static void InsertHandler(wxBitmapHandler *handler);
static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name);
static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name);
static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxBitmapType bitmapType);
static wxBitmapHandler *FindHandler(wxBitmapType bitmapType);
//static void InitStandardHandlers();
// (wxBitmap must implement this one)
static void CleanUpHandlers();
// this method is only used by the generic implementation of wxMask
// currently but could be useful elsewhere in the future: it can be
// overridden to quantize the colour to correspond to bitmap colour depth
// if necessary; default implementation simply returns the colour as is
virtual wxColour QuantizeColour(const wxColour& colour) const
{
return colour;
}
protected:
static wxList sm_handlers;
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxBitmapBase)
};
#endif // wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE
// the wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE constant defines the default argument value
// for wxBitmap's ctor and wxBitmap::LoadFile() functions.
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
#include "wx/msw/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
#include "wx/x11/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#ifdef __WINDOWS__
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
#else
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
#endif
#include "wx/gtk/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
#include "wx/gtk1/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
#include "wx/x11/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
#include "wx/dfb/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_PICT_RESOURCE
#include "wx/osx/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
#include "wx/cocoa/bitmap.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#define wxBITMAP_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_BMP_RESOURCE
#include "wx/os2/bitmap.h"
#endif
#if wxUSE_IMAGE
inline
wxBitmap
#if wxUSE_BITMAP_BASE
wxBitmapBase::
#else
wxBitmap::
#endif
ConvertToDisabled(unsigned char brightness) const
{
return ConvertToImage().ConvertToDisabled(brightness);
}
#endif // wxUSE_IMAGE
// we must include generic mask.h after wxBitmap definition
#if defined(__WXDFB__)
#define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 1
#else
#define wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK 0
#endif
#if wxUSE_GENERIC_MASK
#include "wx/generic/mask.h"
#endif
#endif // _WX_BITMAP_H_BASE_

137
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/bmpbuttn.h
View File

@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/bmpbuttn.h
// Purpose: wxBitmapButton class interface
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 25.08.00
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
#define _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
#include "wx/button.h"
// FIXME: right now only wxMSW, wxGTK and wxOSX implement bitmap support in wxButton
// itself, this shouldn't be used for the other platforms neither
// when all of them do it
#if (defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK20__) || defined(__WXOSX__)) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#define wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxBitmapButton: a button which shows bitmaps instead of the usual string.
// It has different bitmaps for different states (focused/disabled/pressed)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapButtonBase : public wxButton
{
public:
wxBitmapButtonBase()
{
#ifndef wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
m_marginX =
m_marginY = 0;
#endif // wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
}
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
wxWindowID winid,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size,
long style,
const wxValidator& validator,
const wxString& name)
{
// We use wxBU_NOTEXT to let the base class Create() know that we are
// not going to show the label: this is a hack needed for wxGTK where
// we can show both label and bitmap only with GTK 2.6+ but we always
// can show just one of them and this style allows us to choose which
// one we need.
//
// And we also use wxBU_EXACTFIT to avoid being resized up to the
// standard button size as this doesn't make sense for bitmap buttons
// which are not standard anyhow and should fit their bitmap size.
return wxButton::Create(parent, winid, "",
pos, size,
style | wxBU_NOTEXT | wxBU_EXACTFIT,
validator, name);
}
// set/get the margins around the button
virtual void SetMargins(int x, int y)
{
DoSetBitmapMargins(x, y);
}
int GetMarginX() const { return DoGetBitmapMargins().x; }
int GetMarginY() const { return DoGetBitmapMargins().y; }
// deprecated synonym for SetBitmapLabel()
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
wxDEPRECATED_INLINE( void SetLabel(const wxBitmap& bitmap),
SetBitmapLabel(bitmap); )
// prevent virtual function hiding
virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label)
{ wxWindow::SetLabel(label); }
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
protected:
#ifndef wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
// function called when any of the bitmaps changes
virtual void OnSetBitmap() { InvalidateBestSize(); Refresh(); }
virtual wxBitmap DoGetBitmap(State which) const { return m_bitmaps[which]; }
virtual void DoSetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap, State which)
{ m_bitmaps[which] = bitmap; OnSetBitmap(); }
virtual wxSize DoGetBitmapMargins() const
{
return wxSize(m_marginX, m_marginY);
}
virtual void DoSetBitmapMargins(int x, int y)
{
m_marginX = x;
m_marginY = y;
}
// the bitmaps for various states
wxBitmap m_bitmaps[State_Max];
// the margins around the bitmap
int m_marginX,
m_marginY;
#endif // !wxHAS_BUTTON_BITMAP
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapButtonBase);
};
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/bmpbuttn.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/bmpbuttn.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/bmpbuttn.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/bmpbuttn.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/bmpbuttn.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/bmpbuttn.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/bmpbuttn.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/bmpbuttn.h"
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_BMPBUTTON
#endif // _WX_BMPBUTTON_H_BASE_

137
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/brush.h
View File

@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/brush.h
// Purpose: Includes platform-specific wxBrush file
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created:
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
#define _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/object.h"
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxGDIObjListBase
// NOTE: these values cannot be combined together!
enum wxBrushStyle
{
wxBRUSHSTYLE_INVALID = -1,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID = wxSOLID,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT = wxTRANSPARENT,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE = wxSTIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE_MASK = wxSTIPPLE_MASK,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_STIPPLE = wxSTIPPLE,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_BDIAGONAL,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSSDIAG,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FDIAGONAL,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_CROSS_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_CROSS,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_HORIZONTAL,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_VERTICAL_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_VERTICAL,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_FIRST,
wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH = wxHATCHSTYLE_LAST
};
// wxBrushBase
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrushBase: public wxGDIObject
{
public:
virtual ~wxBrushBase() { }
virtual void SetColour(const wxColour& col) = 0;
virtual void SetColour(unsigned char r, unsigned char g, unsigned char b) = 0;
virtual void SetStyle(wxBrushStyle style) = 0;
virtual void SetStipple(const wxBitmap& stipple) = 0;
virtual wxColour GetColour() const = 0;
virtual wxBrushStyle GetStyle() const = 0;
virtual wxBitmap *GetStipple() const = 0;
virtual bool IsHatch() const
{ return (GetStyle()>=wxBRUSHSTYLE_FIRST_HATCH) && (GetStyle()<=wxBRUSHSTYLE_LAST_HATCH); }
// Convenient helpers for testing whether the brush is a transparent one:
// unlike GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT, they work correctly even
// if the brush is invalid (they both return false in this case).
bool IsTransparent() const
{
return IsOk() && GetStyle() == wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
}
bool IsNonTransparent() const
{
return IsOk() && GetStyle() != wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT;
}
};
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/brush.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXX11__)
#include "wx/x11/brush.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/brush.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/brush.h"
#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
#include "wx/dfb/brush.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/brush.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/brush.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/brush.h"
#endif
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBrushList: public wxGDIObjListBase
{
public:
wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour,
wxBrushStyle style = wxBRUSHSTYLE_SOLID);
#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
wxBrush *FindOrCreateBrush(const wxColour& colour, int style)
{ return FindOrCreateBrush(colour, (wxBrushStyle)style); }
#endif
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
wxDEPRECATED( void AddBrush(wxBrush*) );
wxDEPRECATED( void RemoveBrush(wxBrush*) );
#endif
};
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(wxBrushList*) wxTheBrushList;
// provide comparison operators to allow code such as
//
// if ( brush.GetStyle() == wxTRANSPARENT )
//
// to compile without warnings which it would otherwise provoke from some
// compilers as it compares elements of different enums
#if FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
// Unfortunately some compilers have ambiguity issues when enum comparisons are
// overloaded so we have to disable the overloads in this case, see
// wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM definition in wx/platform.h for more details.
#ifndef wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
inline bool operator==(wxBrushStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
{
return static_cast<int>(s) == static_cast<int>(t);
}
inline bool operator!=(wxBrushStyle s, wxDeprecatedGUIConstants t)
{
return !(s == t);
}
#endif // wxCOMPILER_NO_OVERLOAD_ON_ENUM
#endif // FUTURE_WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_3_0
#endif // _WX_BRUSH_H_BASE_

611
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/buffer.h
View File

@ -1,611 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/buffer.h
// Purpose: auto buffer classes: buffers which automatically free memory
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 12.04.99
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_BUFFER_H
#define _WX_BUFFER_H
#include "wx/chartype.h"
#include "wx/wxcrtbase.h"
#include <stdlib.h> // malloc() and free()
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxCStrData;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Special classes for (wide) character strings: they use malloc/free instead
// of new/delete
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// helpers used by wxCharTypeBuffer
namespace wxPrivate
{
struct UntypedBufferData
{
enum Kind
{
Owned,
NonOwned
};
UntypedBufferData(void *str, size_t len, Kind kind = Owned)
: m_str(str), m_length(len), m_ref(1), m_owned(kind == Owned) {}
~UntypedBufferData()
{
if ( m_owned )
free(m_str);
}
void *m_str;
size_t m_length;
// "short" to have sizeof(Data)=12 on 32bit archs
unsigned short m_ref;
bool m_owned;
};
// NB: this is defined in string.cpp and not the (non-existent) buffer.cpp
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE UntypedBufferData * GetUntypedNullData();
} // namespace wxPrivate
// Reference-counted character buffer for storing string data. The buffer
// is only valid for as long as the "parent" object that provided the data
// is valid; see wxCharTypeBuffer<T> for persistent variant.
template <typename T>
class wxScopedCharTypeBuffer
{
public:
typedef T CharType;
wxScopedCharTypeBuffer()
{
m_data = GetNullData();
}
// Creates "non-owned" buffer, i.e. 'str' is not owned by the buffer
// and doesn't get freed by dtor. Used e.g. to point to wxString's internal
// storage.
static
const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer CreateNonOwned(const CharType *str,
size_t len = wxNO_LEN)
{
if ( len == wxNO_LEN )
len = wxStrlen(str);
wxScopedCharTypeBuffer buf;
if ( str )
buf.m_data = new Data(const_cast<CharType*>(str), len, Data::NonOwned);
return buf;
}
// Creates "owned" buffer, i.e. takes over ownership of 'str' and frees it
// in dtor (if ref.count reaches 0).
static
const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer CreateOwned(CharType *str,
size_t len = wxNO_LEN )
{
if ( len == wxNO_LEN )
len = wxStrlen(str);
wxScopedCharTypeBuffer buf;
if ( str )
buf.m_data = new Data(str, len);
return buf;
}
wxScopedCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src)
{
m_data = src.m_data;
IncRef();
}
wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src)
{
if ( &src == this )
return *this;
DecRef();
m_data = src.m_data;
IncRef();
return *this;
}
~wxScopedCharTypeBuffer()
{
DecRef();
}
// NB: this method is only const for backward compatibility. It used to
// be needed for auto_ptr-like semantics of the copy ctor, but now
// that ref-counting is used, it's not really needed.
CharType *release() const
{
if ( m_data == GetNullData() )
return NULL;
wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->m_owned, wxT("can't release non-owned buffer") );
wxASSERT_MSG( m_data->m_ref == 1, wxT("can't release shared buffer") );
CharType * const p = m_data->Get();
wxScopedCharTypeBuffer *self = const_cast<wxScopedCharTypeBuffer*>(this);
self->m_data->Set(NULL, 0);
self->DecRef();
return p;
}
void reset()
{
DecRef();
}
CharType *data() { return m_data->Get(); }
const CharType *data() const { return m_data->Get(); }
operator const CharType *() const { return data(); }
CharType operator[](size_t n) const { return data()[n]; }
size_t length() const { return m_data->m_length; }
protected:
// reference-counted data
struct Data : public wxPrivate::UntypedBufferData
{
Data(CharType *str, size_t len, Kind kind = Owned)
: wxPrivate::UntypedBufferData(str, len, kind)
{
}
CharType *Get() const { return static_cast<CharType *>(m_str); }
void Set(CharType *str, size_t len)
{
m_str = str;
m_length = len;
}
};
// placeholder for NULL string, to simplify this code
static Data *GetNullData()
{
return static_cast<Data *>(wxPrivate::GetUntypedNullData());
}
void IncRef()
{
if ( m_data == GetNullData() ) // exception, not ref-counted
return;
m_data->m_ref++;
}
void DecRef()
{
if ( m_data == GetNullData() ) // exception, not ref-counted
return;
if ( --m_data->m_ref == 0 )
delete m_data;
m_data = GetNullData();
}
// sets this object to a be copy of 'other'; if 'src' is non-owned,
// a deep copy is made and 'this' will contain new instance of the data
void MakeOwnedCopyOf(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer& src)
{
this->DecRef();
if ( src.m_data == this->GetNullData() )
{
this->m_data = this->GetNullData();
}
else if ( src.m_data->m_owned )
{
this->m_data = src.m_data;
this->IncRef();
}
else
{
// if the scoped buffer had non-owned data, we have to make
// a copy here, because src.m_data->m_str is valid only for as long
// as 'src' exists
this->m_data = new Data
(
StrCopy(src.data(), src.length()),
src.length()
);
}
}
static CharType *StrCopy(const CharType *src, size_t len)
{
CharType *dst = (CharType*)malloc(sizeof(CharType) * (len + 1));
memcpy(dst, src, sizeof(CharType) * (len + 1));
return dst;
}
protected:
Data *m_data;
};
typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<char> wxScopedCharBuffer;
typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxScopedWCharBuffer;
// this buffer class always stores data in "owned" (persistent) manner
template <typename T>
class wxCharTypeBuffer : public wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>
{
protected:
typedef typename wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>::Data Data;
public:
typedef T CharType;
wxCharTypeBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL, size_t len = wxNO_LEN)
{
if ( str )
{
if ( len == wxNO_LEN )
len = wxStrlen(str);
this->m_data = new Data(this->StrCopy(str, len), len);
}
else
{
this->m_data = this->GetNullData();
}
}
wxCharTypeBuffer(size_t len)
{
this->m_data =
new Data((CharType *)malloc((len + 1)*sizeof(CharType)), len);
this->m_data->Get()[len] = (CharType)0;
}
wxCharTypeBuffer(const wxCharTypeBuffer& src)
: wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>(src) {}
wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const CharType *str)
{
this->DecRef();
if ( str )
this->m_data = new Data(wxStrdup(str), wxStrlen(str));
return *this;
}
wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxCharTypeBuffer& src)
{
wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>::operator=(src);
return *this;
}
wxCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& src)
{
this->MakeOwnedCopyOf(src);
}
wxCharTypeBuffer& operator=(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& src)
{
MakeOwnedCopyOf(src);
return *this;
}
bool extend(size_t len)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_owned, "cannot extend non-owned buffer" );
wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_ref == 1, "can't extend shared buffer" );
CharType *str =
(CharType *)realloc(this->data(), (len + 1) * sizeof(CharType));
if ( !str )
return false;
// For consistency with the ctor taking just the length, NUL-terminate
// the buffer.
str[len] = (CharType)0;
if ( this->m_data == this->GetNullData() )
{
this->m_data = new Data(str, len);
}
else
{
this->m_data->Set(str, len);
this->m_data->m_owned = true;
}
return true;
}
void shrink(size_t len)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_owned, "cannot shrink non-owned buffer" );
wxASSERT_MSG( this->m_data->m_ref == 1, "can't shrink shared buffer" );
wxASSERT( len <= this->length() );
this->m_data->m_length = len;
this->data()[len] = 0;
}
};
WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<char> )
WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxCharTypeBuffer<char> )
class wxCharBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer<char>
{
public:
typedef wxCharTypeBuffer<char> wxCharTypeBufferBase;
typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<char> wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase;
wxCharBuffer(const wxCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
: wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
wxCharBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
: wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
wxCharBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(str) {}
wxCharBuffer(size_t len) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(len) {}
wxCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr);
};
WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> )
WXDLLIMPEXP_TEMPLATE_INSTANCE_BASE( wxCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> )
class wxWCharBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t>
{
public:
typedef wxCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxCharTypeBufferBase;
typedef wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase;
wxWCharBuffer(const wxCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
: wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
wxWCharBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBufferBase& buf)
: wxCharTypeBufferBase(buf) {}
wxWCharBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(str) {}
wxWCharBuffer(size_t len) : wxCharTypeBufferBase(len) {}
wxWCharBuffer(const wxCStrData& cstr);
};
// wxCharTypeBuffer<T> implicitly convertible to T*
template <typename T>
class wxWritableCharTypeBuffer : public wxCharTypeBuffer<T>
{
public:
typedef typename wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>::CharType CharType;
wxWritableCharTypeBuffer(const wxScopedCharTypeBuffer<T>& src)
: wxCharTypeBuffer<T>(src) {}
// FIXME-UTF8: this won't be needed after converting mb_str()/wc_str() to
// always return a buffer
// + we should derive this class from wxScopedCharTypeBuffer
// then
wxWritableCharTypeBuffer(const CharType *str = NULL)
: wxCharTypeBuffer<T>(str) {}
operator CharType*() { return this->data(); }
};
typedef wxWritableCharTypeBuffer<char> wxWritableCharBuffer;
typedef wxWritableCharTypeBuffer<wchar_t> wxWritableWCharBuffer;
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
#define wxWxCharBuffer wxWCharBuffer
#define wxMB2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer
#define wxWX2MBbuf wxCharBuffer
#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
#define wxWC2WXbuf wxChar*
#define wxWX2WCbuf wxChar*
#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
#define wxWC2WXbuf wxWCharBuffer
#define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer
#endif
#else // ANSI
#define wxWxCharBuffer wxCharBuffer
#define wxMB2WXbuf wxChar*
#define wxWX2MBbuf wxChar*
#define wxWC2WXbuf wxCharBuffer
#define wxWX2WCbuf wxWCharBuffer
#endif // Unicode/ANSI
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// A class for holding growable data buffers (not necessarily strings)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// This class manages the actual data buffer pointer and is ref-counted.
class wxMemoryBufferData
{
public:
// the initial size and also the size added by ResizeIfNeeded()
enum { DefBufSize = 1024 };
friend class wxMemoryBuffer;
// everyting is private as it can only be used by wxMemoryBuffer
private:
wxMemoryBufferData(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize)
: m_data(size ? malloc(size) : NULL), m_size(size), m_len(0), m_ref(0)
{
}
~wxMemoryBufferData() { free(m_data); }
void ResizeIfNeeded(size_t newSize)
{
if (newSize > m_size)
{
void *dataOld = m_data;
m_data = realloc(m_data, newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize);
if ( !m_data )
{
free(dataOld);
}
m_size = newSize + wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize;
}
}
void IncRef() { m_ref += 1; }
void DecRef()
{
m_ref -= 1;
if (m_ref == 0) // are there no more references?
delete this;
}
void *release()
{
if ( m_data == NULL )
return NULL;
wxASSERT_MSG( m_ref == 1, "can't release shared buffer" );
void *p = m_data;
m_data = NULL;
m_len =
m_size = 0;
return p;
}
// the buffer containing the data
void *m_data;
// the size of the buffer
size_t m_size;
// the amount of data currently in the buffer
size_t m_len;
// the reference count
size_t m_ref;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxMemoryBufferData);
};
class wxMemoryBuffer
{
public:
// ctor and dtor
wxMemoryBuffer(size_t size = wxMemoryBufferData::DefBufSize)
{
m_bufdata = new wxMemoryBufferData(size);
m_bufdata->IncRef();
}
~wxMemoryBuffer() { m_bufdata->DecRef(); }
// copy and assignment
wxMemoryBuffer(const wxMemoryBuffer& src)
: m_bufdata(src.m_bufdata)
{
m_bufdata->IncRef();
}
wxMemoryBuffer& operator=(const wxMemoryBuffer& src)
{
if (&src != this)
{
m_bufdata->DecRef();
m_bufdata = src.m_bufdata;
m_bufdata->IncRef();
}
return *this;
}
// Accessors
void *GetData() const { return m_bufdata->m_data; }
size_t GetBufSize() const { return m_bufdata->m_size; }
size_t GetDataLen() const { return m_bufdata->m_len; }
bool IsEmpty() const { return GetDataLen() == 0; }
void SetBufSize(size_t size) { m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(size); }
void SetDataLen(size_t len)
{
wxASSERT(len <= m_bufdata->m_size);
m_bufdata->m_len = len;
}
void Clear() { SetDataLen(0); }
// Ensure the buffer is big enough and return a pointer to it
void *GetWriteBuf(size_t sizeNeeded)
{
m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(sizeNeeded);
return m_bufdata->m_data;
}
// Update the length after the write
void UngetWriteBuf(size_t sizeUsed) { SetDataLen(sizeUsed); }
// Like the above, but appends to the buffer
void *GetAppendBuf(size_t sizeNeeded)
{
m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeNeeded);
return (char*)m_bufdata->m_data + m_bufdata->m_len;
}
// Update the length after the append
void UngetAppendBuf(size_t sizeUsed)
{
SetDataLen(m_bufdata->m_len + sizeUsed);
}
// Other ways to append to the buffer
void AppendByte(char data)
{
wxCHECK_RET( m_bufdata->m_data, wxT("invalid wxMemoryBuffer") );
m_bufdata->ResizeIfNeeded(m_bufdata->m_len + 1);
*(((char*)m_bufdata->m_data) + m_bufdata->m_len) = data;
m_bufdata->m_len += 1;
}
void AppendData(const void *data, size_t len)
{
memcpy(GetAppendBuf(len), data, len);
UngetAppendBuf(len);
}
operator const char *() const { return (const char*)GetData(); }
// gives up ownership of data, returns the pointer; after this call,
// data isn't freed by the buffer and its content is resent to empty
void *release()
{
return m_bufdata->release();
}
private:
wxMemoryBufferData* m_bufdata;
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// template class for any kind of data
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// TODO
#endif // _WX_BUFFER_H

121
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/build.h
View File

@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/build.h
// Purpose: Runtime build options checking
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Vaclav Slavik
// Modified by:
// Created: 07.05.02
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2002 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_BUILD_H_
#define _WX_BUILD_H_
#include "wx/version.h"
// NB: This file contains macros for checking binary compatibility of libraries
// in multilib builds, plugins and user components.
// The WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE macro expands into string that should
// uniquely identify binary compatible builds: i.e. if two builds of the
// library are binary compatible, their signature string should be the
// same; if two builds are binary incompatible, their signatures should
// be different.
//
// Therefore, wxUSE_XXX flags that affect binary compatibility (vtables,
// function signatures) should be accounted for here. So should compilers
// and compiler versions (but note that binary compatible compiler versions
// such as gcc-2.95.2 and gcc-2.95.3 should have same signature!).
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x)
#define __WX_BO_STRINGIZE0(x) #x
#if (wxMINOR_VERSION % 2) == 0
#define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \
__WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y)
#else
#define __WX_BO_VERSION(x,y,z) \
__WX_BO_STRINGIZE(x) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(y) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(z)
#endif
#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
#define __WX_BO_UNICODE "UTF-8"
#elif wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
#define __WX_BO_UNICODE "wchar_t"
#else
#define __WX_BO_UNICODE "ANSI"
#endif
// GCC and Intel C++ share same C++ ABI (and possibly others in the future),
// check if compiler versions are compatible:
#if defined(__GXX_ABI_VERSION)
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER \
",compiler with C++ ABI " __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GXX_ABI_VERSION)
#elif defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Intel C++"
#elif defined(__GNUG__)
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",GCC " \
__WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC__) "." __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(__GNUC_MINOR__)
#elif defined(__VISUALC__)
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Visual C++ " __WX_BO_STRINGIZE(_MSC_VER)
#elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Borland C++"
#elif defined(__DIGITALMARS__)
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",DigitalMars"
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER ",Watcom C++"
#else
#define __WX_BO_COMPILER
#endif
// WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY macros affect presence of virtual functions
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
#define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 ",compatible with 2.6"
#else
#define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6
#endif
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
#define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8 ",compatible with 2.8"
#else
#define __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8
#endif
// deriving wxWin containers from STL ones changes them completely:
#if wxUSE_STD_CONTAINERS
#define __WX_BO_STL ",STL containers"
#else
#define __WX_BO_STL ",wx containers"
#endif
// This macro is passed as argument to wxConsoleApp::CheckBuildOptions()
#define WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE \
__WX_BO_VERSION(wxMAJOR_VERSION, wxMINOR_VERSION, wxRELEASE_NUMBER) \
" (" __WX_BO_UNICODE \
__WX_BO_COMPILER \
__WX_BO_STL \
__WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_6 __WX_BO_WXWIN_COMPAT_2_8 \
")"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Use this macro to check build options. Adding it to a file in DLL will
// ensure that the DLL checks build options in same way wxIMPLEMENT_APP() does.
#define WX_CHECK_BUILD_OPTIONS(libName) \
static struct wxBuildOptionsChecker \
{ \
wxBuildOptionsChecker() \
{ \
wxAppConsole::CheckBuildOptions(WX_BUILD_OPTIONS_SIGNATURE, \
libName); \
} \
} gs_buildOptionsCheck;
#endif // _WX_BUILD_H_

21
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/busyinfo.h
View File

@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/busyinfo.h
// Purpose: Information window (when app is busy)
// Author: Vaclav Slavik
// Copyright: (c) 1999 Vaclav Slavik
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__
#define __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_BUSYINFO
#include "wx/generic/busyinfo.h"
#endif // wxUSE_BUSYINFO
#endif // __BUSYINFO_H_BASE__

70
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/button.h
View File

@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/button.h
// Purpose: wxButtonBase class
// Author: Vadim Zetlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 15.08.00
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zetlin
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
#define _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_BUTTON
#include "wx/anybutton.h"
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxButtonNameStr[];
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxButton: a push button
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxButtonBase : public wxAnyButton
{
public:
wxButtonBase() { }
// show the authentication needed symbol on the button: this is currently
// only implemented on Windows Vista and newer (on which it shows the UAC
// shield symbol)
void SetAuthNeeded(bool show = true) { DoSetAuthNeeded(show); }
bool GetAuthNeeded() const { return DoGetAuthNeeded(); }
// make this button the default button in its top level window
//
// returns the old default item (possibly NULL)
virtual wxWindow *SetDefault();
// returns the default button size for this platform
static wxSize GetDefaultSize();
protected:
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxButtonBase);
};
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/button.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/button.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/button.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/button.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/button.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/button.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/button.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/button.h"
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
#endif // _WX_BUTTON_H_BASE_

29
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/cairo.h
View File

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/cairo.h
// Purpose: Cairo library
// Author: Anthony Bretaudeau
// Created: 2007-08-25
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Anthony Bretaudeau
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CAIRO_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CAIRO_H_BASE_
#if wxUSE_CAIRO
#include "wx/dynlib.h"
#include <cairo.h>
extern "C"
{
bool wxCairoInit();
void wxCairoCleanUp();
}
#endif // wxUSE_CAIRO
#endif // _WX_CAIRO_H_BASE_

252
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/caret.h
View File

@ -1,252 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/caret.h
// Purpose: wxCaretBase class - the interface of wxCaret
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 23.05.99
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CARET_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CARET
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// forward declarations
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers we have to include
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "wx/gdicmn.h" // for wxPoint, wxSize
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// A caret is a blinking cursor showing the position where the typed text will
// appear. It can be either a solid block or a custom bitmap (TODO)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretBase
{
public:
// ctors
// -----
// default - use Create
wxCaretBase() { Init(); }
// create the caret of given (in pixels) width and height and associate
// with the given window
wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
{
Init();
(void)Create(window, width, height);
}
// same as above
wxCaretBase(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
{
Init();
(void)Create(window, size);
}
// a virtual dtor has been provided since this class has virtual members
virtual ~wxCaretBase() { }
// Create() functions - same as ctor but returns the success code
// --------------------------------------------------------------
// same as ctor
bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
{ return DoCreate(window, width, height); }
// same as ctor
bool Create(wxWindowBase *window, const wxSize& size)
{ return DoCreate(window, size.x, size.y); }
// accessors
// ---------
// is the caret valid?
bool IsOk() const { return m_width != 0 && m_height != 0; }
// is the caret currently shown?
bool IsVisible() const { return m_countVisible > 0; }
// get the caret position
void GetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
{
if ( x ) *x = m_x;
if ( y ) *y = m_y;
}
wxPoint GetPosition() const { return wxPoint(m_x, m_y); }
// get the caret size
void GetSize(int *width, int *height) const
{
if ( width ) *width = m_width;
if ( height ) *height = m_height;
}
wxSize GetSize() const { return wxSize(m_width, m_height); }
// get the window we're associated with
wxWindow *GetWindow() const { return (wxWindow *)m_window; }
// change the size of the caret
void SetSize(int width, int height) {
m_width = width;
m_height = height;
DoSize();
}
void SetSize(const wxSize& size) { SetSize(size.x, size.y); }
// operations
// ----------
// move the caret to given position (in logical coords)
void Move(int x, int y) { m_x = x; m_y = y; DoMove(); }
void Move(const wxPoint& pt) { m_x = pt.x; m_y = pt.y; DoMove(); }
// show/hide the caret (should be called by wxWindow when needed):
// Show() must be called as many times as Hide() + 1 to make the caret
// visible
virtual void Show(bool show = true)
{
if ( show )
{
if ( m_countVisible++ == 0 )
DoShow();
}
else
{
if ( --m_countVisible == 0 )
DoHide();
}
}
virtual void Hide() { Show(false); }
// blink time is measured in milliseconds and is the time elapsed
// between 2 inversions of the caret (blink time of the caret is common
// to all carets in the Universe, so these functions are static)
static int GetBlinkTime();
static void SetBlinkTime(int milliseconds);
// implementation from now on
// --------------------------
// these functions should be called by wxWindow when the window gets/loses
// the focus - we create/show and hide/destroy the caret here
virtual void OnSetFocus() { }
virtual void OnKillFocus() { }
protected:
// these functions may be overridden in the derived classes, but they
// should call the base class version first
virtual bool DoCreate(wxWindowBase *window, int width, int height)
{
m_window = window;
m_width = width;
m_height = height;
return true;
}
// pure virtuals to implement in the derived class
virtual void DoShow() = 0;
virtual void DoHide() = 0;
virtual void DoMove() = 0;
virtual void DoSize() { }
// the common initialization
void Init()
{
m_window = NULL;
m_x = m_y = 0;
m_width = m_height = 0;
m_countVisible = 0;
}
// the size of the caret
int m_width, m_height;
// the position of the caret
int m_x, m_y;
// the window we're associated with
wxWindowBase *m_window;
// visibility count: the caret is visible only if it's positive
int m_countVisible;
private:
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretBase);
};
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
// now include the real thing
// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/caret.h"
#else
#include "wx/generic/caret.h"
#endif // platform
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCaretSuspend: a simple class which hides the caret in its ctor and
// restores it in the dtor, this should be used when drawing on the screen to
// avoid overdrawing the caret
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
// we don't need to hide the caret if it's rendered using overlays
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretSuspend
{
public:
wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *WXUNUSED(win)) {}
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend);
};
#else // !wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCaretSuspend
{
public:
wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *win)
{
m_caret = win->GetCaret();
m_show = false;
if ( m_caret && m_caret->IsVisible() )
{
m_caret->Hide();
m_show = true;
}
}
~wxCaretSuspend()
{
if ( m_caret && m_show )
m_caret->Show();
}
private:
wxCaret *m_caret;
bool m_show;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCaretSuspend);
};
#endif // wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS/!wxHAS_CARET_USING_OVERLAYS
#endif // wxUSE_CARET
#endif // _WX_CARET_H_BASE_

305
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/chartype.h
View File

@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
/*
* Name: wx/chartype.h
* Purpose: Declarations of wxChar and related types
* Author: Joel Farley, Ove Kåven
* Modified by: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling, Ron Lee
* Created: 1998/06/12
* RCS-ID: $Id$
* Copyright: (c) 1998-2006 wxWidgets dev team
* Licence: wxWindows licence
*/
/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
#ifndef _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_
#define _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_
/* defs.h indirectly includes this file, so don't include it here */
#include "wx/platform.h"
/* check whether we have wchar_t and which size it is if we do */
#if !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T)
#if defined(__UNIX__)
#if defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H) || defined(HAVE_WCHAR_H) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
#else
#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
#endif
#elif defined(__GNUWIN32__) && !defined(__MINGW32__)
#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
#elif defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ < 400)
#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 0
#else
/* add additional compiler checks if this fails */
#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
#endif
#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */
/* Unicode support requires wchar_t */
#if !wxUSE_WCHAR_T
#error "wchar_t must be available"
#endif /* Unicode */
/*
non Unix compilers which do have wchar.h (but not tchar.h which is included
below and which includes wchar.h anyhow).
Actually MinGW has tchar.h, but it does not include wchar.h
*/
#if defined(__VISAGECPP__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
#ifndef HAVE_WCHAR_H
#define HAVE_WCHAR_H
#endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_H
/* the current (as of Nov 2002) version of cygwin has a bug in its */
/* wchar.h -- there is no extern "C" around the declarations in it */
/* and this results in linking errors later; also, at least on some */
/* Cygwin versions, wchar.h requires sys/types.h */
#ifdef __CYGWIN__
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#endif /* Cygwin */
#include <wchar.h>
#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(__cplusplus)
}
#endif /* Cygwin and C++ */
#elif defined(HAVE_WCSTR_H)
/* old compilers have relevant declarations here */
#include <wcstr.h>
#elif defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__) || defined(__EMX__)
/* include stdlib.h for wchar_t */
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif /* HAVE_WCHAR_H */
#ifdef HAVE_WIDEC_H
#include <widec.h>
#endif
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT for the compilers which support the TCHAR type */
/* mapped to either char or wchar_t depending on the ASCII/Unicode mode and */
/* have the function mapping _tfoo() -> foo() or wfoo() */
/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* VC++ and BC++ starting with 5.2 have TCHAR support */
#ifdef __VISUALC__
#define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
#elif defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x520)
#define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
#include <ctype.h>
#elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
#define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
#elif defined(__DMC__)
#define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
#elif defined(__MINGW32__) && wxCHECK_W32API_VERSION( 1, 0 )
#define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
#include <stddef.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#elif 0 && defined(__VISAGECPP__) && (__IBMCPP__ >= 400)
/* VZ: the old VisualAge definitions were completely wrong and had no */
/* chance at all to work in Unicode build anyhow so let's pretend */
/* that VisualAge does _not_ support TCHAR for the moment (as */
/* indicated by "0 &&" above) until someone really has time to delve */
/* into Unicode issues under OS/2 */
/* VisualAge 4.0+ supports TCHAR */
#define wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
#endif /* compilers with (good) TCHAR support */
#ifdef wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT
/* get TCHAR definition if we've got it */
#include <tchar.h>
/* we surely do have wchar_t if we have TCHAR */
#ifndef wxUSE_WCHAR_T
#define wxUSE_WCHAR_T 1
#endif /* !defined(wxUSE_WCHAR_T) */
#endif /* wxHAVE_TCHAR_SUPPORT */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* define wxChar type */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* TODO: define wxCharInt to be equal to either int or wint_t? */
#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
typedef char wxChar;
typedef signed char wxSChar;
typedef unsigned char wxUChar;
#else
/* VZ: note that VC++ defines _T[SU]CHAR simply as wchar_t and not as */
/* signed/unsigned version of it which (a) makes sense to me (unlike */
/* char wchar_t is always unsigned) and (b) was how the previous */
/* definitions worked so keep it like this */
/* Sun's SunPro compiler supports the wchar_t type and wide character */
/* functions, but does not define __WCHAR_TYPE__. Define it here to */
/* allow unicode enabled builds. */
#if (defined(__SUNPRO_CC) || defined(__SUNPRO_C)) && !defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__)
#define __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxchar_t
#endif
/* GNU libc has __WCHAR_TYPE__ which requires special treatment, see */
/* comment below */
#if !defined(__WCHAR_TYPE__) || \
(!defined(__GNUC__) || wxCHECK_GCC_VERSION(2, 96))
/* standard case */
typedef wchar_t wxChar;
typedef wchar_t wxSChar;
typedef wchar_t wxUChar;
#else /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ and gcc < 2.96 */
/* VS: wxWidgets used to define wxChar as __WCHAR_TYPE__ here. */
/* However, this doesn't work with new GCC 3.x compilers because */
/* wchar_t is C++'s builtin type in the new standard. OTOH, old */
/* compilers (GCC 2.x) won't accept new definition of */
/* wx{S,U}CharType, so we have to define wxChar */
/* conditionally depending on detected compiler & compiler */
/* version. */
/* with old definition of wxChar. */
#define wchar_t __WCHAR_TYPE__
typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxChar;
typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxSChar;
typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wxUChar;
#endif /* __WCHAR_TYPE__ */
#endif /* ASCII/Unicode */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* define wxStringCharType */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* depending on the platform, Unicode build can either store wxStrings as
wchar_t* or UTF-8 encoded char*: */
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
/* FIXME-UTF8: what would be better place for this? */
#if defined(wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY) && !defined(wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8)
#error "wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY only makes sense with wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8"
#endif
#ifndef wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY
#define wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY 0
#endif
#ifndef wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
#define wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 0
#endif
#if wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8
#define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 0
#else
#define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 1
#endif
#else
#define wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR 0
#define wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 0
#define wxUSE_UTF8_LOCALE_ONLY 0
#endif
/* define char type used by wxString internal representation: */
#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
typedef wchar_t wxStringCharType;
#else /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || ANSI */
typedef char wxStringCharType;
#endif
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* define wxT() and related macros */
/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
/* BSD systems define _T() to be something different in ctype.h, override it */
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DARWIN__)
#include <ctype.h>
#undef _T
#endif
/*
wxT ("wx text") macro turns a literal string constant into a wide char
constant. It is mostly unnecessary with wx 2.9 but defined for
compatibility.
*/
#ifndef wxT
#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
#define wxT(x) x
#else /* Unicode */
/*
Notice that we use an intermediate macro to allow x to be expanded
if it's a macro itself.
*/
#ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
#define wxT(x) wxCONCAT_HELPER(L, x)
#else
#define wxT(x) wxPREPEND_L(x)
#endif
#endif /* ASCII/Unicode */
#endif /* !defined(wxT) */
/*
wxT_2 exists only for compatibility with wx 2.x and is the same as wxT() in
that version but nothing in the newer ones.
*/
#define wxT_2(x) x
/*
wxS ("wx string") macro can be used to create literals using the same
representation as wxString does internally, i.e. wchar_t in Unicode build
under Windows or char in UTF-8-based Unicode builds and (deprecated) ANSI
builds everywhere (see wxStringCharType definition above).
*/
#if wxUSE_UNICODE_WCHAR
/*
As above with wxT(), wxS() argument is expanded if it's a macro.
*/
#ifndef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
#define wxS(x) wxCONCAT_HELPER(L, x)
#else
#define wxS(x) wxPREPEND_L(x)
#endif
#else /* wxUSE_UNICODE_UTF8 || ANSI */
#define wxS(x) x
#endif
/*
_T() is a synonym for wxT() familiar to Windows programmers. As this macro
has even higher risk of conflicting with system headers, its use is
discouraged and you may predefine wxNO__T to disable it. Additionally, we
do it ourselves for Sun CC which is known to use it in its standard headers
(see #10660).
*/
#if defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
#ifndef wxNO__T
#define wxNO__T
#endif
#endif
#if !defined(_T) && !defined(wxNO__T)
#define _T(x) wxT(x)
#endif
/* a helper macro allowing to make another macro Unicode-friendly, see below */
#define wxAPPLY_T(x) wxT(x)
/* Unicode-friendly __FILE__, __DATE__ and __TIME__ analogs */
#ifndef __TFILE__
#define __TFILE__ wxAPPLY_T(__FILE__)
#endif
#ifndef __TDATE__
#define __TDATE__ wxAPPLY_T(__DATE__)
#endif
#ifndef __TTIME__
#define __TTIME__ wxAPPLY_T(__TIME__)
#endif
#endif /* _WX_WXCHARTYPE_H_ */

191
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/checkbox.h
View File

@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/checkbox.h
// Purpose: wxCheckBox class interface
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 07.09.00
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
#include "wx/control.h"
/*
* wxCheckBox style flags
* (Using wxCHK_* because wxCB_* is used by wxComboBox).
* Determine whether to use a 3-state or 2-state
* checkbox. 3-state enables to differentiate
* between 'unchecked', 'checked' and 'undetermined'.
*
* In addition to the styles here it is also possible to specify just 0 which
* is treated the same as wxCHK_2STATE for compatibility (but using explicit
* flag is preferred).
*/
#define wxCHK_2STATE 0x4000
#define wxCHK_3STATE 0x1000
/*
* If this style is set the user can set the checkbox to the
* undetermined state. If not set the undetermined set can only
* be set programmatically.
* This style can only be used with 3 state checkboxes.
*/
#define wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER 0x2000
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxCheckBoxNameStr[];
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCheckBox: a control which shows a label and a box which may be checked
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckBoxBase : public wxControl
{
public:
wxCheckBoxBase() { }
// set/get the checked status of the listbox
virtual void SetValue(bool value) = 0;
virtual bool GetValue() const = 0;
bool IsChecked() const
{
wxASSERT_MSG( !Is3State(), wxT("Calling IsChecked() doesn't make sense for")
wxT(" a three state checkbox, Use Get3StateValue() instead") );
return GetValue();
}
wxCheckBoxState Get3StateValue() const
{
wxCheckBoxState state = DoGet3StateValue();
if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() )
{
// Undetermined state with a 2-state checkbox??
wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("DoGet3StateValue() says the 2-state checkbox is ")
wxT("in an undetermined/third state") );
state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED;
}
return state;
}
void Set3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState state)
{
if ( state == wxCHK_UNDETERMINED && !Is3State() )
{
wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Setting a 2-state checkbox to undetermined state"));
state = wxCHK_UNCHECKED;
}
DoSet3StateValue(state);
}
bool Is3State() const { return HasFlag(wxCHK_3STATE); }
bool Is3rdStateAllowedForUser() const
{
return HasFlag(wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER);
}
virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
// wxCheckBox-specific processing after processing the update event
virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
{
wxControl::DoUpdateWindowUI(event);
if ( event.GetSetChecked() )
SetValue(event.GetChecked());
}
protected:
// choose the default border for this window
virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const { return wxBORDER_NONE; }
virtual void DoSet3StateValue(wxCheckBoxState WXUNUSED(state)) { wxFAIL; }
virtual wxCheckBoxState DoGet3StateValue() const
{
wxFAIL;
return wxCHK_UNCHECKED;
}
// Helper function to be called from derived classes Create()
// implementations: it checks that the style doesn't contain any
// incompatible bits and modifies it to be sane if it does.
static void WXValidateStyle(long *stylePtr)
{
long& style = *stylePtr;
if ( !(style & (wxCHK_2STATE | wxCHK_3STATE)) )
{
// For compatibility we use absence of style flags as wxCHK_2STATE
// because wxCHK_2STATE used to have the value of 0 and some
// existing code uses 0 instead of it. Moreover, some code even
// uses some non-0 style, e.g. wxBORDER_XXX, but doesn't specify
// neither wxCHK_2STATE nor wxCHK_3STATE -- to avoid breaking it,
// assume (much more common) 2 state checkbox by default.
style |= wxCHK_2STATE;
}
if ( style & wxCHK_3STATE )
{
if ( style & wxCHK_2STATE )
{
wxFAIL_MSG( "wxCHK_2STATE and wxCHK_3STATE can't be used "
"together" );
style &= ~wxCHK_3STATE;
}
}
else // No wxCHK_3STATE
{
if ( style & wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER )
{
wxFAIL_MSG( "wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER doesn't make sense "
"without wxCHK_3STATE" );
style &= ~wxCHK_ALLOW_3RD_STATE_FOR_USER;
}
}
}
private:
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckBoxBase);
};
// Most ports support 3 state checkboxes so define this by default.
#define wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/checkbox.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/checkbox.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/checkbox.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/checkbox.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#undef wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX
#include "wx/gtk1/checkbox.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/checkbox.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/checkbox.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#undef wxHAS_3STATE_CHECKBOX
#include "wx/os2/checkbox.h"
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
#endif // _WX_CHECKBOX_H_BASE_

54
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/checkeddelete.h
View File

@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/checkeddelete.h
// Purpose: wxCHECKED_DELETE() macro
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Created: 2009-02-03
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2002-2009 wxWidgets dev team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_
#define _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_
// TODO: provide wxCheckedDelete[Array]() template functions too
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCHECKED_DELETE and wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY macros
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/*
checked deleters are used to make sure that the type being deleted is really
a complete type.: otherwise sizeof() would result in a compile-time error
do { ... } while ( 0 ) construct is used to have an anonymous scope
(otherwise we could have name clashes between different "complete"s) but
still force a semicolon after the macro
*/
#ifdef __WATCOMC__
#define wxFOR_ONCE(name) for(int name=0; name<1; name++)
#define wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) wxFOR_ONCE(wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(name))
#define wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name)
#else
#define wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) do
#define wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(name) while ( wxFalse )
#endif
#define wxCHECKED_DELETE(ptr) \
wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var1) \
{ \
typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)]; \
delete ptr; \
} wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var1)
#define wxCHECKED_DELETE_ARRAY(ptr) \
wxPRE_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var2) \
{ \
typedef char complete[sizeof(*ptr)]; \
delete [] ptr; \
} wxPOST_NO_WARNING_SCOPE(scope_var2)
#endif // _WX_CHECKEDDELETE_H_

66
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/checklst.h
View File

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/checklst.h
// Purpose: wxCheckListBox class interface
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 12.09.00
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
#include "wx/listbox.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCheckListBox: a listbox whose items may be checked
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCheckListBoxBase : public
#ifdef __WXWINCE__
// keep virtuals synchronised
wxListBoxBase
#else
wxListBox
#endif
{
public:
wxCheckListBoxBase() { }
// check list box specific methods
virtual bool IsChecked(unsigned int item) const = 0;
virtual void Check(unsigned int item, bool check = true) = 0;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxBase);
};
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXWINCE__)
#include "wx/msw/wince/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/checklst.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/checklst.h"
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_CHECKLISTBOX
#endif
// _WX_CHECKLST_H_BASE_

2194
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/chkconf.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

91
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/choice.h
View File

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/choice.h
// Purpose: wxChoice class interface
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 26.07.99
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CHOICE
#include "wx/ctrlsub.h" // the base class
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// global data
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxChoiceNameStr[];
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxChoice allows to select one of a non-modifiable list of strings
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoiceBase : public wxControlWithItems
{
public:
wxChoiceBase() { }
virtual ~wxChoiceBase();
// all generic methods are in wxControlWithItems
// get the current selection: this can only be different from the normal
// selection if the popup items list is currently opened and the user
// selected some item in it but didn't close the list yet; otherwise (and
// currently always on platforms other than MSW) this is the same as
// GetSelection()
virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); }
// set/get the number of columns in the control (as they're not supported on
// most platforms, they do nothing by default)
virtual void SetColumns(int WXUNUSED(n) = 1 ) { }
virtual int GetColumns() const { return 1 ; }
// emulate selecting the item event.GetInt()
void Command(wxCommandEvent& event);
// override wxItemContainer::IsSorted
virtual bool IsSorted() const { return HasFlag(wxCB_SORT); }
private:
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxChoiceBase);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include the platform-dependent class definition
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/choice.h"
#elif defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && defined(__WXWINCE__)
#include "wx/msw/wince/choicece.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/choice.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/choice.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/choice.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/choice.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/choice.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/choice.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/choice.h"
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_CHOICE
#endif // _WX_CHOICE_H_BASE_

127
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/choicebk.h
View File

@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/choicebk.h
// Purpose: wxChoicebook: wxChoice and wxNotebook combination
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by: Wlodzimierz ABX Skiba from wx/listbook.h
// Created: 15.09.04
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Vadim Zeitlin, Wlodzimierz Skiba
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_
#define _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
#include "wx/bookctrl.h"
#include "wx/choice.h"
#include "wx/containr.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxChoice;
wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, wxBookCtrlEvent );
wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, wxBookCtrlEvent );
// wxChoicebook flags
#define wxCHB_DEFAULT wxBK_DEFAULT
#define wxCHB_TOP wxBK_TOP
#define wxCHB_BOTTOM wxBK_BOTTOM
#define wxCHB_LEFT wxBK_LEFT
#define wxCHB_RIGHT wxBK_RIGHT
#define wxCHB_ALIGN_MASK wxBK_ALIGN_MASK
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxChoicebook
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxChoicebook : public wxNavigationEnabled<wxBookCtrlBase>
{
public:
wxChoicebook() { }
wxChoicebook(wxWindow *parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
long style = 0,
const wxString& name = wxEmptyString)
{
(void)Create(parent, id, pos, size, style, name);
}
// quasi ctor
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
long style = 0,
const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
virtual bool SetPageText(size_t n, const wxString& strText);
virtual wxString GetPageText(size_t n) const;
virtual int GetPageImage(size_t n) const;
virtual bool SetPageImage(size_t n, int imageId);
virtual bool InsertPage(size_t n,
wxWindow *page,
const wxString& text,
bool bSelect = false,
int imageId = NO_IMAGE);
virtual int SetSelection(size_t n)
{ return DoSetSelection(n, SetSelection_SendEvent); }
virtual int ChangeSelection(size_t n) { return DoSetSelection(n); }
virtual void SetImageList(wxImageList *imageList);
virtual bool DeleteAllPages();
// returns the choice control
wxChoice* GetChoiceCtrl() const { return (wxChoice*)m_bookctrl; }
// Override this to return true because the part of parent window
// background between our controlling wxChoice and the page area should
// show through.
virtual bool HasTransparentBackground() { return true; }
protected:
virtual void DoSetWindowVariant(wxWindowVariant variant);
virtual wxWindow *DoRemovePage(size_t page);
void UpdateSelectedPage(size_t newsel)
{
m_selection = static_cast<int>(newsel);
GetChoiceCtrl()->Select(m_selection);
}
wxBookCtrlEvent* CreatePageChangingEvent() const;
void MakeChangedEvent(wxBookCtrlEvent &event);
// event handlers
void OnChoiceSelected(wxCommandEvent& event);
private:
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_COPY(wxChoicebook)
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// choicebook event class and related stuff
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxChoicebookEvent is obsolete and defined for compatibility only
#define wxChoicebookEvent wxBookCtrlEvent
typedef wxBookCtrlEventFunction wxChoicebookEventFunction;
#define wxChoicebookEventHandler(func) wxBookCtrlEventHandler(func)
#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED(winid, fn) \
wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGED, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
#define EVT_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING(winid, fn) \
wx__DECLARE_EVT1(wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICEBOOK_PAGE_CHANGING, winid, wxBookCtrlEventHandler(fn))
#endif // wxUSE_CHOICEBOOK
#endif // _WX_CHOICEBOOK_H_

205
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/clipbrd.h
View File

@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/clipbrd.h
// Purpose: wxClipboad class and clipboard functions
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 19.10.99
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
#include "wx/event.h"
#include "wx/chartype.h"
#include "wx/dataobj.h" // for wxDataFormat
#include "wx/vector.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxClipboard;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxClipboard represents the system clipboard. Normally, you should use
// wxTheClipboard which is a global pointer to the (unique) clipboard.
//
// Clipboard can be used to copy data to/paste data from. It works together
// with wxDataObject.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardBase : public wxObject
{
public:
wxClipboardBase() { m_usePrimary = false; }
// open the clipboard before Add/SetData() and GetData()
virtual bool Open() = 0;
// close the clipboard after Add/SetData() and GetData()
virtual void Close() = 0;
// query whether the clipboard is opened
virtual bool IsOpened() const = 0;
// add to the clipboard data
//
// NB: the clipboard owns the pointer and will delete it, so data must be
// allocated on the heap
virtual bool AddData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
// set the clipboard data, this is the same as Clear() followed by
// AddData()
virtual bool SetData( wxDataObject *data ) = 0;
// ask if data in correct format is available
virtual bool IsSupported( const wxDataFormat& format ) = 0;
// ask if data in correct format is available
virtual bool IsSupportedAsync( wxEvtHandler *sink );
// fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0;
// clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
virtual void Clear() = 0;
// flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
// clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
// eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
virtual bool Flush() { return false; }
// this allows to choose whether we work with CLIPBOARD (default) or
// PRIMARY selection on X11-based systems
//
// on the other ones, working with primary selection does nothing: this
// allows to write code which sets the primary selection when something is
// selected without any ill effects (i.e. without overwriting the
// clipboard which would be wrong on the platforms without X11 PRIMARY)
virtual void UsePrimarySelection(bool usePrimary = false)
{
m_usePrimary = usePrimary;
}
// return true if we're using primary selection
bool IsUsingPrimarySelection() const { return m_usePrimary; }
// Returns global instance (wxTheClipboard) of the object:
static wxClipboard *Get();
// don't use this directly, it is public for compatibility with some ports
// (wxX11, wxMotif, ...) only
bool m_usePrimary;
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// asynchronous clipboard event
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardEvent : public wxEvent
{
public:
wxClipboardEvent(wxEventType evtType = wxEVT_NULL)
: wxEvent(0, evtType)
{
}
wxClipboardEvent(const wxClipboardEvent& event)
: wxEvent(event),
m_formats(event.m_formats)
{
}
bool SupportsFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
void AddFormat(const wxDataFormat& format);
virtual wxEvent *Clone() const
{
return new wxClipboardEvent(*this);
}
protected:
wxVector<wxDataFormat> m_formats;
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS_NO_ASSIGN(wxClipboardEvent)
};
wxDECLARE_EXPORTED_EVENT( WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE, wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED, wxClipboardEvent );
typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxClipboardEventFunction)(wxClipboardEvent&);
#define wxClipboardEventHandler(func) \
wxEVENT_HANDLER_CAST(wxClipboardEventFunction, func)
#define EVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED(func) wx__DECLARE_EVT0(wxEVT_CLIPBOARD_CHANGED, wxClipboardEventHandler(func))
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// globals
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The global clipboard object - backward compatible access macro:
#define wxTheClipboard (wxClipboard::Get())
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include platform-specific class declaration
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/clipbrd.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/clipbrd.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/clipbrd.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/clipbrd.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#include "wx/x11/clipbrd.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/clipbrd.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/clipbrd.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/clipbrd.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// helpful class for opening the clipboard and automatically closing it
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClipboardLocker
{
public:
wxClipboardLocker(wxClipboard *clipboard = NULL)
{
m_clipboard = clipboard ? clipboard : wxTheClipboard;
if ( m_clipboard )
{
m_clipboard->Open();
}
}
bool operator!() const { return !m_clipboard->IsOpened(); }
~wxClipboardLocker()
{
if ( m_clipboard )
{
m_clipboard->Close();
}
}
private:
wxClipboard *m_clipboard;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxClipboardLocker);
};
#endif // wxUSE_CLIPBOARD
#endif // _WX_CLIPBRD_H_BASE_

163
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/clntdata.h
View File

@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/clntdata.h
// Purpose: A mixin class for holding a wxClientData or void pointer
// Author: Robin Dunn
// Modified by:
// Created: 9-Oct-2001
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CLNTDATAH__
#define _WX_CLNTDATAH__
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/hashmap.h"
typedef int (*wxShadowObjectMethod)(void*, void*);
WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(
wxShadowObjectMethod,
wxShadowObjectMethods,
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
);
WX_DECLARE_STRING_HASH_MAP_WITH_DECL(
void *,
wxShadowObjectFields,
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE
);
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxShadowObject
{
public:
wxShadowObject() { }
void AddMethod( const wxString &name, wxShadowObjectMethod method )
{
wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name );
if (it == m_methods.end())
m_methods[ name ] = method;
else
it->second = method;
}
bool InvokeMethod( const wxString &name, void* window, void* param, int* returnValue )
{
wxShadowObjectMethods::iterator it = m_methods.find( name );
if (it == m_methods.end())
return false;
wxShadowObjectMethod method = it->second;
int ret = (*method)(window, param);
if (returnValue)
*returnValue = ret;
return true;
}
void AddField( const wxString &name, void* initialValue = NULL )
{
wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name );
if (it == m_fields.end())
m_fields[ name ] = initialValue;
else
it->second = initialValue;
}
void SetField( const wxString &name, void* value )
{
wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name );
if (it == m_fields.end())
return;
it->second = value;
}
void* GetField( const wxString &name, void *defaultValue = NULL )
{
wxShadowObjectFields::iterator it = m_fields.find( name );
if (it == m_fields.end())
return defaultValue;
return it->second;
}
private:
wxShadowObjectMethods m_methods;
wxShadowObjectFields m_fields;
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// what kind of client data do we have?
enum wxClientDataType
{
wxClientData_None, // we don't know yet because we don't have it at all
wxClientData_Object, // our client data is typed and we own it
wxClientData_Void // client data is untyped and we don't own it
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientData
{
public:
wxClientData() { }
virtual ~wxClientData() { }
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxStringClientData : public wxClientData
{
public:
wxStringClientData() : m_data() { }
wxStringClientData( const wxString &data ) : m_data(data) { }
void SetData( const wxString &data ) { m_data = data; }
const wxString& GetData() const { return m_data; }
private:
wxString m_data;
};
// This class is a mixin that provides storage and management of "client
// data." The client data stored can either be a pointer to a wxClientData
// object in which case it is managed by the container (i.e. it will delete
// the data when it's destroyed) or an untyped pointer which won't be deleted
// by the container - but not both of them
//
// NOTE: This functionality is currently duplicated in wxEvtHandler in order
// to avoid having more than one vtable in that class hierarchy.
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxClientDataContainer
{
public:
wxClientDataContainer();
virtual ~wxClientDataContainer();
void SetClientObject( wxClientData *data ) { DoSetClientObject(data); }
wxClientData *GetClientObject() const { return DoGetClientObject(); }
void SetClientData( void *data ) { DoSetClientData(data); }
void *GetClientData() const { return DoGetClientData(); }
protected:
// The user data: either an object which will be deleted by the container
// when it's deleted or some raw pointer which we do nothing with. Only
// one type of data can be used with the given window, i.e. you cannot set
// the void data and then associate the container with wxClientData or vice
// versa.
union
{
wxClientData *m_clientObject;
void *m_clientData;
};
// client data accessors
virtual void DoSetClientObject( wxClientData *data );
virtual wxClientData *DoGetClientObject() const;
virtual void DoSetClientData( void *data );
virtual void *DoGetClientData() const;
// what kind of data do we have?
wxClientDataType m_clientDataType;
};
#endif // _WX_CLNTDATAH__

152
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/cmdargs.h
View File

@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/cmdargs.h
// Purpose: declaration of wxCmdLineArgsArray helper class
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Created: 2007-11-12
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2007 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CMDARGS_H_
#define _WX_CMDARGS_H_
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCmdLineArgsArray: helper class used by wxApp::argv
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
// this class is used instead of either "char **" or "wchar_t **" (neither of
// which would be backwards compatible with all the existing code) for argv
// field of wxApp
//
// as it's used for compatibility, it tries to look as much as traditional
// (char **) argv as possible, in particular it provides implicit conversions
// to "char **" and also array-like operator[]
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineArgsArray
{
public:
wxCmdLineArgsArray() { m_argsA = NULL; m_argsW = NULL; }
template <typename T>
wxCmdLineArgsArray& operator=(T **argv)
{
FreeArgs();
m_args.clear();
if ( argv )
{
while ( *argv )
m_args.push_back(*argv++);
}
return *this;
}
operator char**() const
{
if ( !m_argsA )
{
const size_t count = m_args.size();
m_argsA = new char *[count];
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
m_argsA[n] = wxStrdup(m_args[n].ToAscii());
}
return m_argsA;
}
operator wchar_t**() const
{
if ( !m_argsW )
{
const size_t count = m_args.size();
m_argsW = new wchar_t *[count];
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
m_argsW[n] = wxStrdup(m_args[n].wc_str());
}
return m_argsW;
}
// existing code does checks like "if ( argv )" and we want it to continue
// to compile, so provide this conversion even if it is pretty dangerous
operator bool() const
{
return !m_args.empty();
}
// and the same for "if ( !argv )" checks
bool operator!() const
{
return m_args.empty();
}
wxString operator[](size_t n) const
{
return m_args[n];
}
// we must provide this overload for g++ 3.4 which can't choose between
// our operator[](size_t) and ::operator[](char**, int) otherwise
wxString operator[](int n) const
{
return m_args[n];
}
// convenience methods, i.e. not existing only for backwards compatibility
// do we have any arguments at all?
bool IsEmpty() const { return m_args.empty(); }
// access the arguments as a convenient array of wxStrings
const wxArrayString& GetArguments() const { return m_args; }
~wxCmdLineArgsArray()
{
FreeArgs();
}
private:
template <typename T>
void Free(T **args)
{
if ( !args )
return;
const size_t count = m_args.size();
for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
free(args[n]);
delete [] args;
}
void FreeArgs()
{
Free(m_argsA);
Free(m_argsW);
}
wxArrayString m_args;
mutable char **m_argsA;
mutable wchar_t **m_argsW;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineArgsArray);
};
// provide global operator overload for compatibility with the existing code
// doing things like "if ( condition && argv )"
inline bool operator&&(bool cond, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& array)
{
return cond && !array.IsEmpty();
}
#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
#endif // _WX_CMDARGS_H_

298
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/cmdline.h
View File

@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/cmdline.h
// Purpose: wxCmdLineParser and related classes for parsing the command
// line options
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 04.01.00
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2000 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CMDLINE_H_
#define _WX_CMDLINE_H_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
#include "wx/cmdargs.h"
// determines ConvertStringToArgs() behaviour
enum wxCmdLineSplitType
{
wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS,
wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_UNIX
};
#if wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxDateTime;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// by default, options are optional (sic) and each call to AddParam() allows
// one more parameter - this may be changed by giving non-default flags to it
enum wxCmdLineEntryFlags
{
wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_MANDATORY = 0x01, // this option must be given
wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_OPTIONAL = 0x02, // the parameter may be omitted
wxCMD_LINE_PARAM_MULTIPLE = 0x04, // the parameter may be repeated
wxCMD_LINE_OPTION_HELP = 0x08, // this option is a help request
wxCMD_LINE_NEEDS_SEPARATOR = 0x10, // must have sep before the value
wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE = 0x20 // this switch can be negated (e.g. /S-)
};
// an option value or parameter may be a string (the most common case), a
// number or a date
enum wxCmdLineParamType
{
wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING, // should be 0 (default)
wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NUMBER,
wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DATE,
wxCMD_LINE_VAL_DOUBLE,
wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE
};
// for constructing the cmd line description using Init()
enum wxCmdLineEntryType
{
wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH,
wxCMD_LINE_OPTION,
wxCMD_LINE_PARAM,
wxCMD_LINE_USAGE_TEXT,
wxCMD_LINE_NONE // to terminate the list
};
// Possible return values of wxCmdLineParser::FoundSwitch()
enum wxCmdLineSwitchState
{
wxCMD_SWITCH_OFF = -1, // Found but turned off/negated.
wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND, // Not found at all.
wxCMD_SWITCH_ON // Found in normal state.
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCmdLineEntryDesc is a description of one command line
// switch/option/parameter
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
struct wxCmdLineEntryDesc
{
wxCmdLineEntryType kind;
const char *shortName;
const char *longName;
const char *description;
wxCmdLineParamType type;
int flags;
};
// the list of wxCmdLineEntryDesc objects should be terminated with this one
#define wxCMD_LINE_DESC_END \
{ wxCMD_LINE_NONE, NULL, NULL, NULL, wxCMD_LINE_VAL_NONE, 0x0 }
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCmdLineParser is a class for parsing command line.
//
// It has the following features:
//
// 1. distinguishes options, switches and parameters; allows option grouping
// 2. allows both short and long options
// 3. automatically generates the usage message from the cmd line description
// 4. does type checks on the options values (number, date, ...)
//
// To use it you should:
//
// 1. construct it giving it the cmd line to parse and optionally its desc
// 2. construct the cmd line description using AddXXX() if not done in (1)
// 3. call Parse()
// 4. use GetXXX() to retrieve the parsed info
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser
{
public:
// ctors and initializers
// ----------------------
// default ctor or ctor giving the cmd line in either Unix or Win form
wxCmdLineParser() { Init(); }
wxCmdLineParser(int argc, char **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); }
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
wxCmdLineParser(int argc, wxChar **argv) { Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); }
wxCmdLineParser(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv)
{ Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); }
#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
wxCmdLineParser(const wxString& cmdline) { Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); }
// the same as above, but also gives the cmd line description - otherwise,
// use AddXXX() later
wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc)
{ Init(); SetDesc(desc); }
wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, char **argv)
{ Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); }
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, int argc, wxChar **argv)
{ Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); }
wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc,
int argc,
const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv)
{ Init(); SetCmdLine(argc, argv); SetDesc(desc); }
#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
wxCmdLineParser(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc, const wxString& cmdline)
{ Init(); SetCmdLine(cmdline); SetDesc(desc); }
// set cmd line to parse after using one of the ctors which don't do it
void SetCmdLine(int argc, char **argv);
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
void SetCmdLine(int argc, wxChar **argv);
void SetCmdLine(int argc, const wxCmdLineArgsArray& argv);
#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
void SetCmdLine(const wxString& cmdline);
// not virtual, don't use this class polymorphically
~wxCmdLineParser();
// set different parser options
// ----------------------------
// by default, '-' is switch char under Unix, '-' or '/' under Win:
// switchChars contains all characters with which an option or switch may
// start
void SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars);
// long options are not POSIX-compliant, this option allows to disable them
void EnableLongOptions(bool enable = true);
void DisableLongOptions() { EnableLongOptions(false); }
bool AreLongOptionsEnabled() const;
// extra text may be shown by Usage() method if set by this function
void SetLogo(const wxString& logo);
// construct the cmd line description
// ----------------------------------
// take the cmd line description from the wxCMD_LINE_NONE terminated table
void SetDesc(const wxCmdLineEntryDesc *desc);
// a switch: i.e. an option without value
void AddSwitch(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString,
const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
int flags = 0);
void AddLongSwitch(const wxString& lng,
const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
int flags = 0)
{
AddSwitch(wxString(), lng, desc, flags);
}
// an option taking a value of the given type
void AddOption(const wxString& name, const wxString& lng = wxEmptyString,
const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
int flags = 0);
void AddLongOption(const wxString& lng,
const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
int flags = 0)
{
AddOption(wxString(), lng, desc, type, flags);
}
// a parameter
void AddParam(const wxString& desc = wxEmptyString,
wxCmdLineParamType type = wxCMD_LINE_VAL_STRING,
int flags = 0);
// add an explanatory text to be shown to the user in help
void AddUsageText(const wxString& text);
// actions
// -------
// parse the command line, return 0 if ok, -1 if "-h" or "--help" option
// was encountered and the help message was given or a positive value if a
// syntax error occurred
//
// if showUsage is true, Usage() is called in case of syntax error or if
// help was requested
int Parse(bool showUsage = true);
// give the usage message describing all program options
void Usage() const;
// return the usage string, call Usage() to directly show it to the user
wxString GetUsageString() const;
// get the command line arguments
// ------------------------------
// returns true if the given switch was found
bool Found(const wxString& name) const;
// Returns wxCMD_SWITCH_NOT_FOUND if the switch was not found at all,
// wxCMD_SWITCH_ON if it was found in normal state and wxCMD_SWITCH_OFF if
// it was found but negated (i.e. followed by "-", this can only happen for
// the switches with wxCMD_LINE_SWITCH_NEGATABLE flag).
wxCmdLineSwitchState FoundSwitch(const wxString& name) const;
// returns true if an option taking a string value was found and stores the
// value in the provided pointer
bool Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const;
// returns true if an option taking an integer value was found and stores
// the value in the provided pointer
bool Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const;
// returns true if an option taking a double value was found and stores
// the value in the provided pointer
bool Found(const wxString& name, double *value) const;
#if wxUSE_DATETIME
// returns true if an option taking a date value was found and stores the
// value in the provided pointer
bool Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const;
#endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
// gets the number of parameters found
size_t GetParamCount() const;
// gets the value of Nth parameter (as string only for now)
wxString GetParam(size_t n = 0u) const;
// Resets switches and options
void Reset();
// break down the command line in arguments
static wxArrayString
ConvertStringToArgs(const wxString& cmdline,
wxCmdLineSplitType type = wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS);
private:
// common part of all ctors
void Init();
struct wxCmdLineParserData *m_data;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCmdLineParser);
};
#else // !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
// this function is always available (even if !wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER) because it
// is used by wxWin itself under Windows
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxCmdLineParser
{
public:
static wxArrayString
ConvertStringToArgs(const wxString& cmdline,
wxCmdLineSplitType type = wxCMD_LINE_SPLIT_DOS);
};
#endif // wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER/!wxUSE_CMDLINE_PARSER
#endif // _WX_CMDLINE_H_

312
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/cmndata.h
View File

@ -1,312 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/cmndata.h
// Purpose: Common GDI data classes
// Author: Julian Smart and others
// Modified by:
// Created: 01/02/97
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c)
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
#include "wx/gdicmn.h"
#if wxUSE_STREAMS
#include "wx/stream.h"
#endif
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxPrintNativeDataBase;
/*
* wxPrintData
* Encapsulates printer information (not printer dialog information)
*/
enum wxPrintBin
{
wxPRINTBIN_DEFAULT,
wxPRINTBIN_ONLYONE,
wxPRINTBIN_LOWER,
wxPRINTBIN_MIDDLE,
wxPRINTBIN_MANUAL,
wxPRINTBIN_ENVELOPE,
wxPRINTBIN_ENVMANUAL,
wxPRINTBIN_AUTO,
wxPRINTBIN_TRACTOR,
wxPRINTBIN_SMALLFMT,
wxPRINTBIN_LARGEFMT,
wxPRINTBIN_LARGECAPACITY,
wxPRINTBIN_CASSETTE,
wxPRINTBIN_FORMSOURCE,
wxPRINTBIN_USER
};
const int wxPRINTMEDIA_DEFAULT = 0;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintData: public wxObject
{
public:
wxPrintData();
wxPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData);
virtual ~wxPrintData();
int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; }
bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; }
wxPrintOrientation GetOrientation() const { return m_printOrientation; }
bool IsOrientationReversed() const { return m_printOrientationReversed; }
// Is this data OK for showing the print dialog?
bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
bool IsOk() const ;
const wxString& GetPrinterName() const { return m_printerName; }
bool GetColour() const { return m_colour; }
wxDuplexMode GetDuplex() const { return m_duplexMode; }
wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_paperId; }
const wxSize& GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; } // Not used yet: confusable with paper size
// in wxPageSetupDialogData
wxPrintQuality GetQuality() const { return m_printQuality; }
wxPrintBin GetBin() const { return m_bin; }
wxPrintMode GetPrintMode() const { return m_printMode; }
int GetMedia() const { return m_media; }
void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; }
void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; }
// Please use the overloaded method below
wxDEPRECATED_INLINE(void SetOrientation(int orient),
m_printOrientation = (wxPrintOrientation)orient; )
void SetOrientation(wxPrintOrientation orient) { m_printOrientation = orient; }
void SetOrientationReversed(bool reversed) { m_printOrientationReversed = reversed; }
void SetPrinterName(const wxString& name) { m_printerName = name; }
void SetColour(bool colour) { m_colour = colour; }
void SetDuplex(wxDuplexMode duplex) { m_duplexMode = duplex; }
void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize sizeId) { m_paperId = sizeId; }
void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_paperSize = sz; }
void SetQuality(wxPrintQuality quality) { m_printQuality = quality; }
void SetBin(wxPrintBin bin) { m_bin = bin; }
void SetMedia(int media) { m_media = media; }
void SetPrintMode(wxPrintMode printMode) { m_printMode = printMode; }
wxString GetFilename() const { return m_filename; }
void SetFilename( const wxString &filename ) { m_filename = filename; }
wxPrintData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data);
char* GetPrivData() const { return m_privData; }
int GetPrivDataLen() const { return m_privDataLen; }
void SetPrivData( char *privData, int len );
// Convert between wxPrintData and native data
void ConvertToNative();
void ConvertFromNative();
// Holds the native print data
wxPrintNativeDataBase *GetNativeData() const { return m_nativeData; }
private:
wxPrintBin m_bin;
int m_media;
wxPrintMode m_printMode;
int m_printNoCopies;
wxPrintOrientation m_printOrientation;
bool m_printOrientationReversed;
bool m_printCollate;
wxString m_printerName;
bool m_colour;
wxDuplexMode m_duplexMode;
wxPrintQuality m_printQuality;
wxPaperSize m_paperId;
wxSize m_paperSize;
wxString m_filename;
char* m_privData;
int m_privDataLen;
wxPrintNativeDataBase *m_nativeData;
private:
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintData)
};
/*
* wxPrintDialogData
* Encapsulates information displayed and edited in the printer dialog box.
* Contains a wxPrintData object which is filled in according to the values retrieved
* from the dialog.
*/
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrintDialogData: public wxObject
{
public:
wxPrintDialogData();
wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintDialogData& dialogData);
wxPrintDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData);
virtual ~wxPrintDialogData();
int GetFromPage() const { return m_printFromPage; }
int GetToPage() const { return m_printToPage; }
int GetMinPage() const { return m_printMinPage; }
int GetMaxPage() const { return m_printMaxPage; }
int GetNoCopies() const { return m_printNoCopies; }
bool GetAllPages() const { return m_printAllPages; }
bool GetSelection() const { return m_printSelection; }
bool GetCollate() const { return m_printCollate; }
bool GetPrintToFile() const { return m_printToFile; }
void SetFromPage(int v) { m_printFromPage = v; }
void SetToPage(int v) { m_printToPage = v; }
void SetMinPage(int v) { m_printMinPage = v; }
void SetMaxPage(int v) { m_printMaxPage = v; }
void SetNoCopies(int v) { m_printNoCopies = v; }
void SetAllPages(bool flag) { m_printAllPages = flag; }
void SetSelection(bool flag) { m_printSelection = flag; }
void SetCollate(bool flag) { m_printCollate = flag; }
void SetPrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printToFile = flag; }
void EnablePrintToFile(bool flag) { m_printEnablePrintToFile = flag; }
void EnableSelection(bool flag) { m_printEnableSelection = flag; }
void EnablePageNumbers(bool flag) { m_printEnablePageNumbers = flag; }
void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_printEnableHelp = flag; }
bool GetEnablePrintToFile() const { return m_printEnablePrintToFile; }
bool GetEnableSelection() const { return m_printEnableSelection; }
bool GetEnablePageNumbers() const { return m_printEnablePageNumbers; }
bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_printEnableHelp; }
// Is this data OK for showing the print dialog?
bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.IsOk() ; }
wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData) { m_printData = printData; }
void operator=(const wxPrintDialogData& data);
void operator=(const wxPrintData& data); // Sets internal m_printData member
private:
int m_printFromPage;
int m_printToPage;
int m_printMinPage;
int m_printMaxPage;
int m_printNoCopies;
bool m_printAllPages;
bool m_printCollate;
bool m_printToFile;
bool m_printSelection;
bool m_printEnableSelection;
bool m_printEnablePageNumbers;
bool m_printEnableHelp;
bool m_printEnablePrintToFile;
wxPrintData m_printData;
private:
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData)
};
/*
* This is the data used (and returned) by the wxPageSetupDialog.
*/
// Compatibility with old name
#define wxPageSetupData wxPageSetupDialogData
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPageSetupDialogData: public wxObject
{
public:
wxPageSetupDialogData();
wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPageSetupDialogData& dialogData);
wxPageSetupDialogData(const wxPrintData& printData);
virtual ~wxPageSetupDialogData();
wxSize GetPaperSize() const { return m_paperSize; }
wxPaperSize GetPaperId() const { return m_printData.GetPaperId(); }
wxPoint GetMinMarginTopLeft() const { return m_minMarginTopLeft; }
wxPoint GetMinMarginBottomRight() const { return m_minMarginBottomRight; }
wxPoint GetMarginTopLeft() const { return m_marginTopLeft; }
wxPoint GetMarginBottomRight() const { return m_marginBottomRight; }
bool GetDefaultMinMargins() const { return m_defaultMinMargins; }
bool GetEnableMargins() const { return m_enableMargins; }
bool GetEnableOrientation() const { return m_enableOrientation; }
bool GetEnablePaper() const { return m_enablePaper; }
bool GetEnablePrinter() const { return m_enablePrinter; }
bool GetDefaultInfo() const { return m_getDefaultInfo; }
bool GetEnableHelp() const { return m_enableHelp; }
// Is this data OK for showing the page setup dialog?
bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
bool IsOk() const { return m_printData.IsOk() ; }
// If a corresponding paper type is found in the paper database, will set the m_printData
// paper size id member as well.
void SetPaperSize(const wxSize& sz);
void SetPaperId(wxPaperSize id) { m_printData.SetPaperId(id); }
// Sets the wxPrintData id, plus the paper width/height if found in the paper database.
void SetPaperSize(wxPaperSize id);
void SetMinMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginTopLeft = pt; }
void SetMinMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_minMarginBottomRight = pt; }
void SetMarginTopLeft(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginTopLeft = pt; }
void SetMarginBottomRight(const wxPoint& pt) { m_marginBottomRight = pt; }
void SetDefaultMinMargins(bool flag) { m_defaultMinMargins = flag; }
void SetDefaultInfo(bool flag) { m_getDefaultInfo = flag; }
void EnableMargins(bool flag) { m_enableMargins = flag; }
void EnableOrientation(bool flag) { m_enableOrientation = flag; }
void EnablePaper(bool flag) { m_enablePaper = flag; }
void EnablePrinter(bool flag) { m_enablePrinter = flag; }
void EnableHelp(bool flag) { m_enableHelp = flag; }
// Use paper size defined in this object to set the wxPrintData
// paper id
void CalculateIdFromPaperSize();
// Use paper id in wxPrintData to set this object's paper size
void CalculatePaperSizeFromId();
wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPageSetupDialogData& data);
wxPageSetupDialogData& operator=(const wxPrintData& data);
wxPrintData& GetPrintData() { return m_printData; }
const wxPrintData& GetPrintData() const { return m_printData; }
void SetPrintData(const wxPrintData& printData);
private:
wxSize m_paperSize; // The dimensions selected by the user (on return, same as in wxPrintData?)
wxPoint m_minMarginTopLeft;
wxPoint m_minMarginBottomRight;
wxPoint m_marginTopLeft;
wxPoint m_marginBottomRight;
bool m_defaultMinMargins;
bool m_enableMargins;
bool m_enableOrientation;
bool m_enablePaper;
bool m_enablePrinter;
bool m_getDefaultInfo; // Equiv. to PSD_RETURNDEFAULT
bool m_enableHelp;
wxPrintData m_printData;
private:
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData)
};
#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
#endif
// _WX_CMNDATA_H_BASE_

42
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/colordlg.h
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/colordlg.h
// Purpose: wxColourDialog
// Author: Vadim Zeitiln
// Modified by:
// Created: 01/02/97
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_
#define _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_COLOURDLG
#include "wx/colourdata.h"
#if defined(__WXMSW__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/msw/colordlg.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/osx/colordlg.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__) && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/gtk/colordlg.h"
#else
#include "wx/generic/colrdlgg.h"
#define wxColourDialog wxGenericColourDialog
#endif
// get the colour from user and return it
WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColour wxGetColourFromUser(wxWindow *parent = NULL,
const wxColour& colInit = wxNullColour,
const wxString& caption = wxEmptyString,
wxColourData *data = NULL);
#endif // wxUSE_COLOURDLG
#endif
// _WX_COLORDLG_H_BASE_

238
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/colour.h
View File

@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/colour.h
// Purpose: wxColourBase definition
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by: Francesco Montorsi
// Created:
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
#define _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/gdiobj.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxColour;
// A macro to define the standard wxColour constructors:
//
// It avoids the need to repeat these lines across all colour.h files, since
// Set() is a virtual function and thus cannot be called by wxColourBase ctors
#define DEFINE_STD_WXCOLOUR_CONSTRUCTORS \
wxColour() { Init(); } \
wxColour(ChannelType red, \
ChannelType green, \
ChannelType blue, \
ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE) \
{ Init(); Set(red, green, blue, alpha); } \
wxColour(unsigned long colRGB) { Init(); Set(colRGB ); } \
wxColour(const wxString& colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); } \
wxColour(const char *colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); } \
wxColour(const wchar_t *colourName) { Init(); Set(colourName); }
// flags for wxColour -> wxString conversion (see wxColour::GetAsString)
enum {
wxC2S_NAME = 1, // return colour name, when possible
wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX = 2, // return colour in rgb(r,g,b) syntax
wxC2S_HTML_SYNTAX = 4 // return colour in #rrggbb syntax
};
const unsigned char wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT = 0;
const unsigned char wxALPHA_OPAQUE = 0xff;
// a valid but fully transparent colour
#define wxTransparentColour wxColour(0, 0, 0, wxALPHA_TRANSPARENT)
#define wxTransparentColor wxTransparentColour
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxVariant support
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_VARIANT
#include "wx/variant.h"
DECLARE_VARIANT_OBJECT_EXPORTED(wxColour,WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE)
#endif
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxColourBase: this class has no data members, just some functions to avoid
// code redundancy in all native wxColour implementations
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/* Transition from wxGDIObject to wxObject is incomplete. If your port does
not need the wxGDIObject machinery to handle colors, please add it to the
list of ports which do not need it.
*/
#if defined( __WXMAC__ ) || defined( __WXMSW__ ) || defined( __WXPM__ ) || defined( __WXCOCOA__ )
#define wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT 0
#else
#define wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT 1
#endif
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourBase : public
#if wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT
wxGDIObject
#else
wxObject
#endif
{
public:
// type of a single colour component
typedef unsigned char ChannelType;
wxColourBase() {}
virtual ~wxColourBase() {}
// Set() functions
// ---------------
void Set(ChannelType red,
ChannelType green,
ChannelType blue,
ChannelType alpha = wxALPHA_OPAQUE)
{ InitRGBA(red, green, blue, alpha); }
// implemented in colourcmn.cpp
bool Set(const wxString &str)
{ return FromString(str); }
void Set(unsigned long colRGB)
{
// we don't need to know sizeof(long) here because we assume that the three
// least significant bytes contain the R, G and B values
Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGB),
(ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 8)),
(ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 16)));
}
// accessors
// ---------
virtual ChannelType Red() const = 0;
virtual ChannelType Green() const = 0;
virtual ChannelType Blue() const = 0;
virtual ChannelType Alpha() const
{ return wxALPHA_OPAQUE ; }
// implemented in colourcmn.cpp
virtual wxString GetAsString(long flags = wxC2S_NAME | wxC2S_CSS_SYNTAX) const;
void SetRGB(wxUint32 colRGB)
{
Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGB),
(ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 8)),
(ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGB >> 16)));
}
void SetRGBA(wxUint32 colRGBA)
{
Set((ChannelType)(0xFF & colRGBA),
(ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 8)),
(ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 16)),
(ChannelType)(0xFF & (colRGBA >> 24)));
}
wxUint32 GetRGB() const
{ return Red() | (Green() << 8) | (Blue() << 16); }
wxUint32 GetRGBA() const
{ return Red() | (Green() << 8) | (Blue() << 16) | (Alpha() << 24); }
#if !wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT
virtual bool IsOk() const= 0;
// older version, for backwards compatibility only (but not deprecated
// because it's still widely used)
bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); }
#endif
// manipulation
// ------------
// These methods are static because they are mostly used
// within tight loops (where we don't want to instantiate wxColour's)
static void MakeMono (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, bool on);
static void MakeDisabled(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, unsigned char brightness = 255);
static void MakeGrey (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b); // integer version
static void MakeGrey (unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b,
double weight_r, double weight_g, double weight_b); // floating point version
static unsigned char AlphaBlend (unsigned char fg, unsigned char bg, double alpha);
static void ChangeLightness(unsigned char* r, unsigned char* g, unsigned char* b, int ialpha);
wxColour ChangeLightness(int ialpha) const;
// old, deprecated
// ---------------
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_6
static wxDEPRECATED( wxColour CreateByName(const wxString& name) );
wxDEPRECATED( void InitFromName(const wxString& col) );
#endif
protected:
// Some ports need Init() and while we don't, provide a stub so that the
// ports which don't need it are not forced to define it
void Init() { }
virtual void
InitRGBA(ChannelType r, ChannelType g, ChannelType b, ChannelType a) = 0;
virtual bool FromString(const wxString& s);
#if wxCOLOUR_IS_GDIOBJECT
// wxColour doesn't use reference counted data (at least not in all ports)
// so provide stubs for the functions which need to be defined if we do use
// them
virtual wxGDIRefData *CreateGDIRefData() const
{
wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if used" );
return NULL;
}
virtual wxGDIRefData *CloneGDIRefData(const wxGDIRefData *WXUNUSED(data)) const
{
wxFAIL_MSG( "must be overridden if used" );
return NULL;
}
#endif
};
// wxColour <-> wxString utilities, used by wxConfig, defined in colourcmn.cpp
WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxString wxToString(const wxColourBase& col);
WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxFromString(const wxString& str, wxColourBase* col);
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
#include "wx/generic/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#include "wx/x11/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/colour.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/colour.h"
#endif
#define wxColor wxColour
#endif // _WX_COLOUR_H_BASE_

52
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/colourdata.h
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/colourdata.h
// Author: Julian Smart
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_COLOURDATA_H_
#define _WX_COLOURDATA_H_
#include "wx/colour.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxColourData : public wxObject
{
public:
// number of custom colours we store
enum
{
NUM_CUSTOM = 16
};
wxColourData();
wxColourData(const wxColourData& data);
wxColourData& operator=(const wxColourData& data);
virtual ~wxColourData();
void SetChooseFull(bool flag) { m_chooseFull = flag; }
bool GetChooseFull() const { return m_chooseFull; }
void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_dataColour = colour; }
const wxColour& GetColour() const { return m_dataColour; }
wxColour& GetColour() { return m_dataColour; }
// SetCustomColour() modifies colours in an internal array of NUM_CUSTOM
// custom colours;
void SetCustomColour(int i, const wxColour& colour);
wxColour GetCustomColour(int i) const;
// Serialize the object to a string and restore it from it
wxString ToString() const;
bool FromString(const wxString& str);
// public for backwards compatibility only: don't use directly
wxColour m_dataColour;
wxColour m_custColours[NUM_CUSTOM];
bool m_chooseFull;
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData)
};
#endif // _WX_COLOURDATA_H_

880
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/combo.h
View File

@ -1,880 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/combo.h
// Purpose: wxComboCtrl declaration
// Author: Jaakko Salli
// Modified by:
// Created: Apr-30-2006
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) Jaakko Salli
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_
#define _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_
/*
A few words about all the classes defined in this file are probably in
order: why do we need extra wxComboCtrl and wxComboPopup classes?
This is because a traditional combobox is a combination of a text control
(with a button allowing to open the pop down list) with a listbox and
wxComboBox class is exactly such control, however we want to also have other
combinations - in fact, we want to allow anything at all to be used as pop
down list, not just a wxListBox.
So we define a base wxComboCtrl which can use any control as pop down
list and wxComboBox deriving from it which implements the standard wxWidgets
combobox API. wxComboCtrl needs to be told somehow which control to use
and this is done by SetPopupControl(). However, we need something more than
just a wxControl in this method as, for example, we need to call
SetSelection("initial text value") and wxControl doesn't have such method.
So we also need a wxComboPopup which is just a very simple interface which
must be implemented by a control to be usable as a popup.
We couldn't derive wxComboPopup from wxControl as this would make it
impossible to have a class deriving from both wxListBx and from it, so
instead it is just a mix-in.
*/
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
#include "wx/control.h"
#include "wx/renderer.h" // this is needed for wxCONTROL_XXX flags
#include "wx/bitmap.h" // wxBitmap used by-value
#include "wx/textentry.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxTextCtrl;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboPopup;
//
// New window styles for wxComboCtrlBase
//
enum
{
// Double-clicking a read-only combo triggers call to popup's OnComboPopup.
// In wxOwnerDrawnComboBox, for instance, it cycles item.
wxCC_SPECIAL_DCLICK = 0x0100,
// Dropbutton acts like standard push button.
wxCC_STD_BUTTON = 0x0200
};
// wxComboCtrl internal flags
enum
{
// First those that can be passed to Customize.
// It is Windows style for all flags to be clear.
// Button is preferred outside the border (GTK style)
wxCC_BUTTON_OUTSIDE_BORDER = 0x0001,
// Show popup on mouse up instead of mouse down (which is the Windows style)
wxCC_POPUP_ON_MOUSE_UP = 0x0002,
// All text is not automatically selected on click
wxCC_NO_TEXT_AUTO_SELECT = 0x0004,
// Drop-button stays down as long as popup is displayed.
wxCC_BUTTON_STAYS_DOWN = 0x0008,
// Drop-button covers the entire control.
wxCC_FULL_BUTTON = 0x0010,
// Drop-button goes over the custom-border (used under WinVista).
wxCC_BUTTON_COVERS_BORDER = 0x0020,
// Internal use: signals creation is complete
wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0100,
// Internal use: really put button outside
wxCC_IFLAG_BUTTON_OUTSIDE = 0x0200,
// Internal use: SetMargins has been successfully called
wxCC_IFLAG_LEFT_MARGIN_SET = 0x0400,
// Internal use: Set wxTAB_TRAVERSAL to parent when popup is dismissed
wxCC_IFLAG_PARENT_TAB_TRAVERSAL = 0x0800,
// Internal use: Secondary popup window type should be used (if available).
wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP = 0x1000,
// Internal use: Skip popup animation.
wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM = 0x2000,
// Internal use: Drop-button is a bitmap button or has non-default size
// (but can still be on either side of the control), regardless whether
// specified by the platform or the application.
wxCC_IFLAG_HAS_NONSTANDARD_BUTTON = 0x4000
};
// Flags used by PreprocessMouseEvent and HandleButtonMouseEvent
enum
{
wxCC_MF_ON_BUTTON = 0x0001, // cursor is on dropbutton area
wxCC_MF_ON_CLICK_AREA = 0x0002 // cursor is on dropbutton or other area
// that can be clicked to show the popup.
};
// Namespace for wxComboCtrl feature flags
struct wxComboCtrlFeatures
{
enum
{
MovableButton = 0x0001, // Button can be on either side of control
BitmapButton = 0x0002, // Button may be replaced with bitmap
ButtonSpacing = 0x0004, // Button can have spacing from the edge
// of the control
TextIndent = 0x0008, // SetMargins can be used to control
// left margin.
PaintControl = 0x0010, // Combo control itself can be custom painted
PaintWritable = 0x0020, // A variable-width area in front of writable
// combo control's textctrl can be custom
// painted
Borderless = 0x0040, // wxNO_BORDER window style works
// There are no feature flags for...
// PushButtonBitmapBackground - if its in wxRendererNative, then it should be
// not an issue to have it automatically under the bitmap.
All = MovableButton|BitmapButton|
ButtonSpacing|TextIndent|
PaintControl|PaintWritable|
Borderless
};
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboCtrlBase : public wxControl,
public wxTextEntry
{
friend class wxComboPopup;
friend class wxComboPopupEvtHandler;
public:
// ctors and such
wxComboCtrlBase() : wxControl(), wxTextEntry() { Init(); }
bool Create(wxWindow *parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxString& value,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size,
long style,
const wxValidator& validator,
const wxString& name);
virtual ~wxComboCtrlBase();
// Show/hide popup window (wxComboBox-compatible methods)
virtual void Popup();
virtual void Dismiss()
{
HidePopup(true);
}
// Show/hide popup window.
// TODO: Maybe deprecate in favor of Popup()/Dismiss().
// However, these functions are still called internally
// so it is not straightforward.
virtual void ShowPopup();
virtual void HidePopup(bool generateEvent=false);
// Override for totally custom combo action
virtual void OnButtonClick();
// return true if the popup is currently shown
bool IsPopupShown() const { return m_popupWinState == Visible; }
// set interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup
// NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class
void SetPopupControl( wxComboPopup* popup )
{
DoSetPopupControl(popup);
}
// get interface class instance derived from wxComboPopup
wxComboPopup* GetPopupControl()
{
EnsurePopupControl();
return m_popupInterface;
}
// get the popup window containing the popup control
wxWindow *GetPopupWindow() const { return m_winPopup; }
// Get the text control which is part of the combobox.
wxTextCtrl *GetTextCtrl() const { return m_text; }
// get the dropdown button which is part of the combobox
// note: its not necessarily a wxButton or wxBitmapButton
wxWindow *GetButton() const { return m_btn; }
// forward these methods to all subcontrols
virtual bool Enable(bool enable = true);
virtual bool Show(bool show = true);
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
//
// wxTextEntry methods
//
// NB: We basically need to override all of them because there is
// no guarantee how platform-specific wxTextEntry is implemented.
//
virtual void SetValue(const wxString& value)
{ wxTextEntryBase::SetValue(value); }
virtual void ChangeValue(const wxString& value)
{ wxTextEntryBase::ChangeValue(value); }
virtual void WriteText(const wxString& text);
virtual void AppendText(const wxString& text)
{ wxTextEntryBase::AppendText(text); }
virtual wxString GetValue() const
{ return wxTextEntryBase::GetValue(); }
virtual wxString GetRange(long from, long to) const
{ return wxTextEntryBase::GetRange(from, to); }
// Replace() and DoSetValue() need to be fully re-implemented since
// EventSuppressor utility class does not work with the way
// wxComboCtrl is implemented.
virtual void Replace(long from, long to, const wxString& value);
virtual void Remove(long from, long to);
virtual void Copy();
virtual void Cut();
virtual void Paste();
virtual void Undo();
virtual void Redo();
virtual bool CanUndo() const;
virtual bool CanRedo() const;
virtual void SetInsertionPoint(long pos);
virtual long GetInsertionPoint() const;
virtual long GetLastPosition() const;
virtual void SetSelection(long from, long to);
virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const;
virtual bool IsEditable() const;
virtual void SetEditable(bool editable);
virtual bool SetHint(const wxString& hint);
virtual wxString GetHint() const;
// This method sets the text without affecting list selection
// (ie. wxComboPopup::SetStringValue doesn't get called).
void SetText(const wxString& value);
// This method sets value and also optionally sends EVT_TEXT
// (needed by combo popups)
wxDEPRECATED( void SetValueWithEvent(const wxString& value,
bool withEvent = true) );
// Changes value of the control as if user had done it by selecting an
// item from a combo box drop-down list. Needs to be public so that
// derived popup classes can call it.
void SetValueByUser(const wxString& value);
//
// Popup customization methods
//
// Sets minimum width of the popup. If wider than combo control, it will extend to the left.
// Remarks:
// * Value -1 indicates the default.
// * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not).
void SetPopupMinWidth( int width )
{
m_widthMinPopup = width;
}
// Sets preferred maximum height of the popup.
// Remarks:
// * Value -1 indicates the default.
// * Custom popup may choose to ignore this (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox does not).
void SetPopupMaxHeight( int height )
{
m_heightPopup = height;
}
// Extends popup size horizontally, relative to the edges of the combo control.
// Remarks:
// * Popup minimum width may override extLeft (ie. it has higher precedence).
// * Values 0 indicate default.
// * Custom popup may not take this fully into account (wxOwnerDrawnComboBox takes).
void SetPopupExtents( int extLeft, int extRight )
{
m_extLeft = extLeft;
m_extRight = extRight;
}
// Set width, in pixels, of custom paint area in writable combo.
// In read-only, used to indicate area that is not covered by the
// focus rectangle (which may or may not be drawn, depending on the
// popup type).
void SetCustomPaintWidth( int width );
int GetCustomPaintWidth() const { return m_widthCustomPaint; }
// Set side of the control to which the popup will align itself.
// Valid values are wxLEFT, wxRIGHT and 0. The default value 0 wmeans
// that the side of the button will be used.
void SetPopupAnchor( int anchorSide )
{
m_anchorSide = anchorSide;
}
// Set position of dropdown button.
// width: button width. <= 0 for default.
// height: button height. <= 0 for default.
// side: wxLEFT or wxRIGHT, indicates on which side the button will be placed.
// spacingX: empty space on sides of the button. Default is 0.
// Remarks:
// There is no spacingY - the button will be centered vertically.
void SetButtonPosition( int width = -1,
int height = -1,
int side = wxRIGHT,
int spacingX = 0 );
// Returns current size of the dropdown button.
wxSize GetButtonSize();
//
// Sets dropbutton to be drawn with custom bitmaps.
//
// bmpNormal: drawn when cursor is not on button
// pushButtonBg: Draw push button background below the image.
// NOTE! This is usually only properly supported on platforms with appropriate
// method in wxRendererNative.
// bmpPressed: drawn when button is depressed
// bmpHover: drawn when cursor hovers on button. This is ignored on platforms
// that do not generally display hover differently.
// bmpDisabled: drawn when combobox is disabled.
void SetButtonBitmaps( const wxBitmap& bmpNormal,
bool pushButtonBg = false,
const wxBitmap& bmpPressed = wxNullBitmap,
const wxBitmap& bmpHover = wxNullBitmap,
const wxBitmap& bmpDisabled = wxNullBitmap );
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
//
// This will set the space in pixels between left edge of the control and the
// text, regardless whether control is read-only (ie. no wxTextCtrl) or not.
// Platform-specific default can be set with value-1.
// Remarks
// * This method may do nothing on some native implementations.
wxDEPRECATED( void SetTextIndent( int indent ) );
// Returns actual indentation in pixels.
wxDEPRECATED( wxCoord GetTextIndent() const );
#endif
// Returns area covered by the text field.
const wxRect& GetTextRect() const
{
return m_tcArea;
}
// Call with enable as true to use a type of popup window that guarantees ability
// to focus the popup control, and normal function of common native controls.
// This alternative popup window is usually a wxDialog, and as such it's parent
// frame will appear as if the focus has been lost from it.
void UseAltPopupWindow( bool enable = true )
{
wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winPopup,
wxT("call this only before SetPopupControl") );
if ( enable )
m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP;
else
m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_USE_ALT_POPUP;
}
// Call with false to disable popup animation, if any.
void EnablePopupAnimation( bool enable = true )
{
if ( enable )
m_iFlags &= ~wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM;
else
m_iFlags |= wxCC_IFLAG_DISABLE_POPUP_ANIM;
}
//
// Utilies needed by the popups or native implementations
//
// Returns true if given key combination should toggle the popup.
// NB: This is a separate from other keyboard handling because:
// 1) Replaceability.
// 2) Centralized code (otherwise it'd be split up between
// wxComboCtrl key handler and wxVListBoxComboPopup's
// key handler).
virtual bool IsKeyPopupToggle(const wxKeyEvent& event) const = 0;
// Prepare background of combo control or an item in a dropdown list
// in a way typical on platform. This includes painting the focus/disabled
// background and setting the clipping region.
// Unless you plan to paint your own focus indicator, you should always call this
// in your wxComboPopup::PaintComboControl implementation.
// In addition, it sets pen and text colour to what looks good and proper
// against the background.
// flags: wxRendererNative flags: wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU: is drawing a list item instead of combo control
// wxCONTROL_SELECTED: list item is selected
// wxCONTROL_DISABLED: control/item is disabled
virtual void PrepareBackground( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags ) const;
// Returns true if focus indicator should be drawn in the control.
bool ShouldDrawFocus() const
{
const wxWindow* curFocus = FindFocus();
return ( IsPopupWindowState(Hidden) &&
(curFocus == m_mainCtrlWnd || (m_btn && curFocus == m_btn)) &&
(m_windowStyle & wxCB_READONLY) );
}
// These methods return references to appropriate dropbutton bitmaps
const wxBitmap& GetBitmapNormal() const { return m_bmpNormal; }
const wxBitmap& GetBitmapPressed() const { return m_bmpPressed; }
const wxBitmap& GetBitmapHover() const { return m_bmpHover; }
const wxBitmap& GetBitmapDisabled() const { return m_bmpDisabled; }
// Set custom style flags for embedded wxTextCtrl. Usually must be used
// with two-step creation, before Create() call.
void SetTextCtrlStyle( int style );
// Return internal flags
wxUint32 GetInternalFlags() const { return m_iFlags; }
// Return true if Create has finished
bool IsCreated() const { return m_iFlags & wxCC_IFLAG_CREATED ? true : false; }
// Need to override to return text area background colour
wxColour GetBackgroundColour() const;
// common code to be called on popup hide/dismiss
void OnPopupDismiss(bool generateEvent);
// PopupShown states
enum
{
Hidden = 0,
//Closing = 1,
Animating = 2,
Visible = 3
};
bool IsPopupWindowState( int state ) const { return (state == m_popupWinState) ? true : false; }
wxByte GetPopupWindowState() const { return m_popupWinState; }
// Set value returned by GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl
void SetCtrlMainWnd( wxWindow* wnd ) { m_mainCtrlWnd = wnd; }
// This is public so we can access it from wxComboCtrlTextCtrl
virtual wxWindow *GetMainWindowOfCompositeControl()
{ return m_mainCtrlWnd; }
protected:
// Returns true if hint text should be drawn in the control
bool ShouldUseHintText(int flags = 0) const
{
return ( !m_text &&
!(flags & wxCONTROL_ISSUBMENU) &&
!m_valueString.length() &&
m_hintText.length() &&
!ShouldDrawFocus() );
}
//
// Override these for customization purposes
//
// called from wxSizeEvent handler
virtual void OnResize() = 0;
// Return native text identation
// (i.e. text margin, for pure text, not textctrl)
virtual wxCoord GetNativeTextIndent() const;
// Called in syscolourchanged handler and base create
virtual void OnThemeChange();
// Creates wxTextCtrl.
// extraStyle: Extra style parameters
void CreateTextCtrl( int extraStyle );
// Called when text was changed programmatically
// (e.g. from WriteText())
void OnSetValue(const wxString& value);
// Installs standard input handler to combo (and optionally to the textctrl)
void InstallInputHandlers();
// Flags for DrawButton
enum
{
Button_PaintBackground = 0x0001, // Paints control background below the button
Button_BitmapOnly = 0x0002 // Only paints the bitmap
};
// Draws dropbutton. Using wxRenderer or bitmaps, as appropriate.
// Flags are defined above.
virtual void DrawButton( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect, int flags = Button_PaintBackground );
// Call if cursor is on button area or mouse is captured for the button.
//bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, bool isInside );
bool HandleButtonMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags );
// returns true if event was consumed or filtered (event type is also set to 0 in this case)
bool PreprocessMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event, int flags );
//
// This will handle left_down and left_dclick events outside button in a Windows-like manner.
// If you need alternate behaviour, it is recommended you manipulate and filter events to it
// instead of building your own handling routine (for reference, on wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN it will
// toggle popup and on wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK it will do the same or run the popup's dclick method,
// if defined - you should pass events of other types of it for common processing).
void HandleNormalMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event );
// Creates popup window, calls interface->Create(), etc
void CreatePopup();
// Destroy popup window and all related constructs
void DestroyPopup();
// override the base class virtuals involved in geometry calculations
virtual wxSize DoGetBestSize() const;
// also set the embedded wxTextCtrl colours
virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour);
// NULL popup can be used to indicate default in a derived class
virtual void DoSetPopupControl(wxComboPopup* popup);
// ensures there is atleast the default popup
void EnsurePopupControl();
// Recalculates button and textctrl areas. Called when size or button setup change.
// btnWidth: default/calculated width of the dropbutton. 0 means unchanged,
// just recalculate.
void CalculateAreas( int btnWidth = 0 );
// Standard textctrl positioning routine. Just give it platform-dependant
// textctrl coordinate adjustment.
virtual void PositionTextCtrl( int textCtrlXAdjust = 0,
int textCtrlYAdjust = 0);
// event handlers
void OnSizeEvent( wxSizeEvent& event );
void OnFocusEvent(wxFocusEvent& event);
void OnIdleEvent(wxIdleEvent& event);
void OnTextCtrlEvent(wxCommandEvent& event);
void OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event);
void OnKeyEvent(wxKeyEvent& event);
void OnCharEvent(wxKeyEvent& event);
// Set customization flags (directs how wxComboCtrlBase helpers behave)
void Customize( wxUint32 flags ) { m_iFlags |= flags; }
// Dispatches size event and refreshes
void RecalcAndRefresh();
// Flags for DoShowPopup and AnimateShow
enum
{
ShowBelow = 0x0000, // Showing popup below the control
ShowAbove = 0x0001, // Showing popup above the control
CanDeferShow = 0x0002 // Can only return true from AnimateShow if this is set
};
// Shows and positions the popup.
virtual void DoShowPopup( const wxRect& rect, int flags );
// Implement in derived class to create a drop-down animation.
// Return true if finished immediately. Otherwise popup is only
// shown when the derived class call DoShowPopup.
// Flags are same as for DoShowPopup.
virtual bool AnimateShow( const wxRect& rect, int flags );
#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
virtual void DoSetToolTip( wxToolTip *tip );
#endif
// protected wxTextEntry methods
virtual void DoSetValue(const wxString& value, int flags);
virtual wxString DoGetValue() const;
virtual wxWindow *GetEditableWindow() { return this; }
// margins functions
virtual bool DoSetMargins(const wxPoint& pt);
virtual wxPoint DoGetMargins() const;
// This is used when m_text is hidden (readonly).
wxString m_valueString;
// This is used when control is unfocused and m_valueString is empty
wxString m_hintText;
// the text control and button we show all the time
wxTextCtrl* m_text;
wxWindow* m_btn;
// wxPopupWindow or similar containing the window managed by the interface.
wxWindow* m_winPopup;
// the popup control/panel
wxWindow* m_popup;
// popup interface
wxComboPopup* m_popupInterface;
// this is input etc. handler for the text control
wxEvtHandler* m_textEvtHandler;
// this is for the top level window
wxEvtHandler* m_toplevEvtHandler;
// this is for the control in popup
wxEvtHandler* m_popupEvtHandler;
// this is for the popup window
wxEvtHandler* m_popupWinEvtHandler;
// main (ie. topmost) window of a composite control (default = this)
wxWindow* m_mainCtrlWnd;
// used to prevent immediate re-popupping in case closed popup
// by clicking on the combo control (needed because of inconsistent
// transient implementation across platforms).
wxLongLong m_timeCanAcceptClick;
// how much popup should expand to the left/right of the control
wxCoord m_extLeft;
wxCoord m_extRight;
// minimum popup width
wxCoord m_widthMinPopup;
// preferred popup height
wxCoord m_heightPopup;
// how much of writable combo is custom-paint by callback?
// also used to indicate area that is not covered by "blue"
// selection indicator.
wxCoord m_widthCustomPaint;
// left margin, in pixels
wxCoord m_marginLeft;
// side on which the popup is aligned
int m_anchorSide;
// Width of the "fake" border
wxCoord m_widthCustomBorder;
// The button and textctrl click/paint areas
wxRect m_tcArea;
wxRect m_btnArea;
// Colour of the text area, in case m_text is NULL
wxColour m_tcBgCol;
// current button state (uses renderer flags)
int m_btnState;
// button position
int m_btnWid;
int m_btnHei;
int m_btnSide;
int m_btnSpacingX;
// last default button width
int m_btnWidDefault;
// custom dropbutton bitmaps
wxBitmap m_bmpNormal;
wxBitmap m_bmpPressed;
wxBitmap m_bmpHover;
wxBitmap m_bmpDisabled;
// area used by the button
wxSize m_btnSize;
// platform-dependant customization and other flags
wxUint32 m_iFlags;
// custom style for m_text
int m_textCtrlStyle;
// draw blank button background under bitmap?
bool m_blankButtonBg;
// is the popup window currenty shown?
wxByte m_popupWinState;
// should the focus be reset to the textctrl in idle time?
bool m_resetFocus;
// is the text-area background colour overridden?
bool m_hasTcBgCol;
private:
void Init();
wxByte m_ignoreEvtText; // Number of next EVT_TEXTs to ignore
// Is popup window wxPopupTransientWindow, wxPopupWindow or wxDialog?
wxByte m_popupWinType;
DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE()
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxComboCtrlBase)
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxComboPopup is the interface which must be implemented by a control to be
// used as a popup by wxComboCtrl
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxComboPopup internal flags
enum
{
wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED = 0x0001 // Set by wxComboCtrlBase after Create is called
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxComboCtrl;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboPopup
{
friend class wxComboCtrlBase;
public:
wxComboPopup()
{
m_combo = NULL;
m_iFlags = 0;
}
// This is called immediately after construction finishes. m_combo member
// variable has been initialized before the call.
// NOTE: It is not in constructor so the derived class doesn't need to redefine
// a default constructor of its own.
virtual void Init() { }
virtual ~wxComboPopup();
// Create the popup child control.
// Return true for success.
virtual bool Create(wxWindow* parent) = 0;
// Calls Destroy() for the popup control (i.e. one returned by
// GetControl()) and makes sure that 'this' is deleted at the end.
// Default implementation works for both cases where popup control
// class is multiple inherited or created on heap as a separate
// object.
virtual void DestroyPopup();
// We must have an associated control which is subclassed by the combobox.
virtual wxWindow *GetControl() = 0;
// Called immediately after the popup is shown
virtual void OnPopup();
// Called when popup is dismissed
virtual void OnDismiss();
// Called just prior to displaying popup.
// Default implementation does nothing.
virtual void SetStringValue( const wxString& value );
// Gets displayed string representation of the value.
virtual wxString GetStringValue() const = 0;
// Called to check if the popup - when an item container - actually
// has matching item. Case-sensitivity checking etc. is up to the
// implementation. If the found item matched the string, but is
// different, it should be written back to pItem. Default implementation
// always return true and does not alter trueItem.
virtual bool FindItem(const wxString& item, wxString* trueItem=NULL);
// This is called to custom paint in the combo control itself (ie. not the popup).
// Default implementation draws value as string.
virtual void PaintComboControl( wxDC& dc, const wxRect& rect );
// Receives wxEVT_KEY_DOWN key events from the parent wxComboCtrl.
// Events not handled should be skipped, as usual.
virtual void OnComboKeyEvent( wxKeyEvent& event );
// Receives wxEVT_CHAR key events from the parent wxComboCtrl.
// Events not handled should be skipped, as usual.
virtual void OnComboCharEvent( wxKeyEvent& event );
// Implement if you need to support special action when user
// double-clicks on the parent wxComboCtrl.
virtual void OnComboDoubleClick();
// Return final size of popup. Called on every popup, just prior to OnShow.
// minWidth = preferred minimum width for window
// prefHeight = preferred height. Only applies if > 0,
// maxHeight = max height for window, as limited by screen size
// and should only be rounded down, if necessary.
virtual wxSize GetAdjustedSize( int minWidth, int prefHeight, int maxHeight );
// Return true if you want delay call to Create until the popup is shown
// for the first time. It is more efficient, but note that it is often
// more convenient to have the control created immediately.
// Default returns false.
virtual bool LazyCreate();
//
// Utilies
//
// Hides the popup
void Dismiss();
// Returns true if Create has been called.
bool IsCreated() const
{
return (m_iFlags & wxCP_IFLAG_CREATED) ? true : false;
}
// Returns pointer to the associated parent wxComboCtrl.
wxComboCtrl* GetComboCtrl() const;
// Default PaintComboControl behaviour
static void DefaultPaintComboControl( wxComboCtrlBase* combo,
wxDC& dc,
const wxRect& rect );
protected:
wxComboCtrlBase* m_combo;
wxUint32 m_iFlags;
private:
// Called in wxComboCtrlBase::SetPopupControl
void InitBase(wxComboCtrlBase *combo)
{
m_combo = combo;
}
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
// No native universal (but it must still be first in the list)
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/combo.h"
#endif
// Any ports may need generic as an alternative
#include "wx/generic/combo.h"
#endif // wxUSE_COMBOCTRL
#endif
// _WX_COMBOCONTROL_H_BASE_

93
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/combobox.h
View File

@ -1,93 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/combobox.h
// Purpose: wxComboBox declaration
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 24.12.00
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 1996-2000 wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
#define _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
// For compatibility with 2.8 include this header to allow using wxTE_XXX
// styles with wxComboBox without explicitly including it in the user code.
#include "wx/textctrl.h"
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxComboBoxNameStr[];
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxComboBoxBase: this interface defines the methods wxComboBox must implement
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "wx/ctrlsub.h"
#include "wx/textentry.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxComboBoxBase : public wxItemContainer,
public wxTextEntry
{
public:
// override these methods to disambiguate between two base classes versions
virtual void Clear()
{
wxTextEntry::Clear();
wxItemContainer::Clear();
}
// IsEmpty() is ambiguous because we inherit it from both wxItemContainer
// and wxTextEntry, and even if defined it here to help the compiler with
// choosing one of them, it would still be confusing for the human users of
// this class. So instead define the clearly named methods below and leave
// IsEmpty() ambiguous to trigger a compilation error if it's used.
bool IsListEmpty() const { return wxItemContainer::IsEmpty(); }
bool IsTextEmpty() const { return wxTextEntry::IsEmpty(); }
// also bring in GetSelection() versions of both base classes in scope
//
// NB: GetSelection(from, to) could be already implemented in wxTextEntry
// but still make it pure virtual because for some platforms it's not
// implemented there and also because the derived class has to override
// it anyhow to avoid ambiguity with the other GetSelection()
virtual int GetSelection() const = 0;
virtual void GetSelection(long *from, long *to) const = 0;
virtual void Popup() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Not implemented") ); }
virtual void Dismiss() { wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Not implemented") ); }
// may return value different from GetSelection() when the combobox
// dropdown is shown and the user selected, but not yet accepted, a value
// different from the old one in it
virtual int GetCurrentSelection() const { return GetSelection(); }
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include the platform-dependent header defining the real class
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/combobox.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/combobox.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/combobox.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/combobox.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/combobox.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/combobox.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/combobox.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/combobox.h"
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
#endif // _WX_COMBOBOX_H_BASE_

230
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/compositewin.h
View File

@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/compositewin.h
// Purpose: wxCompositeWindow<> declaration
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Created: 2011-01-02
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwidgets.org>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_
#define _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_
#include "wx/window.h"
#include "wx/containr.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxToolTip;
// NB: This is an experimental and, as for now, undocumented class used only by
// wxWidgets itself internally. Don't use it in your code until its API is
// officially stabilized unless you are ready to change it with the next
// wxWidgets release.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCompositeWindow is a helper for implementing composite windows: to define
// a class using subwindows, simply inherit from it specialized with the real
// base class name and implement GetCompositeWindowParts() pure virtual method.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The template parameter W must be a wxWindow-derived class.
template <class W>
class wxCompositeWindow : public W
{
public:
typedef W BaseWindowClass;
// Default ctor doesn't do anything.
wxCompositeWindow()
{
this->Connect
(
wxEVT_CREATE,
wxWindowCreateEventHandler(wxCompositeWindow::OnWindowCreate)
);
}
#ifndef __VISUALC6__
// FIXME-VC6: This compiler can't compile DoSetForAllParts() template function,
// it can't determine whether the deduced type should be "T" or "const T&". And
// without this function wxCompositeWindow is pretty useless so simply disable
// this code for it, this does mean that setting colours/fonts/... for
// composite controls won't work in the library compiled with it but so far
// this only affects the generic wxDatePickerCtrl which is not used by default
// under MSW anyhow so it doesn't seem to be worth it to spend time and uglify
// the code to fix it.
// Override all wxWindow methods which must be forwarded to the composite
// window parts.
// Attribute setters group.
//
// NB: Unfortunately we can't factor out the call for the setter itself
// into DoSetForAllParts() because we can't call the function passed to
// it non-virtually and we need to do this to avoid infinite recursion,
// so we work around this by calling the method of this object itself
// manually in each function.
virtual bool SetForegroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
{
if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetForegroundColour(colour) )
return false;
SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetForegroundColour, colour);
return true;
}
virtual bool SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour)
{
if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetBackgroundColour(colour) )
return false;
SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetBackgroundColour, colour);
return true;
}
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font)
{
if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetFont(font) )
return false;
SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetFont, font);
return true;
}
virtual bool SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
{
if ( !BaseWindowClass::SetCursor(cursor) )
return false;
SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::SetCursor, cursor);
return true;
}
#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
virtual void DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tip)
{
BaseWindowClass::DoSetToolTip(tip);
SetForAllParts(&wxWindowBase::CopyToolTip, tip);
}
#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
#endif // !__VISUALC6__
virtual void SetFocus()
{
wxSetFocusToChild(this, NULL);
}
private:
// Must be implemented by the derived class to return all children to which
// the public methods we override should forward to.
virtual wxWindowList GetCompositeWindowParts() const = 0;
void OnWindowCreate(wxWindowCreateEvent& event)
{
event.Skip();
// Attach a few event handlers to all parts of the composite window.
// This makes the composite window behave more like a simple control
// and allows other code (such as wxDataViewCtrl's inline editing
// support) to hook into its event processing.
wxWindow *child = event.GetWindow();
if ( child == this )
return; // not a child, we don't want to Connect() to ourselves
// Always capture wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS:
child->Connect(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS,
wxFocusEventHandler(wxCompositeWindow::OnKillFocus),
NULL, this);
// Some events should be only handled for non-toplevel children. For
// example, we want to close the control in wxDataViewCtrl when Enter
// is pressed in the inline editor, but not when it's pressed in a
// popup dialog it opens.
wxWindow *win = child;
while ( win && win != this )
{
if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
return;
win = win->GetParent();
}
child->Connect(wxEVT_CHAR,
wxKeyEventHandler(wxCompositeWindow::OnChar),
NULL, this);
}
void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event)
{
if ( !this->ProcessWindowEvent(event) )
event.Skip();
}
void OnKillFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
{
// Ignore focus changes within the composite control:
wxWindow *win = event.GetWindow();
while ( win )
{
if ( win == this )
{
event.Skip();
return;
}
// Note that we don't use IsTopLevel() check here, because we do
// want to ignore focus changes going to toplevel window that have
// the composite control as its parent; these would typically be
// some kind of control's popup window.
win = win->GetParent();
}
// The event shouldn't be ignored, forward it to the main control:
if ( !this->ProcessWindowEvent(event) )
event.Skip();
}
#ifndef __VISUALC6__
template <class T>
void SetForAllParts(bool (wxWindowBase::*func)(const T&), const T& arg)
{
DoSetForAllParts<const T&>(func, arg);
}
template <class T>
void SetForAllParts(bool (wxWindowBase::*func)(T*), T* arg)
{
DoSetForAllParts<T*>(func, arg);
}
template <class T>
void DoSetForAllParts(bool (wxWindowBase::*func)(T), T arg)
{
// Simply call the setters for all parts of this composite window.
const wxWindowList parts = GetCompositeWindowParts();
for ( wxWindowList::const_iterator i = parts.begin();
i != parts.end();
++i )
{
wxWindow * const child = *i;
// Allow NULL elements in the list, this makes the code of derived
// composite controls which may have optionally shown children
// simpler and it doesn't cost us much here.
if ( child )
(child->*func)(arg);
}
}
#endif // !__VISUALC6__
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxCompositeWindow, W);
};
#endif // _WX_COMPOSITEWIN_H_

459
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/confbase.h
View File

@ -1,459 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/confbase.h
// Purpose: declaration of the base class of all config implementations
// (see also: fileconf.h and msw/regconf.h and iniconf.h)
// Author: Karsten Ballueder & Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 07.04.98 (adapted from appconf.h)
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 1997 Karsten Ballueder Ballueder@usa.net
// Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CONFBASE_H_
#define _WX_CONFBASE_H_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/object.h"
#include "wx/base64.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_BASE wxArrayString;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// constants
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/// shall we be case sensitive in parsing variable names?
#ifndef wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE
#define wxCONFIG_CASE_SENSITIVE 0
#endif
/// separates group and entry names (probably shouldn't be changed)
#ifndef wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR
#define wxCONFIG_PATH_SEPARATOR wxT('/')
#endif
/// introduces immutable entries
// (i.e. the ones which can't be changed from the local config file)
#ifndef wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX
#define wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX wxT('!')
#endif
#if wxUSE_CONFIG
/// should we use registry instead of configuration files under Windows?
// (i.e. whether wxConfigBase::Create() will create a wxFileConfig (if it's
// false) or wxRegConfig (if it's true and we're under Win32))
#ifndef wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
#define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
#endif
// not all compilers can deal with template Read/Write() methods, define this
// symbol if the template functions are available
#if (!defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ > 1200) && \
!defined( __VMS ) && \
!(defined(__HP_aCC) && defined(__hppa)) && \
!defined (__DMC__)
#define wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW
#endif
// Style flags for constructor style parameter
enum
{
wxCONFIG_USE_LOCAL_FILE = 1,
wxCONFIG_USE_GLOBAL_FILE = 2,
wxCONFIG_USE_RELATIVE_PATH = 4,
wxCONFIG_USE_NO_ESCAPE_CHARACTERS = 8,
wxCONFIG_USE_SUBDIR = 16
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// abstract base class wxConfigBase which defines the interface for derived
// classes
//
// wxConfig organizes the items in a tree-like structure (modeled after the
// Unix/Dos filesystem). There are groups (directories) and keys (files).
// There is always one current group given by the current path.
//
// Keys are pairs "key_name = value" where value may be of string or integer
// (long) type (TODO doubles and other types such as wxDate coming soon).
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigBase : public wxObject
{
public:
// constants
// the type of an entry
enum EntryType
{
Type_Unknown,
Type_String,
Type_Boolean,
Type_Integer, // use Read(long *)
Type_Float // use Read(double *)
};
// static functions
// sets the config object, returns the previous pointer
static wxConfigBase *Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig);
// get the config object, creates it on demand unless DontCreateOnDemand
// was called
static wxConfigBase *Get(bool createOnDemand = true)
{ if ( createOnDemand && (!ms_pConfig) ) Create(); return ms_pConfig; }
// create a new config object: this function will create the "best"
// implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see
// comments near definition wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE for details. It returns
// the created object and also sets it as ms_pConfig.
static wxConfigBase *Create();
// should Get() try to create a new log object if the current one is NULL?
static void DontCreateOnDemand() { ms_bAutoCreate = false; }
// ctor & virtual dtor
// ctor (can be used as default ctor too)
//
// Not all args will always be used by derived classes, but including
// them all in each class ensures compatibility. If appName is empty,
// uses wxApp name
wxConfigBase(const wxString& appName = wxEmptyString,
const wxString& vendorName = wxEmptyString,
const wxString& localFilename = wxEmptyString,
const wxString& globalFilename = wxEmptyString,
long style = 0);
// empty but ensures that dtor of all derived classes is virtual
virtual ~wxConfigBase();
// path management
// set current path: if the first character is '/', it's the absolute path,
// otherwise it's a relative path. '..' is supported. If the strPath
// doesn't exist it is created.
virtual void SetPath(const wxString& strPath) = 0;
// retrieve the current path (always as absolute path)
virtual const wxString& GetPath() const = 0;
// enumeration: all functions here return false when there are no more items.
// you must pass the same lIndex to GetNext and GetFirst (don't modify it)
// enumerate subgroups
virtual bool GetFirstGroup(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
virtual bool GetNextGroup (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
// enumerate entries
virtual bool GetFirstEntry(wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
// get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without
// it's subgroups
virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0;
virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0;
// tests of existence
// returns true if the group by this name exists
virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
// same as above, but for an entry
virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
// returns true if either a group or an entry with a given name exist
bool Exists(const wxString& strName) const
{ return HasGroup(strName) || HasEntry(strName); }
// get the entry type
virtual EntryType GetEntryType(const wxString& name) const
{
// by default all entries are strings
return HasEntry(name) ? Type_String : Type_Unknown;
}
// key access: returns true if value was really read, false if default used
// (and if the key is not found the default value is returned.)
// read a string from the key
bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const;
bool Read(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr, const wxString& defVal) const;
// read a number (long)
bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl) const;
bool Read(const wxString& key, long *pl, long defVal) const;
// read an int (wrapper around `long' version)
bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi) const;
bool Read(const wxString& key, int *pi, int defVal) const;
// read a double
bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val) const;
bool Read(const wxString& key, double* val, double defVal) const;
// read a float
bool Read(const wxString& key, float* val) const;
bool Read(const wxString& key, float* val, float defVal) const;
// read a bool
bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val) const;
bool Read(const wxString& key, bool* val, bool defVal) const;
#if wxUSE_BASE64
// read a binary data block
bool Read(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* data) const
{ return DoReadBinary(key, data); }
// no default version since it does not make sense for binary data
#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
#ifdef wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW
// read other types, for which wxFromString is defined
template <typename T>
bool Read(const wxString& key, T* value) const
{
wxString s;
if ( !Read(key, &s) )
return false;
return wxFromString(s, value);
}
template <typename T>
bool Read(const wxString& key, T* value, const T& defVal) const
{
const bool found = Read(key, value);
if ( !found )
{
if (IsRecordingDefaults())
((wxConfigBase *)this)->Write(key, defVal);
*value = defVal;
}
return found;
}
#endif // wxHAS_CONFIG_TEMPLATE_RW
// convenience functions returning directly the value
wxString Read(const wxString& key,
const wxString& defVal = wxEmptyString) const
{ wxString s; (void)Read(key, &s, defVal); return s; }
// we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise the
// template Read() would be used
wxString Read(const wxString& key, const char* defVal) const
{ return Read(key, wxString(defVal)); }
wxString Read(const wxString& key, const wchar_t* defVal) const
{ return Read(key, wxString(defVal)); }
long ReadLong(const wxString& key, long defVal) const
{ long l; (void)Read(key, &l, defVal); return l; }
double ReadDouble(const wxString& key, double defVal) const
{ double d; (void)Read(key, &d, defVal); return d; }
bool ReadBool(const wxString& key, bool defVal) const
{ bool b; (void)Read(key, &b, defVal); return b; }
template <typename T>
T ReadObject(const wxString& key, T const& defVal) const
{ T t; (void)Read(key, &t, defVal); return t; }
// for compatibility with wx 2.8
long Read(const wxString& key, long defVal) const
{ return ReadLong(key, defVal); }
// write the value (return true on success)
bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxString& value)
{ return DoWriteString(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, long value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, double value)
{ return DoWriteDouble(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, bool value)
{ return DoWriteBool(key, value); }
#if wxUSE_BASE64
bool Write(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf)
{ return DoWriteBinary(key, buf); }
#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
// we have to provide a separate version for C strings as otherwise they
// would be converted to bool and not to wxString as expected!
bool Write(const wxString& key, const char *value)
{ return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, const unsigned char *value)
{ return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, const wchar_t *value)
{ return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
// we also have to provide specializations for other types which we want to
// handle using the specialized DoWriteXXX() instead of the generic template
// version below
bool Write(const wxString& key, char value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned char value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, short value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned short value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned int value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, int value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, unsigned long value)
{ return DoWriteLong(key, value); }
bool Write(const wxString& key, float value)
{ return DoWriteDouble(key, value); }
// Causes ambiguities in VC++ 6 and OpenVMS (at least)
#if ( (!defined(__VISUALC__) || __VISUALC__ > 1200) && !defined( __VMS ) && !defined (__DMC__))
// for other types, use wxToString()
template <typename T>
bool Write(const wxString& key, T const& value)
{ return Write(key, wxToString(value)); }
#endif
// permanently writes all changes
virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false) = 0;
// renaming, all functions return false on failure (probably because the new
// name is already taken by an existing entry)
// rename an entry
virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName,
const wxString& newName) = 0;
// rename a group
virtual bool RenameGroup(const wxString& oldName,
const wxString& newName) = 0;
// delete entries/groups
// deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if
// it was the last key in it and the second parameter is true
virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key,
bool bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = true) = 0;
// delete the group (with all subgroups)
virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) = 0;
// delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...)
// primarily for use by uninstallation routine.
virtual bool DeleteAll() = 0;
// options
// we can automatically expand environment variables in the config entries
// (this option is on by default, you can turn it on/off at any time)
bool IsExpandingEnvVars() const { return m_bExpandEnvVars; }
void SetExpandEnvVars(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bExpandEnvVars = bDoIt; }
// recording of default values
void SetRecordDefaults(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bRecordDefaults = bDoIt; }
bool IsRecordingDefaults() const { return m_bRecordDefaults; }
// does expansion only if needed
wxString ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const;
// misc accessors
wxString GetAppName() const { return m_appName; }
wxString GetVendorName() const { return m_vendorName; }
// Used wxIniConfig to set members in constructor
void SetAppName(const wxString& appName) { m_appName = appName; }
void SetVendorName(const wxString& vendorName) { m_vendorName = vendorName; }
void SetStyle(long style) { m_style = style; }
long GetStyle() const { return m_style; }
protected:
static bool IsImmutable(const wxString& key)
{ return !key.IsEmpty() && key[0] == wxCONFIG_IMMUTABLE_PREFIX; }
// return the path without trailing separator, if any: this should be called
// to sanitize paths referring to the group names before passing them to
// wxConfigPathChanger as "/foo/bar/" should be the same as "/foo/bar" and it
// isn't interpreted in the same way by it (and this can't be changed there
// as it's not the same for the entries names)
static wxString RemoveTrailingSeparator(const wxString& key);
// do read/write the values of different types
virtual bool DoReadString(const wxString& key, wxString *pStr) const = 0;
virtual bool DoReadLong(const wxString& key, long *pl) const = 0;
virtual bool DoReadDouble(const wxString& key, double* val) const;
virtual bool DoReadBool(const wxString& key, bool* val) const;
#if wxUSE_BASE64
virtual bool DoReadBinary(const wxString& key, wxMemoryBuffer* buf) const = 0;
#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
virtual bool DoWriteString(const wxString& key, const wxString& value) = 0;
virtual bool DoWriteLong(const wxString& key, long value) = 0;
virtual bool DoWriteDouble(const wxString& key, double value);
virtual bool DoWriteBool(const wxString& key, bool value);
#if wxUSE_BASE64
virtual bool DoWriteBinary(const wxString& key, const wxMemoryBuffer& buf) = 0;
#endif // wxUSE_BASE64
private:
// are we doing automatic environment variable expansion?
bool m_bExpandEnvVars;
// do we record default values?
bool m_bRecordDefaults;
// static variables
static wxConfigBase *ms_pConfig;
static bool ms_bAutoCreate;
// Application name and organisation name
wxString m_appName;
wxString m_vendorName;
// Style flag
long m_style;
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxConfigBase)
};
// a handy little class which changes current path to the path of given entry
// and restores it in dtor: so if you declare a local variable of this type,
// you work in the entry directory and the path is automatically restored
// when the function returns
// Taken out of wxConfig since not all compilers can cope with nested classes.
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConfigPathChanger
{
public:
// ctor/dtor do path changing/restoring of the path
wxConfigPathChanger(const wxConfigBase *pContainer, const wxString& strEntry);
~wxConfigPathChanger();
// get the key name
const wxString& Name() const { return m_strName; }
// this method must be called if the original path (i.e. the current path at
// the moment of creation of this object) could have been deleted to prevent
// us from restoring the not existing (any more) path
//
// if the original path doesn't exist any more, the path will be restored to
// the deepest still existing component of the old path
void UpdateIfDeleted();
private:
wxConfigBase *m_pContainer; // object we live in
wxString m_strName, // name of entry (i.e. name only)
m_strOldPath; // saved path
bool m_bChanged; // was the path changed?
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxConfigPathChanger);
};
#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
/*
Replace environment variables ($SOMETHING) with their values. The format is
$VARNAME or ${VARNAME} where VARNAME contains alphanumeric characters and
'_' only. '$' must be escaped ('\$') in order to be taken literally.
*/
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxString wxExpandEnvVars(const wxString &sz);
/*
Split path into parts removing '..' in progress
*/
WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE void wxSplitPath(wxArrayString& aParts, const wxString& path);
#endif // _WX_CONFBASE_H_

38
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/config.h
View File

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/config.h
// Purpose: wxConfig base header
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created:
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_
#include "wx/confbase.h"
#if wxUSE_CONFIG
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// define the native wxConfigBase implementation
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// under Windows we prefer to use the native implementation but can be forced
// to use the file-based one
#if defined(__WINDOWS__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
#include "wx/msw/regconf.h"
#define wxConfig wxRegConfig
#elif defined(__WXOS2__) && wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
#include "wx/os2/iniconf.h"
#define wxConfig wxIniConfig
#else // either we're under Unix or wish to always use config files
#include "wx/fileconf.h"
#define wxConfig wxFileConfig
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_CONFIG
#endif // _WX_CONFIG_H_BASE_

394
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/containr.h
View File

@ -1,394 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/containr.h
// Purpose: wxControlContainer and wxNavigationEnabled declarations
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 06.08.01
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2001, 2011 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CONTAINR_H_
#define _WX_CONTAINR_H_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
// We need wxEVT_XXX declarations in this case.
#include "wx/event.h"
#endif
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindow;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowBase;
/*
This header declares wxControlContainer class however it's not a real
container of controls but rather just a helper used to implement TAB
navigation among the window children. You should rarely need to use it
directly, derive from the documented public wxNavigationEnabled<> class to
implement TAB navigation in a custom composite window.
*/
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxControlContainerBase: common part used in both native and generic cases
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainerBase
{
public:
// default ctor, SetContainerWindow() must be called later
wxControlContainerBase()
{
m_winParent = NULL;
// do accept focus initially, we'll stop doing it if/when any children
// are added
m_acceptsFocus = true;
m_inSetFocus = false;
m_winLastFocused = NULL;
}
virtual ~wxControlContainerBase() {}
void SetContainerWindow(wxWindow *winParent)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winParent, wxT("shouldn't be called twice") );
m_winParent = winParent;
}
// should be called from SetFocus(), returns false if we did nothing with
// the focus and the default processing should take place
bool DoSetFocus();
// should be called when we decide that we should [stop] accepting focus
void SetCanFocus(bool acceptsFocus);
// returns whether we should accept focus ourselves or not
bool AcceptsFocus() const { return m_acceptsFocus; }
// returns whether we or one of our children accepts focus: we always do
// because if we don't have any focusable children it probably means that
// we're not being used as a container at all (think of wxGrid or generic
// wxListCtrl) and so should get focus for ourselves
bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const { return true; }
// this is used to determine whether we can accept focus when Tab or
// another navigation key is pressed -- we alsways can, for the same reason
// as mentioned above for AcceptsFocusRecursively()
bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const { return true; }
// Call this when the number of children of the window changes.
// If we have any children, this panel (used just as container for
// them) shouldn't get focus for itself.
void UpdateCanFocus() { SetCanFocus(!HasAnyFocusableChildren()); }
protected:
// set the focus to the child which had it the last time
virtual bool SetFocusToChild();
// return true if we have any children accepting focus
bool HasAnyFocusableChildren() const;
// the parent window we manage the children for
wxWindow *m_winParent;
// the child which had the focus last time this panel was activated
wxWindow *m_winLastFocused;
private:
// value returned by AcceptsFocus(), should be changed using SetCanFocus()
// only
bool m_acceptsFocus;
// a guard against infinite recursion
bool m_inSetFocus;
};
#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxControlContainer for native TAB navigation
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// this must be a real class as we forward-declare it elsewhere
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainer : public wxControlContainerBase
{
protected:
// set the focus to the child which had it the last time
virtual bool SetFocusToChild();
};
#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxControlContainer for TAB navigation implemented in wx itself
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlContainer : public wxControlContainerBase
{
public:
// default ctor, SetContainerWindow() must be called later
wxControlContainer();
// the methods to be called from the window event handlers
void HandleOnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event);
void HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
void HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child);
// called from OnChildFocus() handler, i.e. when one of our (grand)
// children gets the focus
void SetLastFocus(wxWindow *win);
protected:
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlContainer);
};
#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL/!wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
// this function is for wxWidgets internal use only
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE bool wxSetFocusToChild(wxWindow *win, wxWindow **child);
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxNavigationEnabled: Derive from this class to support keyboard navigation
// among window children in a wxWindow-derived class. The details of this class
// don't matter, you just need to derive from it to make navigation work.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// The template parameter W must be a wxWindow-derived class.
template <class W>
class wxNavigationEnabled : public W
{
public:
typedef W BaseWindowClass;
wxNavigationEnabled()
{
m_container.SetContainerWindow(this);
#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
BaseWindowClass::Connect(wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY,
wxNavigationKeyEventHandler(wxNavigationEnabled::OnNavigationKey));
BaseWindowClass::Connect(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS,
wxFocusEventHandler(wxNavigationEnabled::OnFocus));
BaseWindowClass::Connect(wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS,
wxChildFocusEventHandler(wxNavigationEnabled::OnChildFocus));
#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
}
WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const
{
return m_container.AcceptsFocus();
}
WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const
{
return m_container.AcceptsFocusRecursively();
}
WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const
{
return m_container.AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard();
}
WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child)
{
BaseWindowClass::AddChild(child);
m_container.UpdateCanFocus();
}
WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child)
{
#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
m_container.HandleOnWindowDestroy(child);
#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
BaseWindowClass::RemoveChild(child);
m_container.UpdateCanFocus();
}
WXDLLIMPEXP_INLINE_CORE virtual void SetFocus()
{
if ( !m_container.DoSetFocus() )
BaseWindowClass::SetFocus();
}
void SetFocusIgnoringChildren()
{
BaseWindowClass::SetFocus();
}
void AcceptFocus(bool acceptFocus)
{
m_container.SetCanFocus(acceptFocus);
}
protected:
#ifndef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event)
{
m_container.HandleOnNavigationKey(event);
}
void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
{
m_container.HandleOnFocus(event);
}
void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event)
{
m_container.SetLastFocus(event.GetWindow());
event.Skip();
}
#endif // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
wxControlContainer m_container;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_TEMPLATE_CLASS(wxNavigationEnabled, W);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Compatibility macros from now on, do NOT use them and preferably do not even
// look at them.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
// common part of WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER in the native and generic cases,
// it should be used in the wxWindow-derived class declaration
#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE() \
public: \
virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; \
virtual bool AcceptsFocusRecursively() const; \
virtual bool AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const; \
virtual void AddChild(wxWindowBase *child); \
virtual void RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child); \
virtual void SetFocus(); \
void SetFocusIgnoringChildren(); \
void AcceptFocus(bool acceptFocus) \
{ \
m_container.SetCanFocus(acceptFocus); \
} \
\
protected: \
wxControlContainer m_container
// this macro must be used in the derived class ctor
#define WX_INIT_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \
m_container.SetContainerWindow(this)
// common part of WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER in the native and generic
// cases, must be used in the wxWindow-derived class implementation
#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \
void classname::AddChild(wxWindowBase *child) \
{ \
basename::AddChild(child); \
\
m_container.UpdateCanFocus(); \
} \
\
bool classname::AcceptsFocusRecursively() const \
{ \
return m_container.AcceptsFocusRecursively(); \
} \
\
void classname::SetFocus() \
{ \
if ( !m_container.DoSetFocus() ) \
basename::SetFocus(); \
} \
\
bool classname::AcceptsFocus() const \
{ \
return m_container.AcceptsFocus(); \
} \
\
bool classname::AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard() const \
{ \
return m_container.AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(); \
}
#ifdef wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname)
#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE
#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname, basename) \
WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \
\
void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \
{ \
basename::RemoveChild(child); \
\
m_container.UpdateCanFocus(); \
} \
\
void classname::SetFocusIgnoringChildren() \
{ \
basename::SetFocus(); \
}
#else // !wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
// declare the methods to be forwarded
#define WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER() \
WX_DECLARE_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(); \
\
public: \
void OnNavigationKey(wxNavigationKeyEvent& event); \
void OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event); \
virtual void OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event)
// implement the event table entries for wxControlContainer
#define WX_EVENT_TABLE_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname) \
EVT_SET_FOCUS(classname::OnFocus) \
EVT_CHILD_FOCUS(classname::OnChildFocus) \
EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY(classname::OnNavigationKey)
// implement the methods forwarding to the wxControlContainer
#define WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER(classname, basename) \
WX_DELEGATE_TO_CONTROL_CONTAINER_BASE(classname, basename) \
\
void classname::RemoveChild(wxWindowBase *child) \
{ \
m_container.HandleOnWindowDestroy(child); \
\
basename::RemoveChild(child); \
\
m_container.UpdateCanFocus(); \
} \
\
void classname::OnNavigationKey( wxNavigationKeyEvent& event ) \
{ \
m_container.HandleOnNavigationKey(event); \
} \
\
void classname::SetFocusIgnoringChildren() \
{ \
basename::SetFocus(); \
} \
\
void classname::OnChildFocus(wxChildFocusEvent& event) \
{ \
m_container.SetLastFocus(event.GetWindow()); \
event.Skip(); \
} \
\
void classname::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event) \
{ \
m_container.HandleOnFocus(event); \
}
#endif // wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL/!wxHAS_NATIVE_TAB_TRAVERSAL
#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
#endif // _WX_CONTAINR_H_

243
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/control.h
View File

@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/control.h
// Purpose: wxControl common interface
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 26.07.99
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
#include "wx/window.h" // base class
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_CORE(const char) wxControlNameStr[];
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Ellipsize() constants
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
enum wxEllipsizeFlags
{
wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_NONE = 0,
wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_PROCESS_MNEMONICS = 1,
wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS = 2,
wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_DEFAULT = wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_PROCESS_MNEMONICS |
wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_EXPAND_TABS
};
// NB: Don't change the order of these values, they're the same as in
// PangoEllipsizeMode enum.
enum wxEllipsizeMode
{
wxELLIPSIZE_NONE,
wxELLIPSIZE_START,
wxELLIPSIZE_MIDDLE,
wxELLIPSIZE_END
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxControl is the base class for all controls
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlBase : public wxWindow
{
public:
wxControlBase() { }
virtual ~wxControlBase();
// Create() function adds the validator parameter
bool Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos = wxDefaultPosition,
const wxSize& size = wxDefaultSize,
long style = 0,
const wxValidator& validator = wxDefaultValidator,
const wxString& name = wxControlNameStr);
// get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre)
int GetAlignment() const { return m_windowStyle & wxALIGN_MASK; }
// set label with mnemonics
virtual void SetLabel(const wxString& label)
{
m_labelOrig = label;
InvalidateBestSize();
wxWindow::SetLabel(label);
}
// return the original string, as it was passed to SetLabel()
// (i.e. with wx-style mnemonics)
virtual wxString GetLabel() const { return m_labelOrig; }
// set label text (mnemonics will be escaped)
virtual void SetLabelText(const wxString& text)
{
SetLabel(EscapeMnemonics(text));
}
// get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&')
virtual wxString GetLabelText() const { return GetLabelText(GetLabel()); }
#if wxUSE_MARKUP
// Set the label with markup (and mnemonics). Markup is a simple subset of
// HTML with tags such as <b>, <i> and <span>. By default it is not
// supported i.e. all the markup is simply stripped and SetLabel() is
// called but some controls in some ports do support this already and in
// the future most of them should.
//
// Notice that, being HTML-like, markup also supports XML entities so '<'
// should be encoded as "&lt;" and so on, a bare '<' in the input will
// likely result in an error. As an exception, a bare '&' is allowed and
// indicates that the next character is a mnemonic. To insert a literal '&'
// in the control you need to use "&amp;" in the input string.
//
// Returns true if the label was set, even if the markup in it was ignored.
// False is only returned if we failed to parse the label.
bool SetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup)
{
return DoSetLabelMarkup(markup);
}
#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
// controls by default inherit the colours of their parents, if a
// particular control class doesn't want to do it, it can override
// ShouldInheritColours() to return false
virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return true; }
// WARNING: this doesn't work for all controls nor all platforms!
//
// simulates the event of given type (i.e. wxButton::Command() is just as
// if the button was clicked)
virtual void Command(wxCommandEvent &event);
virtual bool SetFont(const wxFont& font);
// wxControl-specific processing after processing the update event
virtual void DoUpdateWindowUI(wxUpdateUIEvent& event);
// static utilities for mnemonics char (&) handling
// ------------------------------------------------
// returns the given string without mnemonic characters ('&')
static wxString GetLabelText(const wxString& label);
// returns the given string without mnemonic characters ('&')
// this function is identic to GetLabelText() and is provided for clarity
// and for symmetry with the wxStaticText::RemoveMarkup() function.
static wxString RemoveMnemonics(const wxString& str);
// escapes (by doubling them) the mnemonics
static wxString EscapeMnemonics(const wxString& str);
// miscellaneous static utilities
// ------------------------------
// replaces parts of the given (multiline) string with an ellipsis if needed
static wxString Ellipsize(const wxString& label, const wxDC& dc,
wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxWidth,
int flags = wxELLIPSIZE_FLAGS_DEFAULT);
// return the accel index in the string or -1 if none and puts the modified
// string into second parameter if non NULL
static int FindAccelIndex(const wxString& label,
wxString *labelOnly = NULL);
// this is a helper for the derived class GetClassDefaultAttributes()
// implementation: it returns the right colours for the classes which
// contain something else (e.g. wxListBox, wxTextCtrl, ...) instead of
// being simple controls (such as wxButton, wxCheckBox, ...)
static wxVisualAttributes
GetCompositeControlsDefaultAttributes(wxWindowVariant variant);
protected:
// choose the default border for this window
virtual wxBorder GetDefaultBorder() const;
// creates the control (calls wxWindowBase::CreateBase inside) and adds it
// to the list of parents children
bool CreateControl(wxWindowBase *parent,
wxWindowID id,
const wxPoint& pos,
const wxSize& size,
long style,
const wxValidator& validator,
const wxString& name);
#if wxUSE_MARKUP
// This function may be overridden in the derived classes to implement
// support for labels with markup. The base class version simply strips the
// markup and calls SetLabel() with the remaining text.
virtual bool DoSetLabelMarkup(const wxString& markup);
#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
// initialize the common fields of wxCommandEvent
void InitCommandEvent(wxCommandEvent& event) const;
// Ellipsize() helper:
static wxString DoEllipsizeSingleLine(const wxString& label, const wxDC& dc,
wxEllipsizeMode mode, int maxWidth,
int replacementWidth);
#if wxUSE_MARKUP
// Remove markup from the given string, returns empty string on error i.e.
// if markup was syntactically invalid.
static wxString RemoveMarkup(const wxString& markup);
#endif // wxUSE_MARKUP
// this field contains the label in wx format, i.e. with '&' mnemonics,
// as it was passed to the last SetLabel() call
wxString m_labelOrig;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlBase);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include platform-dependent wxControl declarations
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
#include "wx/univ/control.h"
#elif defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/control.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/control.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/control.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/control.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/control.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/control.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/control.h"
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
#endif
// _WX_CONTROL_H_BASE_

156
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/convauto.h
View File

@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/convauto.h
// Purpose: wxConvAuto class declaration
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Created: 2006-04-03
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CONVAUTO_H_
#define _WX_CONVAUTO_H_
#include "wx/strconv.h"
#include "wx/fontenc.h"
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxConvAuto: uses BOM to automatically detect input encoding
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// All currently recognized BOM values.
enum wxBOM
{
wxBOM_Unknown = -1,
wxBOM_None,
wxBOM_UTF32BE,
wxBOM_UTF32LE,
wxBOM_UTF16BE,
wxBOM_UTF16LE,
wxBOM_UTF8
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxConvAuto : public wxMBConv
{
public:
// default ctor, the real conversion will be created on demand
wxConvAuto(wxFontEncoding enc = wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT)
{
Init();
m_encDefault = enc;
}
// copy ctor doesn't initialize anything neither as conversion can only be
// deduced on first use
wxConvAuto(const wxConvAuto& other) : wxMBConv()
{
Init();
m_encDefault = other.m_encDefault;
}
virtual ~wxConvAuto()
{
if ( m_ownsConv )
delete m_conv;
}
// get/set the fall-back encoding used when the input text doesn't have BOM
// and isn't UTF-8
//
// special values are wxFONTENCODING_MAX meaning not to use any fall back
// at all (but just fail to convert in this case) and wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM
// meaning to use the encoding of the system locale
static wxFontEncoding GetFallbackEncoding() { return ms_defaultMBEncoding; }
static void SetFallbackEncoding(wxFontEncoding enc);
static void DisableFallbackEncoding()
{
SetFallbackEncoding(wxFONTENCODING_MAX);
}
// override the base class virtual function(s) to use our m_conv
virtual size_t ToWChar(wchar_t *dst, size_t dstLen,
const char *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
virtual size_t FromWChar(char *dst, size_t dstLen,
const wchar_t *src, size_t srcLen = wxNO_LEN) const;
virtual size_t GetMBNulLen() const { return m_conv->GetMBNulLen(); }
virtual wxMBConv *Clone() const { return new wxConvAuto(*this); }
// return the BOM type of this buffer
static wxBOM DetectBOM(const char *src, size_t srcLen);
// return the characters composing the given BOM.
static const char* GetBOMChars(wxBOM bomType, size_t* count);
wxBOM GetBOM() const
{
return m_bomType;
}
private:
// common part of all ctors
void Init()
{
// We don't initialize m_encDefault here as different ctors do it
// differently.
m_conv = NULL;
m_bomType = wxBOM_Unknown;
m_ownsConv = false;
m_consumedBOM = false;
}
// initialize m_conv with the UTF-8 conversion
void InitWithUTF8()
{
m_conv = &wxConvUTF8;
m_ownsConv = false;
}
// create the correct conversion object for the given BOM type
void InitFromBOM(wxBOM bomType);
// create the correct conversion object for the BOM present in the
// beginning of the buffer
//
// return false if the buffer is too short to allow us to determine if we
// have BOM or not
bool InitFromInput(const char *src, size_t len);
// adjust src and len to skip over the BOM (identified by m_bomType) at the
// start of the buffer
void SkipBOM(const char **src, size_t *len) const;
// fall-back multibyte encoding to use, may be wxFONTENCODING_SYSTEM or
// wxFONTENCODING_MAX but not wxFONTENCODING_DEFAULT
static wxFontEncoding ms_defaultMBEncoding;
// conversion object which we really use, NULL until the first call to
// either ToWChar() or FromWChar()
wxMBConv *m_conv;
// the multibyte encoding to use by default if input isn't Unicode
wxFontEncoding m_encDefault;
// our BOM type
wxBOM m_bomType;
// true if we allocated m_conv ourselves, false if we just use an existing
// global conversion
bool m_ownsConv;
// true if we already skipped BOM when converting (and not just calculating
// the size)
bool m_consumedBOM;
wxDECLARE_NO_ASSIGN_CLASS(wxConvAuto);
};
#endif // _WX_CONVAUTO_H_

105
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/cpp.h
View File

@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
/*
* Name: wx/cpp.h
* Purpose: Various preprocessor helpers
* Author: Vadim Zeitlin
* Created: 2006-09-30
* RCS-ID: $Id$
* Copyright: (c) 2006 Vadim Zeitlin <vadim@wxwindows.org>
* Licence: wxWindows licence
*/
/* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
#ifndef _WX_CPP_H_
#define _WX_CPP_H_
/* wxCONCAT works like preprocessor ## operator but also works with macros */
#define wxCONCAT_HELPER(text, line) text ## line
#define wxCONCAT(x1, x2) \
wxCONCAT_HELPER(x1, x2)
#define wxCONCAT3(x1, x2, x3) \
wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT(x1, x2), x3)
#define wxCONCAT4(x1, x2, x3, x4) \
wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT3(x1, x2, x3), x4)
#define wxCONCAT5(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5) \
wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT4(x1, x2, x3, x4), x5)
#define wxCONCAT6(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6) \
wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT5(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5), x6)
#define wxCONCAT7(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7) \
wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT6(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6), x7)
#define wxCONCAT8(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, x8) \
wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT7(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7), x8)
#define wxCONCAT9(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, x8, x9) \
wxCONCAT(wxCONCAT8(x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6, x7, x8), x9)
/* wxSTRINGIZE works as the preprocessor # operator but also works with macros */
#define wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x) #x
#define wxSTRINGIZE(x) wxSTRINGIZE_HELPER(x)
/* a Unicode-friendly version of wxSTRINGIZE_T */
#define wxSTRINGIZE_T(x) wxAPPLY_T(wxSTRINGIZE(x))
/*
Special workarounds for compilers with broken "##" operator. For all the
other ones we can just use it directly.
*/
#ifdef wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER
#define wxPREPEND_L(x) L ## x
#define wxAPPEND_i64(x) x ## i64
#define wxAPPEND_ui64(x) x ## ui64
#endif /* wxCOMPILER_BROKEN_CONCAT_OPER */
/*
Helper macros for wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME: normally this works by appending the
current line number to the given identifier to reduce the probability of the
conflict (it may still happen if this is used in the headers, hence you
should avoid doing it or provide unique prefixes then) but we have to do it
differently for VC++
*/
#if defined(__VISUALC__) && (__VISUALC__ >= 1300)
/*
__LINE__ handling is completely broken in VC++ when using "Edit and
Continue" (/ZI option) and results in preprocessor errors if we use it
inside the macros. Luckily VC7 has another standard macro which can be
used like this and is even better than __LINE__ because it is globally
unique.
*/
# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __COUNTER__)
#else /* normal compilers */
# define wxCONCAT_LINE(text) wxCONCAT(text, __LINE__)
#endif
/* Create a "unique" name with the given prefix */
#define wxMAKE_UNIQUE_NAME(text) wxCONCAT_LINE(text)
/*
This macro can be passed as argument to another macro when you don't have
anything to pass in fact.
*/
#define wxEMPTY_PARAMETER_VALUE /* Fake macro parameter value */
/*
Define __WXFUNCTION__ which is like standard __FUNCTION__ but defined as
NULL for the compilers which don't support the latter.
*/
#ifndef __WXFUNCTION__
/* TODO: add more compilers supporting __FUNCTION__ */
#if defined(__DMC__)
/*
__FUNCTION__ happens to be not defined within class members
http://www.digitalmars.com/drn-bin/wwwnews?c%2B%2B.beta/485
*/
#define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL)
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || \
(defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1300) || \
defined(__FUNCTION__)
#define __WXFUNCTION__ __FUNCTION__
#else
/* still define __WXFUNCTION__ to avoid #ifdefs elsewhere */
#define __WXFUNCTION__ (NULL)
#endif
#endif /* __WXFUNCTION__ already defined */
#endif /* _WX_CPP_H_ */

23
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/crt.h
View File

@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/crt.h
// Purpose: Header to include all headers with wrappers for CRT functions
// Author: Robert Roebling
// Created: 2007-05-30
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) 2007 wxWidgets dev team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CRT_H_
#define _WX_CRT_H_
#include "wx/defs.h"
// include wxChar type definition:
#include "wx/chartype.h"
// and wrappers for CRT functions:
#include "wx/wxcrt.h"
#include "wx/wxcrtvararg.h"
#endif // _WX_CRT_H_

474
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/ctrlsub.h
View File

@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/ctrlsub.h (read: "wxConTRoL with SUBitems")
// Purpose: wxControlWithItems interface
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin
// Modified by:
// Created: 22.10.99
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
#include "wx/control.h" // base class
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxItemContainer defines an interface which is implemented by all controls
// which have string subitems each of which may be selected.
//
// It is decomposed in wxItemContainerImmutable which omits all methods
// adding/removing items and is used by wxRadioBox and wxItemContainer itself.
//
// Examples: wxListBox, wxCheckListBox, wxChoice and wxComboBox (which
// implements an extended interface deriving from this one)
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxItemContainerImmutable
{
public:
wxItemContainerImmutable() { }
virtual ~wxItemContainerImmutable();
// accessing strings
// -----------------
virtual unsigned int GetCount() const = 0;
bool IsEmpty() const { return GetCount() == 0; }
virtual wxString GetString(unsigned int n) const = 0;
wxArrayString GetStrings() const;
virtual void SetString(unsigned int n, const wxString& s) = 0;
// finding string natively is either case sensitive or insensitive
// but never both so fall back to this base version for not
// supported search type
virtual int FindString(const wxString& s, bool bCase = false) const
{
unsigned int count = GetCount();
for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count ; ++i )
{
if (GetString(i).IsSameAs( s , bCase ))
return (int)i;
}
return wxNOT_FOUND;
}
// selection
// ---------
virtual void SetSelection(int n) = 0;
virtual int GetSelection() const = 0;
// set selection to the specified string, return false if not found
bool SetStringSelection(const wxString& s);
// return the selected string or empty string if none
virtual wxString GetStringSelection() const;
// this is the same as SetSelection( for single-selection controls but
// reads better for multi-selection ones
void Select(int n) { SetSelection(n); }
protected:
// check that the index is valid
bool IsValid(unsigned int n) const { return n < GetCount(); }
bool IsValidInsert(unsigned int n) const { return n <= GetCount(); }
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxItemContainer extends wxItemContainerImmutable interface with methods
// for adding/removing items.
//
// Classes deriving from this one must override DoInsertItems() to implement
// adding items to the control. This can often be implemented more efficiently
// than simply looping over the elements and inserting them but if this is not
// the case, the generic DoInsertItemsInLoop can be used in implementation, but
// in this case DoInsertItem() needs to be overridden.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxItemContainer : public wxItemContainerImmutable
{
private:
// AppendItems() and InsertItems() helpers just call DoAppend/InsertItems()
// after doing some checks
//
// NB: they're defined here so that they're inlined when used in public part
int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
void **clientData,
wxClientDataType type)
{
if ( items.IsEmpty() )
return wxNOT_FOUND;
return DoAppendItems(items, clientData, type);
}
int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items)
{
return AppendItems(items, NULL, wxClientData_None);
}
int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, void **clientData)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Object,
wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
return AppendItems(items, clientData, wxClientData_Void);
}
int AppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
wxClientData **clientData)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Void,
wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
return AppendItems(items, reinterpret_cast<void **>(clientData),
wxClientData_Object);
}
int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
unsigned int pos,
void **clientData,
wxClientDataType type)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( !IsSorted(), wxT("can't insert items in sorted control") );
wxCHECK_MSG( pos <= GetCount(), wxNOT_FOUND,
wxT("position out of range") );
// not all derived classes handle empty arrays correctly in
// DoInsertItems() and besides it really doesn't make much sense to do
// this (for append it could correspond to creating an initially empty
// control but why would anybody need to insert 0 items?)
wxCHECK_MSG( !items.IsEmpty(), wxNOT_FOUND,
wxT("need something to insert") );
return DoInsertItems(items, pos, clientData, type);
}
int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items, unsigned int pos)
{
return InsertItems(items, pos, NULL, wxClientData_None);
}
int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
unsigned int pos,
void **clientData)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Object,
wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData, wxClientData_Void);
}
int InsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
unsigned int pos,
wxClientData **clientData)
{
wxASSERT_MSG( GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_Void,
wxT("can't mix different types of client data") );
return InsertItems(items, pos,
reinterpret_cast<void **>(clientData),
wxClientData_Object);
}
public:
wxItemContainer() { m_clientDataItemsType = wxClientData_None; }
virtual ~wxItemContainer();
// adding items
// ------------
// append single item, return its position in the control (which can be
// different from the last one if the control is sorted)
int Append(const wxString& item)
{ return AppendItems(item); }
int Append(const wxString& item, void *clientData)
{ return AppendItems(item, &clientData); }
int Append(const wxString& item, wxClientData *clientData)
{ return AppendItems(item, &clientData); }
// append several items at once to the control, return the position of the
// last item appended
int Append(const wxArrayString& items)
{ return AppendItems(items); }
int Append(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData)
{ return AppendItems(items, clientData); }
int Append(const wxArrayString& items, wxClientData **clientData)
{ return AppendItems(items, clientData); }
int Append(unsigned int n, const wxString *items)
{ return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items)); }
int Append(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, void **clientData)
{ return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), clientData); }
int Append(unsigned int n,
const wxString *items,
wxClientData **clientData)
{ return AppendItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), clientData); }
// only for RTTI needs (separate name)
void AppendString(const wxString& item)
{ Append(item); }
// inserting items: not for sorted controls!
// -----------------------------------------
// insert single item at the given position, return its effective position
int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos)
{ return InsertItems(item, pos); }
int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, void *clientData)
{ return InsertItems(item, pos, &clientData); }
int Insert(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos, wxClientData *clientData)
{ return InsertItems(item, pos, &clientData); }
// insert several items at once into the control, return the index of the
// last item inserted
int Insert(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos)
{ return InsertItems(items, pos); }
int Insert(const wxArrayString& items, unsigned int pos, void **clientData)
{ return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData); }
int Insert(const wxArrayString& items,
unsigned int pos,
wxClientData **clientData)
{ return InsertItems(items, pos, clientData); }
int Insert(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, unsigned int pos)
{ return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos); }
int Insert(unsigned int n,
const wxString *items,
unsigned int pos,
void **clientData)
{ return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos, clientData); }
int Insert(unsigned int n,
const wxString *items,
unsigned int pos,
wxClientData **clientData)
{ return InsertItems(wxArrayStringsAdapter(n, items), pos, clientData); }
// replacing items
// ---------------
void Set(const wxArrayString& items)
{ Clear(); Append(items); }
void Set(const wxArrayString& items, void **clientData)
{ Clear(); Append(items, clientData); }
void Set(const wxArrayString& items, wxClientData **clientData)
{ Clear(); Append(items, clientData); }
void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items)
{ Clear(); Append(n, items); }
void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, void **clientData)
{ Clear(); Append(n, items, clientData); }
void Set(unsigned int n, const wxString *items, wxClientData **clientData)
{ Clear(); Append(n, items, clientData); }
// deleting items
// --------------
void Clear();
void Delete(unsigned int pos);
// various accessors
// -----------------
// The control may maintain its items in a sorted order in which case
// items are automatically inserted at the right position when they are
// inserted or appended. Derived classes have to override this method if
// they implement sorting, typically by returning HasFlag(wxXX_SORT)
virtual bool IsSorted() const { return false; }
// client data stuff
// -----------------
void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData);
void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const;
// SetClientObject() takes ownership of the pointer, GetClientObject()
// returns it but keeps the ownership while DetachClientObject() expects
// the caller to delete the pointer and also resets the internally stored
// one to NULL for this item
void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData);
wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const;
wxClientData* DetachClientObject(unsigned int n);
// return the type of client data stored in this control: usually it just
// returns m_clientDataItemsType but must be overridden in the controls
// which delegate their client data storage to another one (e.g. wxChoice
// in wxUniv which stores data in wxListBox which it uses anyhow); don't
// forget to override SetClientDataType() if you override this one
//
// NB: for this to work no code should ever access m_clientDataItemsType
// directly but only via this function!
virtual wxClientDataType GetClientDataType() const
{ return m_clientDataItemsType; }
bool HasClientData() const
{ return GetClientDataType() != wxClientData_None; }
bool HasClientObjectData() const
{ return GetClientDataType() == wxClientData_Object; }
bool HasClientUntypedData() const
{ return GetClientDataType() == wxClientData_Void; }
protected:
// there is usually no need to override this method but you can do it if it
// is more convenient to only do "real" insertions in DoInsertItems() and
// to implement items appending here (in which case DoInsertItems() should
// call this method if pos == GetCount() as it can still be called in this
// case if public Insert() is called with such position)
virtual int DoAppendItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
void **clientData,
wxClientDataType type)
{
return DoInsertItems(items, GetCount(), clientData, type);
}
// this method must be implemented to insert the items into the control at
// position pos which can be GetCount() meaning that the items should be
// appended; for the sorted controls the position can be ignored
//
// the derived classes typically use AssignNewItemClientData() to
// associate the data with the items as they're being inserted
//
// the method should return the index of the position the last item was
// inserted into or wxNOT_FOUND if an error occurred
virtual int DoInsertItems(const wxArrayStringsAdapter & items,
unsigned int pos,
void **clientData,
wxClientDataType type) = 0;
// before the client data is set for the first time for the control which
// hadn't had it before, DoInitItemClientData() is called which gives the
// derived class the possibility to initialize its client data storage only
// when client data is really used
virtual void DoInitItemClientData() { }
virtual void DoSetItemClientData(unsigned int n, void *clientData) = 0;
virtual void *DoGetItemClientData(unsigned int n) const = 0;
virtual void DoClear() = 0;
virtual void DoDeleteOneItem(unsigned int pos) = 0;
// methods useful for the derived classes which don't have any better way
// of adding multiple items to the control than doing it one by one: such
// classes should call DoInsertItemsInLoop() from their DoInsert() and
// override DoInsertOneItem() to perform the real insertion
virtual int DoInsertOneItem(const wxString& item, unsigned int pos);
int DoInsertItemsInLoop(const wxArrayStringsAdapter& items,
unsigned int pos,
void **clientData,
wxClientDataType type);
// helper for DoInsertItems(): n is the index into clientData, pos is the
// position of the item in the control
void AssignNewItemClientData(unsigned int pos,
void **clientData,
unsigned int n,
wxClientDataType type);
// free the client object associated with the item at given position and
// set it to NULL (must only be called if HasClientObjectData())
void ResetItemClientObject(unsigned int n);
// set the type of the client data stored in this control: override this if
// you override GetClientDataType()
virtual void SetClientDataType(wxClientDataType clientDataItemsType)
{
m_clientDataItemsType = clientDataItemsType;
}
private:
// the type of the client data for the items
wxClientDataType m_clientDataItemsType;
};
// Inheriting directly from a wxWindow-derived class and wxItemContainer
// unfortunately introduces an ambiguity for all GetClientXXX() methods as they
// are inherited twice: the "global" versions from wxWindow and the per-item
// versions taking the index from wxItemContainer.
//
// So we need to explicitly resolve them and this helper template class is
// provided to do it. To use it, simply inherit from wxWindowWithItems<Window,
// Container> instead of Window and Container interface directly.
template <class W, class C>
class wxWindowWithItems : public W, public C
{
public:
typedef W BaseWindowClass;
typedef C BaseContainerInterface;
wxWindowWithItems() { }
void SetClientData(void *data)
{ BaseWindowClass::SetClientData(data); }
void *GetClientData() const
{ return BaseWindowClass::GetClientData(); }
void SetClientObject(wxClientData *data)
{ BaseWindowClass::SetClientObject(data); }
wxClientData *GetClientObject() const
{ return BaseWindowClass::GetClientObject(); }
void SetClientData(unsigned int n, void* clientData)
{ wxItemContainer::SetClientData(n, clientData); }
void* GetClientData(unsigned int n) const
{ return wxItemContainer::GetClientData(n); }
void SetClientObject(unsigned int n, wxClientData* clientData)
{ wxItemContainer::SetClientObject(n, clientData); }
wxClientData* GetClientObject(unsigned int n) const
{ return wxItemContainer::GetClientObject(n); }
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlWithItemsBase :
public wxWindowWithItems<wxControl, wxItemContainer>
{
public:
wxControlWithItemsBase() { }
// usually the controls like list/combo boxes have their own background
// colour
virtual bool ShouldInheritColours() const { return false; }
protected:
// fill in the client object or data field of the event as appropriate
//
// calls InitCommandEvent() and, if n != wxNOT_FOUND, also sets the per
// item client data
void InitCommandEventWithItems(wxCommandEvent& event, int n);
private:
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItemsBase);
};
// define the platform-specific wxControlWithItems class
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/ctrlsub.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/ctrlsub.h"
#else
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxControlWithItems : public wxControlWithItemsBase
{
public:
wxControlWithItems() { }
private:
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxControlWithItems)
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxControlWithItems);
};
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
#endif // _WX_CTRLSUB_H_BASE_

108
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/cursor.h
View File

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/cursor.h
// Purpose: wxCursor base header
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created:
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
#define _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
/*
wxCursor classes should have the following public API:
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCursor : public wxGDIObject
{
public:
wxCursor();
wxCursor(const wxImage& image);
wxCursor(const wxString& name,
wxBitmapType type = wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE,
int hotSpotX = 0, int hotSpotY = 0);
wxCursor(wxStockCursor id) { InitFromStock(id); }
#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_8
wxCursor(int id) { InitFromStock((wxStockCursor)id); }
#endif
virtual ~wxCursor();
};
*/
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
#include "wx/msw/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XBM
#include "wx/motif/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#ifdef __WINDOWS__
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
#else
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
#endif
#include "wx/gtk/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
#include "wx/gtk1/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_XPM
#include "wx/x11/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXDFB__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
#include "wx/dfb/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE
#include "wx/osx/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR_RESOURCE
#include "wx/cocoa/cursor.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#define wxCURSOR_DEFAULT_TYPE wxBITMAP_TYPE_CUR_RESOURCE
#include "wx/os2/cursor.h"
#endif
#include "wx/utils.h"
/* This is a small class which can be used by all ports
to temporarily suspend the busy cursor. Useful in modal
dialogs.
Actually that is not (any longer) quite true.. currently it is
only used in wxGTK Dialog::ShowModal() and now uses static
wxBusyCursor methods that are only implemented for wxGTK so far.
The BusyCursor handling code should probably be implemented in
common code somewhere instead of the separate implementations we
currently have. Also the name BusyCursorSuspender is a little
misleading since it doesn't actually suspend the BusyCursor, just
masks one that is already showing.
If another call to wxBeginBusyCursor is made while this is active
the Busy Cursor will again be shown. But at least now it doesn't
interfere with the state of wxIsBusy() -- RL
*/
class wxBusyCursorSuspender
{
public:
wxBusyCursorSuspender()
{
if( wxIsBusy() )
{
wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetStoredCursor() );
}
}
~wxBusyCursorSuspender()
{
if( wxIsBusy() )
{
wxSetCursor( wxBusyCursor::GetBusyCursor() );
}
}
};
#endif
// _WX_CURSOR_H_BASE_

590
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/dataobj.h
View File

@ -1,590 +0,0 @@
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/dataobj.h
// Purpose: common data object classes
// Author: Vadim Zeitlin, Robert Roebling
// Modified by:
// Created: 26.05.99
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Copyright: (c) wxWidgets Team
// Licence: wxWindows licence
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
#define _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// headers
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_DATAOBJ
#include "wx/string.h"
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
#include "wx/list.h"
#include "wx/arrstr.h"
// ============================================================================
/*
Generic data transfer related classes. The class hierarchy is as follows:
- wxDataObject-
/ \
/ \
wxDataObjectSimple wxDataObjectComposite
/ | \
/ | \
wxTextDataObject | wxBitmapDataObject
|
wxCustomDataObject
*/
// ============================================================================
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxDataFormat class is declared in platform-specific headers: it represents
// a format for data which may be either one of the standard ones (text,
// bitmap, ...) or a custom one which is then identified by a unique string.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
/* the class interface looks like this (pseudo code):
class wxDataFormat
{
public:
typedef <integral type> NativeFormat;
wxDataFormat(NativeFormat format = wxDF_INVALID);
wxDataFormat(const wxString& format);
wxDataFormat& operator=(NativeFormat format);
wxDataFormat& operator=(const wxDataFormat& format);
bool operator==(NativeFormat format) const;
bool operator!=(NativeFormat format) const;
void SetType(NativeFormat format);
NativeFormat GetType() const;
wxString GetId() const;
void SetId(const wxString& format);
};
*/
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/ole/dataform.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/dataform.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/dataform.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/dataform.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#include "wx/x11/dataform.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/dataform.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/dataform.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/dataform.h"
#endif
// the value for default argument to some functions (corresponds to
// wxDF_INVALID)
extern WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE const wxDataFormat& wxFormatInvalid;
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxDataObject represents a piece of data which knows which formats it
// supports and knows how to render itself in each of them - GetDataHere(),
// and how to restore data from the buffer (SetData()).
//
// Although this class may be used directly (i.e. custom classes may be
// derived from it), in many cases it might be simpler to use either
// wxDataObjectSimple or wxDataObjectComposite classes.
//
// A data object may be "read only", i.e. support only GetData() functions or
// "read-write", i.e. support both GetData() and SetData() (in principle, it
// might be "write only" too, but this is rare). Moreover, it doesn't have to
// support the same formats in Get() and Set() directions: for example, a data
// object containing JPEG image might accept BMPs in GetData() because JPEG
// image may be easily transformed into BMP but not in SetData(). Accordingly,
// all methods dealing with formats take an additional "direction" argument
// which is either SET or GET and which tells the function if the format needs
// to be supported by SetData() or GetDataHere().
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectBase
{
public:
enum Direction
{
Get = 0x01, // format is supported by GetDataHere()
Set = 0x02, // format is supported by SetData()
Both = 0x03 // format is supported by both (unused currently)
};
// this class is polymorphic, hence it needs a virtual dtor
virtual ~wxDataObjectBase();
// get the best suited format for rendering our data
virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
// get the number of formats we support
virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
// return all formats in the provided array (of size GetFormatCount())
virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
Direction dir = Get) const = 0;
// get the (total) size of data for the given format
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0;
// copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return
// true if data copied successfully, false otherwise
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0;
// get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format),
// return true if the data was read successfully, false otherwise
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf))
{
return false;
}
// returns true if this format is supported
bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const;
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include the platform-specific declarations of wxDataObject
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/dataobj.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#include "wx/x11/dataobj.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/dataobj.h"
#elif defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/dataobj.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/dataobj.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/dataobj.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/dataobj.h"
#endif
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in
// both Get and Set directions, but you may return false from GetDataHere() or
// SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible
// wxDataObject implementation.
//
// This is still an "abstract base class" (although it doesn't have any pure
// virtual functions), to use it you should derive from it and implement
// GetDataSize(), GetDataHere() and SetData() functions because the base class
// versions don't do anything - they just return "not implemented".
//
// This class should be used when you provide data in only one format (no
// conversion to/from other formats), either a standard or a custom one.
// Otherwise, you should use wxDataObjectComposite or wxDataObject directly.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectSimple : public wxDataObject
{
public:
// ctor takes the format we support, but it can also be set later with
// SetFormat()
wxDataObjectSimple(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid)
: m_format(format)
{
}
// get/set the format we support
const wxDataFormat& GetFormat() const { return m_format; }
void SetFormat(const wxDataFormat& format) { m_format = format; }
// virtual functions to override in derived class (the base class versions
// just return "not implemented")
// -----------------------------------------------------------------------
// get the size of our data
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const
{ return 0; }
// copy our data to the buffer
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const
{ return false; }
// copy data from buffer to our data
virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf))
{ return false; }
// implement base class pure virtuals
// ----------------------------------
virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
{ return m_format; }
virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
{ return 1; }
virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const
{ *formats = m_format; }
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format)) const
{ return GetDataSize(); }
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
void *buf) const
{ return GetDataHere(buf); }
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
size_t len, const void *buf)
{ return SetData(len, buf); }
private:
// the one and only format we support
wxDataFormat m_format;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectSimple);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxDataObjectComposite is the simplest way to implement wxDataObject
// supporting multiple formats. It contains several wxDataObjectSimple and
// supports all formats supported by any of them.
//
// This class shouldn't be (normally) derived from, but may be used directly.
// If you need more flexibility than what it provides, you should probably use
// wxDataObject directly.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_LIST(wxDataObjectSimple, wxSimpleDataObjectList);
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxDataObjectComposite : public wxDataObject
{
public:
// ctor
wxDataObjectComposite();
virtual ~wxDataObjectComposite();
// add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it
// must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred
// one if preferred == true
void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = false);
// Report the format passed to the SetData method. This should be the
// format of the data object within the composite that received data from
// the clipboard or the DnD operation. You can use this method to find
// out what kind of data object was received.
wxDataFormat GetReceivedFormat() const;
// Returns the pointer to the object which supports this format or NULL.
// The returned pointer is owned by wxDataObjectComposite and must
// therefore not be destroyed by the caller.
wxDataObjectSimple *GetObject(const wxDataFormat& format,
wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
// implement base class pure virtuals
// ----------------------------------
virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
virtual size_t GetFormatCount(wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats, wxDataObjectBase::Direction dir = Get) const;
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const;
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t len, const void *buf);
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
virtual const void* GetSizeFromBuffer( const void* buffer, size_t* size,
const wxDataFormat& format );
virtual void* SetSizeInBuffer( void* buffer, size_t size,
const wxDataFormat& format );
virtual size_t GetBufferOffset( const wxDataFormat& format );
#endif
private:
// the list of all (simple) data objects whose formats we support
wxSimpleDataObjectList m_dataObjects;
// the index of the preferred one (0 initially, so by default the first
// one is the preferred)
size_t m_preferred;
wxDataFormat m_receivedFormat;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxDataObjectComposite);
};
// ============================================================================
// Standard implementations of wxDataObjectSimple which can be used directly
// (i.e. without having to derive from them) for standard data type transfers.
//
// Note that although all of them can work with provided data, you can also
// override their virtual GetXXX() functions to only provide data on demand.
// ============================================================================
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxTextDataObject contains text data
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
#if defined(__WXGTK20__)
#define wxNEEDS_UTF8_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#define wxNEEDS_UTF16_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxHTMLDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
{
public:
// ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override
// GetText()
wxHTMLDataObject(const wxString& html = wxEmptyString)
: wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_HTML),
m_html(html)
{
}
// virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on
// demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
virtual size_t GetLength() const { return m_html.Len() + 1; }
virtual wxString GetHTML() const { return m_html; }
virtual void SetHTML(const wxString& html) { m_html = html; }
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
// Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
{
return GetDataSize();
}
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
{
return GetDataHere(buf);
}
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
{
return SetData(len, buf);
}
private:
wxString m_html;
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxTextDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
{
public:
// ctor: you can specify the text here or in SetText(), or override
// GetText()
wxTextDataObject(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString)
: wxDataObjectSimple(
#if wxUSE_UNICODE
wxDF_UNICODETEXT
#else
wxDF_TEXT
#endif
),
m_text(text)
{
}
// virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide text on
// demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
virtual size_t GetTextLength() const { return m_text.Len() + 1; }
virtual wxString GetText() const { return m_text; }
virtual void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; }
// implement base class pure virtuals
// ----------------------------------
// some platforms have 2 and not 1 format for text data
#if defined(wxNEEDS_UTF8_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ) || defined(wxNEEDS_UTF16_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ)
virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const { return 2; }
virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const;
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return GetDataSize(GetPreferredFormat()); }
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(GetPreferredFormat(), buf); }
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(GetPreferredFormat(), len, buf); }
size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const;
bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *pBuf) const;
bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& format, size_t nLen, const void* pBuf);
#else // !wxNEEDS_UTF{8,16}_FOR_TEXT_DATAOBJ
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf);
// Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
{
return GetDataSize();
}
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
{
return GetDataHere(buf);
}
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
{
return SetData(len, buf);
}
#endif // different wxTextDataObject implementations
private:
wxString m_text;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDataObject);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxBitmapDataObject contains a bitmap
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxBitmapDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
{
public:
// ctor: you can specify the bitmap here or in SetBitmap(), or override
// GetBitmap()
wxBitmapDataObjectBase(const wxBitmap& bitmap = wxNullBitmap)
: wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_BITMAP), m_bitmap(bitmap)
{
}
// virtual functions which you may override if you want to provide data on
// demand only - otherwise, the trivial default versions will be used
virtual wxBitmap GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; }
virtual void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; }
protected:
wxBitmap m_bitmap;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxBitmapDataObjectBase);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxFileDataObject contains a list of filenames
//
// NB: notice that this is a "write only" object, it can only be filled with
// data from drag and drop operation.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxFileDataObjectBase : public wxDataObjectSimple
{
public:
// ctor: use AddFile() later to fill the array
wxFileDataObjectBase() : wxDataObjectSimple(wxDF_FILENAME) { }
// get a reference to our array
const wxArrayString& GetFilenames() const { return m_filenames; }
protected:
wxArrayString m_filenames;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxFileDataObjectBase);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxCustomDataObject contains arbitrary untyped user data.
//
// It is understood that this data can be copied bitwise.
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxCustomDataObject : public wxDataObjectSimple
{
public:
// if you don't specify the format in the ctor, you can still use
// SetFormat() later
wxCustomDataObject(const wxDataFormat& format = wxFormatInvalid);
// the dtor calls Free()
virtual ~wxCustomDataObject();
// you can call SetData() to set m_data: it will make a copy of the data
// you pass - or you can use TakeData() which won't copy anything, but
// will take ownership of data (i.e. will call Free() on it later)
void TakeData(size_t size, void *data);
// this function is called to allocate "size" bytes of memory from
// SetData(). The default version uses operator new[].
virtual void *Alloc(size_t size);
// this function is called when the data is freed, you may override it to
// anything you want (or may be nothing at all). The default version calls
// operator delete[] on m_data
virtual void Free();
// get data: you may override these functions if you wish to provide data
// only when it's requested
virtual size_t GetSize() const { return m_size; }
virtual void *GetData() const { return m_data; }
// implement base class pure virtuals
// ----------------------------------
virtual size_t GetDataSize() const;
virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const;
virtual bool SetData(size_t size, const void *buf);
// Must provide overloads to avoid hiding them (and warnings about it)
virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const
{
return GetDataSize();
}
virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const
{
return GetDataHere(buf);
}
virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf)
{
return SetData(len, buf);
}
private:
size_t m_size;
void *m_data;
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCustomDataObject);
};
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// include platform-specific declarations of wxXXXBase classes
// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if defined(__WXMSW__)
#include "wx/msw/ole/dataobj2.h"
// wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h
#elif defined(__WXGTK20__)
#include "wx/gtk/dataobj2.h"
// wxURLDataObject defined in msw/ole/dataobj2.h
#else
#if defined(__WXGTK__)
#include "wx/gtk1/dataobj2.h"
#elif defined(__WXX11__)
#include "wx/x11/dataobj2.h"
#elif defined(__WXMOTIF__)
#include "wx/motif/dataobj2.h"
#elif defined(__WXMAC__)
#include "wx/osx/dataobj2.h"
#elif defined(__WXCOCOA__)
#include "wx/cocoa/dataobj2.h"
#elif defined(__WXPM__)
#include "wx/os2/dataobj2.h"
#endif
// wxURLDataObject is simply wxTextDataObject with a different name
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxURLDataObject : public wxTextDataObject
{
public:
wxURLDataObject(const wxString& url = wxEmptyString)
: wxTextDataObject(url)
{
}
wxString GetURL() const { return GetText(); }
void SetURL(const wxString& url) { SetText(url); }
};
#endif
#endif // wxUSE_DATAOBJ
#endif // _WX_DATAOBJ_H_BASE_

1519
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/dc.h
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

63
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/dcclient.h
View File

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/dcclient.h
// Purpose: wxClientDC base header
// Author: Julian Smart
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
#define _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_
#include "wx/dc.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxWindowDC
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxWindowDC : public wxDC
{
public:
wxWindowDC(wxWindow *win);
protected:
wxWindowDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxDC(impl) { }
private:
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowDC)
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxClientDC
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxClientDC : public wxWindowDC
{
public:
wxClientDC(wxWindow *win);
protected:
wxClientDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxWindowDC(impl) { }
private:
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxClientDC)
};
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPaintDC
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPaintDC : public wxClientDC
{
public:
wxPaintDC(wxWindow *win);
protected:
wxPaintDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxClientDC(impl) { }
private:
DECLARE_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxPaintDC)
};
#endif // _WX_DCCLIENT_H_BASE_

221
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/dcgraph.h
View File

@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/dcgraph.h
// Purpose: graphics context device bridge header
// Author: Stefan Csomor
// Modified by:
// Created:
// Copyright: (c) Stefan Csomor
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_
#define _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_
#if wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
#include "wx/dc.h"
#include "wx/geometry.h"
#include "wx/graphics.h"
class WXDLLIMPEXP_FWD_CORE wxWindowDC;
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGCDC: public wxDC
{
public:
wxGCDC( const wxWindowDC& dc );
wxGCDC( const wxMemoryDC& dc );
#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
wxGCDC( const wxPrinterDC& dc );
#endif
#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
wxGCDC( const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc );
#endif
wxGCDC(wxGraphicsContext* context);
wxGCDC();
virtual ~wxGCDC();
wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() const;
void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx );
#ifdef __WXMSW__
// override wxDC virtual functions to provide access to HDC associated with
// this Graphics object (implemented in src/msw/graphics.cpp)
virtual WXHDC AcquireHDC();
virtual void ReleaseHDC(WXHDC hdc);
#endif // __WXMSW__
private:
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGCDC)
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGCDC);
};
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxGCDCImpl: public wxDCImpl
{
public:
wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxWindowDC& dc );
wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxMemoryDC& dc );
#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxPrinterDC& dc );
#endif
#if defined(__WXMSW__) && wxUSE_ENH_METAFILE
wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner, const wxEnhMetaFileDC& dc );
#endif
wxGCDCImpl( wxDC *owner );
virtual ~wxGCDCImpl();
void Init();
// implement base class pure virtuals
// ----------------------------------
virtual void Clear();
virtual bool StartDoc( const wxString& message );
virtual void EndDoc();
virtual void StartPage();
virtual void EndPage();
// flushing the content of this dc immediately onto screen
virtual void Flush();
virtual void SetFont(const wxFont& font);
virtual void SetPen(const wxPen& pen);
virtual void SetBrush(const wxBrush& brush);
virtual void SetBackground(const wxBrush& brush);
virtual void SetBackgroundMode(int mode);
virtual void SetPalette(const wxPalette& palette);
virtual void DestroyClippingRegion();
virtual wxCoord GetCharHeight() const;
virtual wxCoord GetCharWidth() const;
virtual bool CanDrawBitmap() const;
virtual bool CanGetTextExtent() const;
virtual int GetDepth() const;
virtual wxSize GetPPI() const;
virtual void SetLogicalFunction(wxRasterOperationMode function);
virtual void SetTextForeground(const wxColour& colour);
virtual void SetTextBackground(const wxColour& colour);
virtual void ComputeScaleAndOrigin();
wxGraphicsContext* GetGraphicsContext() const { return m_graphicContext; }
virtual void SetGraphicsContext( wxGraphicsContext* ctx );
// the true implementations
virtual bool DoFloodFill(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, const wxColour& col,
wxFloodFillStyle style = wxFLOOD_SURFACE);
virtual void DoGradientFillLinear(const wxRect& rect,
const wxColour& initialColour,
const wxColour& destColour,
wxDirection nDirection = wxEAST);
virtual void DoGradientFillConcentric(const wxRect& rect,
const wxColour& initialColour,
const wxColour& destColour,
const wxPoint& circleCenter);
virtual bool DoGetPixel(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxColour *col) const;
virtual void DoDrawPoint(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
#if wxUSE_SPLINES
virtual void DoDrawSpline(const wxPointList *points);
#endif
virtual void DoDrawLine(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1, wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2);
virtual void DoDrawArc(wxCoord x1, wxCoord y1,
wxCoord x2, wxCoord y2,
wxCoord xc, wxCoord yc);
virtual void DoDrawCheckMark(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
virtual void DoDrawEllipticArc(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
double sa, double ea);
virtual void DoDrawRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
virtual void DoDrawRoundedRectangle(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
double radius);
virtual void DoDrawEllipse(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
virtual void DoCrossHair(wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
bool useMask = false);
virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y);
virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
double angle);
virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
wxRasterOperationMode rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1);
virtual bool DoStretchBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
wxCoord dstWidth, wxCoord dstHeight,
wxDC *source,
wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
wxCoord srcWidth, wxCoord srcHeight,
wxRasterOperationMode = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord);
virtual void DoGetSize(int *,int *) const;
virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const;
virtual void DoDrawLines(int n, wxPoint points[],
wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset);
virtual void DoDrawPolygon(int n, wxPoint points[],
wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle = wxODDEVEN_RULE);
virtual void DoDrawPolyPolygon(int n, int count[], wxPoint points[],
wxCoord xoffset, wxCoord yoffset,
wxPolygonFillMode fillStyle);
virtual void DoSetDeviceClippingRegion(const wxRegion& region);
virtual void DoSetClippingRegion(wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
wxCoord width, wxCoord height);
virtual void DoGetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
wxCoord *x, wxCoord *y,
wxCoord *descent = NULL,
wxCoord *externalLeading = NULL,
const wxFont *theFont = NULL) const;
virtual bool DoGetPartialTextExtents(const wxString& text, wxArrayInt& widths) const;
#ifdef __WXMSW__
virtual wxRect MSWApplyGDIPlusTransform(const wxRect& r) const;
#endif // __WXMSW__
protected:
// scaling variables
bool m_logicalFunctionSupported;
wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixOriginal;
wxGraphicsMatrix m_matrixCurrent;
double m_formerScaleX, m_formerScaleY;
wxGraphicsContext* m_graphicContext;
DECLARE_CLASS(wxGCDCImpl)
wxDECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxGCDCImpl);
};
#endif // wxUSE_GRAPHICS_CONTEXT
#endif // _WX_GRAPHICS_DC_H_

45
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/dcmemory.h
View File

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/dcmemory.h
// Purpose: wxMemoryDC base header
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created:
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
#define _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_
#include "wx/dc.h"
#include "wx/bitmap.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxMemoryDC
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxMemoryDC: public wxDC
{
public:
wxMemoryDC();
wxMemoryDC( wxBitmap& bitmap );
wxMemoryDC( wxDC *dc );
// select the given bitmap to draw on it
void SelectObject(wxBitmap& bmp);
// select the given bitmap for read-only
void SelectObjectAsSource(const wxBitmap& bmp);
// get selected bitmap
const wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap() const;
wxBitmap& GetSelectedBitmap();
private:
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxMemoryDC)
};
#endif
// _WX_DCMEMORY_H_BASE_

43
Source/3rd Party/wx/include/wx/dcprint.h
View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
// Name: wx/dcprint.h
// Purpose: wxPrinterDC base header
// Author: Julian Smart
// Modified by:
// Created:
// Copyright: (c) Julian Smart
// RCS-ID: $Id$
// Licence: wxWindows Licence
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
#ifndef _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
#define _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_
#include "wx/defs.h"
#if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
#include "wx/dc.h"
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
// wxPrinterDC
//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
class WXDLLIMPEXP_CORE wxPrinterDC : public wxDC
{
public:
wxPrinterDC();
wxPrinterDC(const wxPrintData& data);
wxRect GetPaperRect() const;
int GetResolution() const;
protected:
wxPrinterDC(wxDCImpl *impl) : wxDC(impl) { }
private:
DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrinterDC)
};
#endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
#endif // _WX_DCPRINT_H_BASE_

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More